The URL can be used to link to this page

2016-068 Adopt Development Engineering Policies, Process, and Design StandardsThe Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte By-law No. 2016-068 A By-law to Adopt Development Engineering Policies, Process, and Design Standards and to repeal By -Law No. 2013-178 Whereas the Municipal Act 2001, S.O. 2001 C.25, Section 224, as amended, states that it is the role of Council to ensure that administrative practices and procedures are in place to implement the decisions of Council; And Whereas the Council of the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte deems it desirable to adopt Development Engineering Policies, Process, and Design Standards; Now Therefore the Council of the Township of Oro-Medonte hereby enacts as follows: That the Development Engineering Policies, Process, and Design Standards attached hereto as Schedule "A' form part of this By-law and shall be the Development Engineering Standards for the Township of Oro-Medonte; 2. That Township staff is authorized to revise the Development Engineering Policies, Process, and Design Standards as deemed appropriate. Such revisions shall be documented accordingly, and the revised document shall be publicly available; 3. That By-law No. 2013-178 is hereby repealed in its entirety; 4. This by-law shall take effect on the final passing thereof. By-law read a First, Second and Third time, and Passed this 27th day of April, 2016. The Coyporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte 'WPI- Ms1..MU "11.�1t� las Irwin eduls " to By4Aw No. 2 �``� ` L V'.'Z } Township of Froud Heritage, Exciting Future Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Design Standards Prepared by: David Saunders, B.E.S., C.E.T. Contract Engineering Technologist April 27, 2016 Revision Information Sheet (1) The following table indicates all revisions including any additions, deletions and modifications to this manual subsequent to its original issuance on April 27, 2016. Revisions to these Township Standards are subject to the approval of the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. Revision details should include the all related section titles, section numbers and page numbers. Revision Date Revision Details Initials TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING POLICIES, PROCESS and DESIGN STANDARDS Version — April 27, 2016 TABLE of CONTENTS SECTION 1 — GENERAL INFORMATION 1.1 Introduction and Purpose 1 1.2 Abbreviations and Definitions 3 1.3 Township Mapping Index 14 SECTION 2 — POLICIES and PROCESS 2.1 Pre -Servicing Policy 15 2.1.1 Model Homes 16 2.1.2 Sales Office 17 2.2 Subdivision Agreements 18 2.2.1 Preparation of Subdivision Agreement 18 2.2.2 Requirements Prior to Commencement of Construction 21 2.3 Administration Fees, Securities and Development Charges 21 2.4 Submission Requirements and Approvals 23 2.4.1 Engineering Requirements for Draft Plan Approval 24 2.4.1.1 The Draft Pian 24 2.4.1.2 Contour Plan 24 2.4.1.3 General Plan of Services 24 2.4.1.4 Drainage Plan 25 2.4.1.5 Geotechnical and Soils Report 26 2.4.1.6 Hydrogeological Report — Rural Development 28 2.4.1.7 Water Mains and Sanitary Sewers 28 2.4.1.8 Traffic Study 28 2.4.1.9 Noise Attenuation 29 2.4.2 Engineering Submissions 29 2.4.2.1 First Engineering Submission 29 2.4.2.2 Second Engineering Submission 33 2.4.2.3 Final Engineering Submission 34 2.5 Conditions of Construction 35 2.5.1 Blasting or Tunnelling 35 2.5.2 Winterizing of Subdivisions 35 2.5.3 Hours of Work by Contractors 36 2.5.4 Access to Township Roads 36 2.5.5 Commencement of Construction 37 2.5.6 Commencement Notice 37 2.5.7 Directional l Informational Signage 37 2.5.8 Mud, Dust, Stock Pile & Debris Control 38 2.5.9 Construction on Existing Roads 38 2.5.10 Existing Infrastructure 40 2.5.11 Site Restoration 40 2.5.12 Timing of Paving 41 2.5.13 Landscaping Implementation Procedures 41 2.5.13.1 Streetscape Works 41 2.5.13.2 Naturalization Works 41 2.5.13.3 Maintenance Agreement of Naturalization Areas 42 2.6 Construction Inspection and Reporting 43 2.6.1 Inspections 43 2.6.2 Inspection Reports 44 2.6.3 Geotechnical Inspections and Reports 45 2.6.4 Standards and Maintenance 47 2.7 Substantial Completion and Maintenance and 1 or 47 Final Acceptance and Assumption 2.7.1 Underground Services 47 2.7.2 Aboveground Services 47 2.7.3 Certification 47 2.7.4 Inspection(s) for Substantial Completion and 48 Road Classifications Maintenance and 1 or Final Acceptance and Assumption 3.5.3 2.7.5 Certificate of Substantial Completion and Maintenance 48 2.7.6 Maintenance Period 49 2.7.7 Certificate of Final Acceptance and Assumption 50 SECTION 3 — DESIGN STANDARDS 3.1 Drawing Index 51 3.2 Engineering Design and Drawing Requirements 55 3.2.1 Specifications for Engineering Drawings 55 3.2.2 General Drawing Requirements 56 3.2.3 Computer Aided Drawings (CAD) 57 3.3 General Servicing Plans 59 3.4 Overall Site Grading Design and Construction 61 3.4.1 General Requirements 61 3.4.2 Overall Grading Plan Drawings 61 3.4.3 Construction Requirements 63 3.5 Road Classification and Design 65 3.5.1 Road Patterns 65 3.5.2 Road Classifications 65 3.5.3 Roadway Design 66 3.5.4 Geometric Design 68 3.5.5 Horizontal Curves 68 3.5.6 Vertical Curves 68 3.5.7 Backfall at Intersecting Roads 69 3.5.8 Curb Return Radii at Intersections 69 3.5.9 Daylighting Requirements at Intersections 70 3.5.10 Cul -de -Sacs 71 3.5.11 Temporary Turning Circles 72 3.5.12 Driveway Entrances 72 3.5.13 Driveway Grades 73 3.5.14 Driveway Depressions 74 3.5.15 Special Road Works 75 3.5.16 Sub -grade 75 3.5.17 Pavement Design 76 3.5.18 Top Course Asphalt Placement 77 3.5.19 Curbs and Gutters 77 3.5.20 Guiderail — as per QPSD designs 78 3.6 Erosion and Sediment Control 79 3.6.1 ESCP Measures and Requirements 80 3.6.1.1 Silt and Sediment Control Fence 81 3.6.1.2 Topsoil Stockpile Protection 81 3.6.1.3 Temporary Sediment Basins 82 3.6.1.4 Catchbasin Sediment Control 82 3.6.1.5 Stone Pad Construction Entrance / Access (Mud Mat) 83 3.6.1.6 Rock Check Dams 83 3.6.1.7 Vegetative Buffer Strips 83 3.6.2 Drawing and Report Requirements 84 3.6.2.1 Drawings 84 3.6.2.2 Report 84 3.7 Stormwater Management 85 3.7.1 Quantity Control 86 3.7.2 Runoff Quantity 87 3.7.3 Quality Control 88 3.7.4 Watershed Area 88 3.7.4.1 External Catchment Areas 88 3.7.4.2 Internal Catchment Areas 89 3.7.5 Stormwater Pond Requirements 90 3.7.6 Storm Sewer Design 92 iv 3.7.6.1 Hydrology and Design Flows 93 3.7.6.2 Intensity of Rainfall 93 3.7.6.3 Time of Concentration 94 3.7.6.4 Runoff Coefficient 94 3.7.6.5 Drainage Area 95 3.7.7 Pipe Sizing and Specifications 95 3.7.7.1 Pipe Capacities 95 3.7.7.2 Flow Velocities (Flowing full) 95 3.7.7.3 Minimum Sizes 95 3.7.7.4 Minimum Grades 96 3.7.7.5 Depth of Storm Sewers 96 3.7.7.6 Location 96 3.7.7.7 Pipe Crossings 97 3.7.7.8 Radius Pipes 97 3.7.7.9 Limits of Construction 97 3.7.7.10 Sewer Alignment 97 3.7.7.11 Changes in Pipe Size 98 3.7.7.12 Pipe Material Classification and Bedding 98 3.7.8 Maintenance Hole Requirements 99 3.7.8.1 Location and Spacing 99 3.7.8.2 Maximum Spacing 99 3.7.8.3 Maintenance Hole Design 99 3.7.8.4 Elevations for Maintenance Hole Frames and Covers 100 3.7.8.5 Head Losses and Drops 100 3.7.8.6 Frame and Grate 101 3.7.9 Catch Basin Requirements 101 3.7.9.1 Location and Spacing 101 3.7.9.2 Catch Basin Types 102 3.7.9.3 Catch Basin Leads 103 3.7.9.4 Frame and Grate 103 3.7.9.5 Catch Basins at Intersections 103 3.7.9.6 Elevations for Catch Basin Frames and Grates 103 V 3.7.10 Downspouts, Foundation Drains and Storm Connections 104 3.7.10.1 Downspouts 104 3.7.10.2 Foundation Drains 104 3.7.11 Channel, Culvert and Overland Flow 105 3.7.12 Culverts and Bridges 105 3.7.12.1 Culvert and Bridge Hydraulic Capacity 105 3.7.12.2 Open Channels 106 3.7.12.3 Watercourse Erosion and Bank Instability 107 3.7.12.4 Floodline Calculations 107 3.7.12.5 Overland Flow Routes 108 3.7.13 Inlet 1 Outlet and Special Structures 108 3.7.13.1 Inlets 108 3.7.13.2 Outlets 109 3.7.14 Storm Sewers -- As -constructed Drawings 110 3.7.15 Testing and Acceptance 110 3.8 Water Supply Distribution 111 3.8.1 Watermain Design Criteria 111 3.8.1.1 Watermain Pressure 111 3.8.1.2 Friction Factors 112 3.8.1.3 Domestic Demand 113 3.8.1.4 Commercial and Institutional Water Demands 113 3.8.1.5 Industrial Water Demands 114 3.8.1.6 Fire Flows 114 3.8.2 Selection of Watermain Sizing 114 3.8.3 Depth of Watermain 114 3.8.4 Location of Watermain 115 3.8.4.1 Horizontal Separation of Watermain and Sewers 115 3.8.4.2 Separation of Watermain and Sewers 115 -- Special Conditions 3.8.4.3 Watermain Crossing Sewers 115 3.8.4.4 Utility Crossings 116 3.8.4.5 Dead -Ends 116 Vi 3.8.4.6 Extra Mains and Extra Fittings 116 3.8.5 Pipe Classification and Bedding 116 3.8.6 Thrust Restraint 117 3.8.7 Corrosion Resistance 117 3.8.8 Tracer Wires 118 3.8.9 Fire Hydrants 118 3.8.9.1 Branch Valves and Boxes 118 3.8.9.2 Hydrant Spacing 119 3.8.9.3 Location of Hydrants 119 3.8.9.4 Hydrant Ports 119 3.8.9.5 Direction of Opening 120 3.8.9.6 Colour of Hydrants 120 3.8.9.7 Hydrant Markers 120 3.8.9.8 Hydrant Appurtenances 120 3.8.10 Valves 120 3.8.10.1 Type 120 3.8.10.2 Size 121 3.8.10.3 Number, Location and Spacing 121 3.8.10.4 Valve Boxes and Chambers 121 3.8.10.5 Air Relief Valves 122 3.8.10.6 Drain Valves 122 3.8.11 Service Connections 122 3.8.11.1 Minimum Sizing 122 3.8.11.2 Location 123 3.8.11.3 Location of Curb Stop or Control Valve 123 3.8.11.4 Connection to Supply Main 123 3.8.11.5 Materials and Fittings 124 3.8.11.6 Meters 124 3.8.12 As -Constructed 124 3.8.13 Testing and Acceptance 125 Vii 3.9 Sanitary Collection Sewers 127 3.9.1 Sanitary Drainage Plans 127 3.9.2 Sanitary Drainage System Design 128 3.9.2.1 Design Flows 128 3.9.2.2 Infiltration Rates 128 3.9.2.3 Residential Sewage Flows 128 3.9.2.4 Commercial Sewage Flows 130 3.9.2.5 Industrial Sewage Flows 130 3.9.2.6 Institutional Sewage Flows 130 3.2.9.7 Pipe Capacities 130 3.9.2.8 Flow Velocities 131 3.9.2.9 Pipe Grades 131 3.9.2.10 Minimum Sizes 131 3.9.2.11 Depth of Sanitary Sewers 131 3.9.2.12 Location 132 3.9.2.13 Storm Sewer and Watermain Crossings 132 3.9.2.14 Limits of Construction 132 3.9.2.15 Sewer Alignment 132 3.9.2.16 Changes in Pipe Size 132 3.9.2.17 Pipe Bedding 133 3.9.2.18 Materials 133 3.9.2.19 Maintenance Hole Requirements 134 3.9.2.20 Location and Spacing 134 3.9.2.21 Maintenance Hole Details 134 3.9.2.22 Frame and Grate 136 3.9.2.23 Service Connections 136 3.9.2.24 Connection to Main 137 3.9.2.25 Size 137 3.9.2.26 Depth 138 3.9.2.27 Grade 138 3.9.2.28 Joints and Bedding 138 3.9.3 Testing and Acceptance 139 3.9.3.1 Deflection Test 139 3.9.3.2 Video Record 139 3.10 Plan and Profile Drawings 141 3.11 Utility Coordination, Composite Utility Plan and 145 Electrical Services Design 3.11.1 Utility Coordination 145 3.11.1.1 Canada Post 145 3.11.2 Composite Utility Plan 145 3.11.3 Electrical Services Design 146 3.12 Streetlight Drawings i47 3.12.1 Streetlight Locations 147 3.12.2 Light Source, Fixture and Pole 148 3.12.3 Approval and Construction 149 3.12.4 Decorative Streetlights 149 3.13 Signs, Traffic Signals and Pavement Marking 151 3.13.1 Signs 151 3.13.1.1 Municipal Address Numbering 151 3.13.1.2 Road Name Signs 152 3.13.1.3 Traffic Control and Advisory Signs 152 3.13.1.4 Access 1 Haul Route Plan I Information Signage 152 -- During Construction 3.13.1.5 Location 153 3.13.1.6 Erection 153 3.13.2 Traffic Signals 154 3.13.3 Pavement Markings 154 3.14 Sidewalks, Walkways 1 Trailways and Fences 155 3.14.1 Sidewalks 155 3.14.1.1 Location 155 3.14.1.2 Specification 156 3.14.2 Walkways 1 Trailways 156 3.14.3 Fences 157 ix 3.15 Easements and Blocks 159 3.15.1 General Requirements 159 3.15.2 Easement Width Requirements 159 3.15.3 Block Conveyances 160 3.15.4 Block Width Requirements 160 3.15.4.1 Storm and Sanitary Sewer Mains 161 3.15.4.2 Storm Connections for Rear Yard Catch Basins 161 3.15.4.3 Watermain 161 3.15.5 Grading Plans for Blocks 162 3.16 Landscaping 163 3.16.1 General Requirements 163 3.16.2 Tree Planting Requirements 163 3.16.3 Timing of Construction 164 3.16.4 Quality and Source 164 3.16.5 Landscaping Plans 165 3.16.6 Streetscape Pian 166 3.17 Parkland Development 169 3.17.1 Services 169 3.17.2 Grading 169 3.17.3 Timing of Construction 170 3.17.4 Maintenance 170 3.17.5 Parkland Development Drawings 170 3.18 Standard Detail Drawings and General Notes 173 3.19 As -Constructed Drawings 175 3.19.1 As -Constructed Field Survey 175 3.19.2 Drawing Revisions 176 3.19.3 Submissions 177 3.19.4 Tolerances 177 3.19.4.1 Storm Sewers 178 3.19.4.2 Sanitary Sewers 178 x 3.19.4.3 Watermain 179 3.19.4.4 Roadways 179 3.20 Residential Lot Grading 181 3.20.1 General Requirements 181 3.20.2 Lot Grading Design 182 3.20.2.1 Driveways 184 3.20.2.2 Sodding 185 3.20.2.3 Retaining Walls 185 3.20.3 Drawing Requirements 186 3.20.4 Certification 188 3.21 Industrial 1 Commercial l Institutional Site Plan Design 189 3.21.1 Site Plan Agreement 189 3.21.2 Submission Requirements 189 3.21.3 Drawing and Design Requirements 190 3.21.4 Site Servicing Plan and Design 192 3.21.5 Stormwater Management 193 3.21.6 Site Grading Design 195 3.21.7 Roadway Design 196 3.21.8 Landscaping Requirements 197 3.21.9 Site Lighting i97 3.21.10 Construction Notice 198 3.21.11 Driveways and Parking Areas 1 Lots 198 3.21.12 Traffic Analysis 198 3.21.13 Erosion and Sediment Control 199 3.21.14 Utility Co-ordination 199 3.21.15 Road Occupancy Permit 199 3.21.16 As -Constructed Drawings 200 3.21.17 Final Inspection 200 3.21.18 Certification 201 A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK xii SECTION 1 — GENERAL INFORMATION Introduction and Purpose The Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Standards presented here are intended to provide uniform planning and engineering design guidelines for the development and servicing of lands within the Township. The Township Standards are to be read in conjunction with the latest editions of the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSS), the Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings (OP SD), the Township of Oro-Medonte Standard Subdivision Agreement, Pre -Servicing Agreement, Model Home Agreement, Residential Lot Grading and Industrial, Commercial and Institutional Site Plan Guidelines. In the case of a discrepancy these Township Standards shall prevail. The information contained herein, shall be considered and implemented in the preparation of the Site Plan Agreements, Subdivision Agreements, Condominium �. Agreements and Building Permits as may be applicable. It is the Township's objective to become a Barrier Free and Age Friendly Community and to achieve the highest level of environmental stewardship in the development of roads and services and shall ensure they are built in compliance with the requirements contained within these Standards. Innovative technological changes that improve or maintain the quality of the design, to increase environmental protection, accessibility, or a life cycle cost basis may be considered at the discretion of the Township. All materials used shall be in accordance with the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (O.P.S.S.) for Roads and Municipal Services. The Director of Engineering and Environmental Services must approve any technical changes to those contained herein and any proposed changes must improve or maintain the quality of the design and shall not be ruled out if appropriate. The Township shall endeavour to respond within fifteen (15) working days, after the -� receipt of a complete submission. Any submission that is of a poor quality or deemed to be incomplete may be returned or require more than fifteen (15) working days to review, Prints of drawings for all submissions shall be in accordance with Township Standards and each print shall be stamped with the submission number (1, 2, or 3) and date of submission. The Township of Oro-Medonte reserves the right to amend the Township of Oro- Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Standards where specific situations would be improved by such an amendment. It is the applicant's responsibility to obtain and check with the Township of Oro-Medonte for changes or revisions to the Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Standards. Copies are available from the Township of Oro- Medonte from the web site at www.oro-medonte.ca. ,—D K 1.2 Abbreviations and Definitions C. In this document the following definitions and abbreviations shall apply: AOLS shall mean the Association of Ontatrio Land Surveyors Architect shall mean an Architect licensed to practice by the Ontario Association of Architects Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT) shall mean a technical measurement of traffic volume on a road, in both directions. Conversion factors, which vary depending on time of year (season) and week, to extrapolate daily traffic counts into AADT. AWWA shall mean the American Water Works Association. CCTV shall mean Closed Circuit Tele -Vision Certificate shall mean a document containing a statement certifying the completion and r �_. acceptance of an activity or service that has fulfilled the specified requirements. Certified Arborist 1 Arborist shall mean an Arborist certified to practice by the ISAO Certified Engineering Technologist (C.E.T.) shall mean a Certified Engineering Technologist — as certified by OACETT Certified Technician (C.Tech) shall mean a Certified Technician — as certified by OACETT Chief Administrative Officer (C.A.O.) shall mean the C.A.O. for the Township of Oro- Medonte Chief Building Official (CBO) shall mean the Chief Building Official for the Township of Oro-Medonte 3 Class shall mean the context of these services refers to the criteria for the Classification of Roadways (also referred to as the Classification of Highways). - Clerk shall mean the Clerk of the Township of Oro-Medonte. Conditions shall mean the state in which the subject matter is found. The type of service indicates the condition being measured. Contractor / General Contractor shall mean the firm of Contractors, the company or individual acting as the Contractor and having entered into a contract with the Developer / Owner to install the services. Council shall mean the Council of the Township of Oro-Medonte County shall mean the County of Simcoe CSA shall mean the Canadian Standards Association. Cul-de-sac shall mean dead-end road, with only one entrance / exit. Day shall mean a calendar day, measured to the end of the following day. Debris shall mean the scattered remains of something broken or destroyed or carelessly discarded garbage, refuse, trash or litter. Developer / Owner shall mean the person (s) entering into the subdivision / site plan agreement with the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte. Developer's Consulting Engineer shall mean a competent professional engineer or firm of engineers employed by the Developer which is skilled and experienced in Township work and land development projects, registered with Professional Engineers Ontario, and possessing a current Certificate of Authorization to practice professional engineering as required by the Professional Engineers Act. 11 Developer's Electrical Consultant shall mean a Professional Engineer — licensed to practice by the PEO and with a specific experience in the engineering of electrical distribution networks and streetlight illumination design and installation. Developer's Geotechnical Consultant shall mean a Professional Engineer -- licensed to practice by the PEP and with a specific experience in the engineering behavior of earth materials and other engineering disciplines that are concerned with construction occurring on the surface or within the ground. DFO shall mean the Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Canada. Dust shall mean particles in the atmosphere that come from various sources such as soil or particulate lifted by weather or construction activity. Entrance permit shall mean an official document granting authorization to create an entrance access over the Township Right of Way onto private property. Earth 1 Soil shall mean the native or naturally occurring selected soils Effect shall mean the acting of an external influence on the condition of any aspect of the development or project. Encroachment shall mean an obstacle inside a zone, area or right-of-way which may or may not be permitted by these definitions. Engineered Fill shall mean material that is placed and compacted in accordance with approved design criteria in order to improve land for an intended use. Fill shall mean shall mean the placement of native or naturally occurring selected earth / soils. Fire Department shall mean Oro-Medonte Fire and Emergency Services 61 Guidelines shall mean a statement(s) or procedure(s) that aims to streamline particular processes according to a set routine or sound practice and supports the policies it (they) are established to augment. Hard Surface shall mean a road surface, which is relatively hard in nature, by treatment with either a bonding agent or cement, which effectively prevents reshaping by conventional motor grader. Highway shall mean any road open to the public, although it usually refers to a main, high-speed route. (Typically designated by name or by number) Horizontal Clearance shall mean an obstruction free zone measured horizontally from the centre line of a road. Improved Condition shall mean a condition being better than it was before, from the perspective of a typical user, all other effects being equal. Inspection shall mean the activity performed by a person authorized by and / or directed by the Township to investigate and report on the conditions of the construction of roads and services relevant to the nature of the development or contract being performed. Inspector shall mean a person authorized. by and / or directed by the Township to investigate and report on the conditions of the construction of roads and services relevant to the nature of the development or contract being performed. [SAO shall mean the International Society of Arboriculture Ontario Landscape Architect shall mean a Landscape Architect certified to practice by the Ontario Association of Landscape Architects Lane shall mean the portion of the road designated for a single file of vehicles to travel over, in one direction. For roads where two-way traffic is permitted, the lane width is half the road width unless delineated otherwise by pavement marking. 0 Local Settlement Area shall mean a more sparsely populated settlement that exists in the country, away from more densely populated urban centers and is typically not serviced by municipal water delivery and / or municipal sewage collection. Loose surface shall mean a road surface that is of a granular manufactured product (gravel) or naturally occurring soil, which can reasonably be shaped by a motor grader, and includes road surfaces under reconstruction. LSRCA shall mean the Lake Simcoe Region Conservation Authority. Maximum shall mean the context of these services refers to the highest level of service set by the Township, which the roadway user can reasonably expect. In effect it is the minimum service. Minimum shall mean the context of these services refers to the lowest level of service set by the Township, which the roadway user can reasonably expect. Sometimes maximum defines the minimum service. C MNR shall mean the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources. Model Home shall mean a house in a newly built development that is furnished and decorated to be shown to prospective buyers MOECC shall mean the Ontario Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change. M.T.O. shall mean the Ontario Ministry of Transportation. Multi -lane shall mean a road where multiple lanes of vehicles travel in one direction. For roads where two-way traffic is permitted, the multiple lanes make up half the road width and are delineated by pavement markings. Municipality shall mean any abutting / adjacent township, town or city not being the Township of Oro-Medonte. 7 Notice shall.mean the formai notification of an effect or condition is deemed to have been given when received by an appropriate supervisor of the Township. NVCA shall mean the Nottawasaga Valley Conservation Authority. OAA shall mean the Ontario Association of Architects OACETT shall mean the Ontario Association of Certified Engineering Technicians and Technologists OALA shall mean the Ontario Association of Landscape Architects OBC shall mean the Ontario Building Code OHBDC shall mean the Ontario Highway Bridge Design Code. OLS shall mean an Ontario Land Surveyor licensed to practice by the Association of Ontatio Land Surveyors "J One-way shall mean a uni-directional route where all lanes of traffic flow in a singular direction. OPSD shall mean the -Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings. OPSS shall mean the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. PEO shall mean the Association of Professional Engineers Ontario Permit shall mean an official document granting the authorization to undertake a specific activity. Police shall mean the Ontario Provincial Police (O.P.P.) 0 Policy (Policies) shall mean the decisions of a formal nature made by the Township to enable, qualify and govern the mission of that authority. Policies are normally qualified as to scope and application. A policy may only be exempted or altered by the body that created it. Policy (Policies) are not be confused with operational procedures or quality standards. Pre -construction shall mean performing preliminary planning and engineering in order to define the project, identify potential issues, and analyze cost impacts used in planning a construction project before the actual construction begins. Pre -servicing shall mean all infrastructure and earth works undertaken on lands intended to be for a Resdiential or Industrial / Commercial / Instutional (I.C.I.) development, prior to the signing of a Subdivision or Site Plan Agreement. Process (Processes) shall mean the series of actions that produce something or that lead to a particular result. Professional Engineer (P.Eng) shall mean Professional Engineer — licensed to practice by the PEO and in the case of development engineering practice refers to civil engineering - the discipline that deals with the design, construction, and maintenance of the physical and naturally built environment, including works like roads, bridges, canals, dams, and buildings. Reasonable shall mean the level of service which the Township has established as an objective. Response shall mean the action taken by the Township when informed of an effect or condition. Monitoring an effect or condition may constitute a response. A reasonable response takes into account the relevant services. 1 Right of Way (R.O.W.) shall mean the corridor of land reserved for the limits of -1 municipal lands from property line to propertry line for the purposes of containing the carriage way (travelled. road) and roadway improvements, Township services, all other infrastructure and those services under the jurisdiction of other authorities -- for example but not limited to electrical, gas, phone, cable. Road / Street shall mean the travelled road surface on a roadway assumed by a Township, but not including on -street parking or stopping zones. Every road / street has two names, really. Its individual name: e.g. "Abbey" and its type: e.g. "road". There are all types of roadways. In some places a "road" is a main route with "streets" branching off of it. There isn't actually a definitive reason as to why some routes are "streets" and others are "roads". Roadside shall mean all the elements that make up the roadway within the jurisdiction of the Township, except for the road surface itself. Roadway shall mean any road assumed by the Township, intended for vehicular traffic. It refers not only to the travelled road surface, but also to all services relevant to the road, within the right of way. (Roadway = road + roadside) Road System shall mean a collection of roadways, typically of various classifications, owned by or under the direct control of a single authority. Road Closure Permit shall mean an official document granting authorization to close and occupy a Township Road for the purposes of construction / repair or servicing. Road Occupancy Permit shall mean an official document granting authorization to occupy / have access to a portion of a Township Road or Right of Way for the purposes of construction / repair or servicing. Safe Conditions shall mean the general term identifying the concept of mitigating bodily injury or death of persons, or direct damage (beyond wear and tear) to property or contents. 10 Sales Office shall mean an office structure belonging to the developer / builder for the sale of homes / property in a specific development / subdivision Seasonal shall mean the limited time of the year where certain services apply to the subject roadway (e.g, summer roads, ice roads). In the context of these definitions, seasonal roads are classified as those not receiving winter services, unless otherwise defined. Section shall mean a portion of roadway with a distinct classification, and homogeneous character. A roadway section is commonly used for construction costing, inventory control in Maintenance Management Systems, Road Evacuation Studies, Pavement Condition Studies, and Priority Planning and Budgeting. Service shall mean the supply of a public need such as transportation infrastructure or utilities construction, installation or maintenance. Service Level(s) shall mean the range of value(s) which specifically define the level of a particular service, by one or more parameters. Shoulder shall mean the maintained surface immediately adjacent to the travelled surface of the road. The shoulder may be partially or fully hardtop, loosetop, grassed, or earth. It is not considered a part of the road for these services. Shoulder Width shall mean the measured edge of the actual outside travelled lane except that for loosetop road surfaces the measure is from the outside edge of the minimum lane width. Width is measured to the beginning edge of a rounding, where the surface ceases to be maintained for emergency or temporary vehicle use. Sidewalk shall mean a paved walkway contained within the Township Right of Way and typically constructed on one side of a street or road. 11 Silt 1 Sediment shall mean the naturally occurring granular material of a size somewhere between sand and clay that is broken down by processes of weathering, erosion or construction activity and is subsequently transported by the action of wind, water, or ice, and / or by the force of gravity acting on the particles. Standard Drawings shall mean the drawings included as part of this manual, illustrating typical installations and/or specifying materials as adopted by the Township of Oro-Medonte. Standards shall mean quantified statements, defining the nature of a product or activity. Usually such standards are minimum or reasonable, and in this context refer specifically to the development of services as defined by the Township. Sub -Contractors) shall mean a company or individual acting as an installer/ supplier of services to the Contractor and having entered into a contract with the Contractor to install / supply those services. 5 Substandard shall mean a condition which is outside the defined standard. Normally a substandard condition requires a response, unless otherwise considered in the standard. Surface shall mean the exposed top of the travelled road and includes adjacent surfaces for turning or stopping, but not parking or shoulders. TAC shall mean the Transportation Association of Canada T.C.P.L. shall mean Trans Canada Pipe Lines Traffic Control Devices shall mean devices for the advising and routing of traffic including regulatory signs, non -regulatory signs, pavement markings, and hazard markers. Trailway / Walkway shall mean a path designed for pedestrian use and may be either paved or surfaced with a compacted granular material, 12 Township shall mean the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte and its designated officials and/or agents. Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Standards shall mean this document and may also be refered to herein as Township Standards. Township's Engineering Consultant shall mean a competent professional engineer or firm of engineers employed by the Township which is skilled and experienced in Township work and land development projects, registered with Professional Engineers Ontario, and possessing a current Certificate of Authorization to practice professional engineering as required by the Professional Engineers Act, The Township's Consulting Engineer shall have authority to act as the Township's Representitive Township's Representative shall mean any person assigned to a project by the Township to carry out work on its behalf. The name of the Representative shall be specified prior to the start of construction on any project. Urban Settlement Area shall mean a concentrated settlement that constitutes or is part of an urban area. It is an area with a higher density of human -created structures and is serviced by municipal water delivery and / or municipal sewage collection. Vertical Clearance shall mean an obstruction free zone measured from any point on the surface of the road and above the projection of the horizontal clearance width. Winter shall mean the season when cold weather conditions have effect on road conditions can be reasonably expected. 13 1.3 Township Mapping Index Township of Oro-Medonte (Overall) Development Areas 1 — Bidwell Road 2 — Moonstone 3 — Horseshoe Valley 4 — Forest Home 5 — Bass Lake 6 — Big Cedar Estates 7 — Fergus Hill Estates S — Hawkestone 9 — Oro Station —Lakeshore Road 10 — Prices Corner 11 — Shanty Bay 12 — Sugar Bush 13 — Warminster 14- Craighurst 14 W Township of Oro-Medonte 1 'Vasey-Rd-.� z I I a) c','j- -Peter -SU -W z Moonstone -Rd - ID ,Mount -St: Vasey -Rd. (D PeterJ E. Z z 6, cb t =j 1 NIX . ngram Rd. Cd i Horse:., V-.3,4111 -Bass -Lake-SrdW z z C, CI) LO Q C- z cc 8k4Jj,:jejIS 15//116-Srd L6 I 00 M c CV i eta VIL -:j Legend MDevelopment Areas Roads Township of Oro Medonte 3124/2016 N cn C W 43 C Key Map Bidwell Road Development Area 1 Northwood -Et. i Green-Mountain•Ct. dwell -Rd. Ma liN.Ridge-Rd-'� L .O 0' of Oro Medonte 3/24/2016 30131-Srd7" Key Map Moonstone AV Development Area 2 i L o U � c c � �gac�►tY'�ve m Boyd -Cres. lleyview•Dr,_ I. Z co Moonstone -Rd -E: A�Duncan-Dr�Elle gnes -St: n•Dr. Township of Oro Medonte 3124/2016 J Horseshoe Valle Development Area I z A � Oa ¢ c iS? C° _Al)iL-Way orseshoe-Valley-Rd--W— P �L Township of Oro Medonte 3!2412016 Forest Home i QevelopmentArea 4 memo' , Shelswell-Gees:- f 1� jLrnieson-Gres:, Key Map Jamieson Dr Paterson -Rd: Township of Oro Medonte 3/24/2016 Bass Lake Development Area 5 r �r m, Rutledge -Rd. Devitt -St. Barr -Ave. Ganton-Rd. Key Map Township of Oro Medonte 3/24/2016 Key Map Big Cedar Estates AV Development Area 6 2 ch 'I --Big-Cedar-Park-Rd- -Donald -Bass-L-ake-Srd-E- Township of Oro Medonte 31241201& Key Map Fergus Hill Estates Development Area 7 angrna -o 6—Garnock St- Z � Claremont -Cres Township of Oro Medonte 3/24/2016 5' CL m X CL X a6 'Line -5-S A Key Map Prices Corners Development Area L _ I Horseshoe Vallev Rd. E. Bass Lake —Alberta -Ave Q Cu m ties 10 U Price -Dr. — -- k 0 rn O � E 5 L-akeview-D..-- '' O 3 2 L _ I Horseshoe Vallev Rd. E. Bass Lake —Alberta -Ave Q Cu m ties 10 8ards_8each-Rd Township of OroMe me 3/24/2016 k 8ards_8each-Rd Township of OroMe me 3/24/2016 Range•Rd- - C � � CD O � k Red -Oak -Cres. I 4 4,D R, C Sugar Bush /Development Area 12 Horseshoe -Valley -Rd - Ash -C, t orseshoe-Valley-Rd- Ash-Ct. 0 0 3 c 0 Maple -Ct. Hickory -Ln. Z P7 J Z' 4l t CU -41��/o Gsh Erneraid Terrace l� hire -Way Township of Oro 2 3 .f. r � o Oneida -Ave'. _ Gay'�ga G � a� Horseshoe -Valley -Rd - Ash -C, t orseshoe-Valley-Rd- Ash-Ct. 0 0 3 c 0 Maple -Ct. Hickory -Ln. Z P7 J Z' 4l t CU -41��/o Gsh Erneraid Terrace l� hire -Way Township of Oro 2 Key Map Warminster 4V Development Area 13 Demont-Dr. Champlain -Cres, Wallis -St, —,°' C U «Y _ I• cn c O LO m a.. Robbins -Dr. r o� C J TWarminster-Srd. Merrington-Ave— Township of Oro Medonte 3124/2016 Penetanguishene-Rd- why 40- 0 /V- SECTION 2 — POLICIES and PROCESS 2.1 Pre -Servicing Policy Subsequent to Draft Plan Approval and prior to execution of a Subdivision Agreement, the Township may consider agreeing to allow the pre -servicing of a subdivision at the Developer's risk when the following conditions have been met: • Written acceptance from the Township for specific works for which pre -servicing can proceed. • Engineering drawings have been accepted for construction of the works under consideration. • Written approval of various agencies, e.g., Lake Simcoe Region Conservation Authority, Nottawasaga Valley Conservation Authority, Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change, Ministry of Natural Resources, Ministry of Transportation, Ministry of Tourism, Culture and Sport, where they relate to.installation of services permitted by pre -servicing. Written confirmation from utility companies including, but not limited to, Hydro One, Bell Canada, Rogers Cable and Enbridge Gas, that satisfactory agreement has been reached for provision of respective services, • No permission shall be given to construct external services prior to full registration unless a Letter of Credit for 110% of the entire cost of the external services including all restoration has been deposited with the Township. Connections to existing services shall not be permitted until the plan of subdivision is registered. • All other documents considered necessary to the works including 0.3 m reserves, easements, etc., must be approved as to foram and description. • Cash deposits for engineering and legal fees for the Township, in an amount determined by the Township, must be paid to the Township prior to the commencement of any works. • An Insurance Certificate naming the Township as co-insured is to be submitted with minimum coverage to be $5,000,000.00 or an additional- amount as determined by the Township. 15 • A cash or Letter of Credit deposit as security to facilitate siltation and erosion control and potential emergency maintenance work by the Township is to be submitted in an amount determined by the Township. • A Cash or Letter of Credit deposit as security to facilitate a Letter of Credit for 50% of the estimated cost of all internal services has been deposited with the Township. • If the underground pre -servicing has been completed to the satisfaction of the Township prior to the registration of the plan of subdivision, the Township shall not require the full value of the Letter of Credit provided an appropriate reduction request has been submitted and approved by the Township. • The Developer is required to enter into a formal Pre -Servicing Agreement based on the scope of development. • Applicable fees submitted to the Township for preparation of a Pre -Servicing Agreement as required by the Township's Fees and Charges By-law 2015-115 (or most recent By-law), Schedule E • All required zoning by-laws must be in effect. 2.1.1 Model Homes Subsequent to Draft Plan Approval and prior to execution of a Subdivision Agreement, the Township may consider allowing the construction of a model home (which may or may not be used as a sales office) at the Developer's risk, when the following conditions have been met: • A Pre -Servicing Agreement has been executed and all requirements are met. • Applicable fees submitted to the Township for preparation of a Pre -Servicing Agreement as required by the Township's Fees and Charges By-law 2015-115 (or most recent By-law), Schedule E Zoning for the proposed development is in place. • An agreement for the construction of a model home has been executed with the Township dealing with: Provision of a builder's road. • Provision of fire protection. • Provision of services {sewer, water, hydro} if available. If not Fire Department approval shall be required. • The overall grading plan has been approved and there has been preliminary acceptance of the drainage system for the model home lots. • For a model home building permit application, security is provided to the Township in the amount of $10,000.00 to ensure that the obligations of the Developer are carried out as required by the terms of the Agreement or provide for the demolition and removal of the structure if the subdivision plan does not proceed to registration within one year. • Confirmation that the ' model homes shall not be occupied until after the registration of the Subdivision Agreement and Plan and all requirements within the Subdivision Agreement are met. • Confirmation that issuance of building permits for model homes is entirely at the risk of the Developer and without liability or responsibility to the Township. The Developer shall indemnify the Township from all damages arising in connection r with the issuance of building permits for model homes. • Confirmation that the Developer agrees that the use of model home lots shall be restricted to the following: parking; a sales office; model homes display. 2.1.2 Sales Office In the event the Developer intends to utilize a trailer or temporary structure or combination of both as a sales office subsequent to Draft Plan Approval and prior to execution of a Subdivision Agreement or registration of a Site Plan Agreement the Township may consider allowing the construction under the following conditions: • The sales office is to be located on a proposed lot fronting on an existing opened road allowance. • Zoning for the proposed development is in place. • An agreement for the sales office has been executed with the Township dealing with: An acceptable site plan. �- . Provision of fire protection. 17 • Provision of services (sewer, water, hydro) if available. If not Fire Department approval shall be required. r • The overall grading plan has been approved and there has been preliminary acceptance of the drainage system for the sales office lot. • Security is provided to the Township in the amount of $10,000.00 to ensure the obligations of the Developer are carried out as required by the terms of the Agreement or provide for the demolition and removal of the structure if the subdivision plan does not proceed to registration within one year. • Applicable fees submitted to the Township for preparation of a Pre -Servicing Agreement as required by the Township's Fees and Charges By-law 2015-115 (or most recent By-law), Schedule E • Confirmation that issuance of a building permit for the sales office is entirely at the risk of the Developer and without liability or responsibility to the Township. The Developer shall indemnify the Township from all damages arising in connection with the issuance of building permits for the sales office. • Confirmation the Developer agrees the use of the sales office lot'shall be restricted to parking and the sales office. J One sales office shall be allowed for marketing homes within the development. 2.2 Subdivision Agreements 2.2.1 Preparation of Subdivision Agreement The draft of the Subdivision Agreement shall be prepared by the Township and may be subject to review by the Township Solicitor. The final Subdivision Agreement shall be prepared under the direction of the Director of. Development Services in consultation with various Township departments, who shall obtain Council's approval for the execution of the Agreement. The Director of Development Services must be in a position to clear all conditions of Draft Plan Approval prior to the execution of the Subdivision Agreement. 18 In conjunction with preparation of the Subdivision Agreement the Developer's { Consulting Engineer shall provide the Township with the appropriate number of copies (including electronic copies) of the following: • Ministry of Environment and Climate Change Applications for approval for Township services to be constructed for the proposed subdivision. • The name of the person and title and/or company and Mortgagees with whom the Subdivision Agreement shall be executed. The Developer's address and telephone number shall be provided. • The name, address and telephone number of the Developer's Solicitor. • The Transfer/ Deed of Land (Form i Land Registration Reform Act). • The legal description of the subdivision, based on the Reference Plan. • The proposed final plan for registration (M -Plan) complete with the road names, lot numbers, surveyor's certificate, Developer's certificate and all other pertinent information required by the registry office. • The final draft reference plans for any easements to be granted to thelownship. t, • The engineering drawings, accepted by the Township. • The "M" and "R" Plans reduced to legal size. • A breakdown of the number of units proposed within the subdivision: Single-family units • Semi-detached units • Townhouse units Apartment units one bedroom and bachelor • two or more bedrooms • An O.L.S. certificate in tabular form identifying and certifying all lots and corresponding frontages, depths and areas are in compliance with the appropriate Zoning By -Law. • A detailed cost estimate of Township services to be constructed for the subdivision. The cost estimate shall be signed and sealed by the Developer's Consulting r' Engineer. 19 • An Insurance Certificate is to be submitted naming the Township a$ co-insured with minimum coverage to be $5,000,000.00 or an additional amount as determined by the Township. The estimated cost of Services shall be detailed to show individual items of construction. This estimate shall be used as a basis for calculation of the security to be posted for the development. The total estimated cost of Services shall include the following: • Detailed cost of services, in the format provided by the Township; • The actual estimated cost of streetlighting and associated underground distribution system; • Any other miscellaneous expenditures required by the Subdivision Agreement as the Developer's obligation, such as park equipment, park landscaping, development of open space, walkways and sidewalks, fencing, etc.; • Allowances for contingencies and engineering in the amount of 15% of the estimated cost of services; • H.S.T. • The Developer shall provide the Township with written confirmation from the following utility authorities that satisfactory arrangements have been made for the installation of services in the proposed subdivision, at no cost to the Township: • Bell Canada • Cable TV Company • Canada Post • Enbridge Gas • Hydro One • Trans Canada Pile Lines (T.C.P.L.) • Any other Authority as required. 20 In addition to the above, Location Approvals shall also be submitted by the appropriate t Utility Authorities. Where requested, easements shall be provided for utilities, at no cost to the Utility or Township. • Proposed timetable for construction of services. • Proposed landscaping plan and/or park development plan where required. • Proposed phasing plans. • Other information as required for the Subdivision Agreement. 2.2.2 Requirements Prior to Commencement of Construction Prior to commencement of construction, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall submit the following information to the Township for approval (Allow a minimum of 2 weeks for review). • Three (3) sets of all construction specifications. • The proposed Contractor and Subcontractors. • The Contractor's list of suppliers. One (1) copy of the signed contract documents complete with unit prices: • All other information specified in the Subdivision Agreement as a requirement prior to commencement of construction or other information required by the Township. • Ministry of Natural Resources, NVCA, LSRCA and/or DFO work permits for works within water bodies. 2.3 Administration Fees, Securities and Development Charges The administration fees, securities and development charges applicable to subdivision development are stipulated in the Subdivision Agreement. Reductions in securities shall be considered in accordance with the provisions of the Subdivision Agreement. (A sample letter is included on the next page.) 21 Sample Letter - Request for Reduction in Letter of Credit -. Date: Township of Oro-Medonte 148 Line 7 South Oro, ON LOL 2X0 Attention: Director of Development Services Re: (Name of Subdivision) On behalf of the owners of the above development, we are requesting your consideration and approval of a reduction in the amount of the letter of credit held by the Township as performance and maintenance security. We have attached hereto a summary listing the value of the work completed to date, based upon the Schedule of Construction Costs included in the Subdivision Agreement, revised as noted to reflect all required alterations to the works. The current value of securities is calculated as follows: 1) Value of outstanding work $ (inc. contingency, engineering fees and HST) 2) Maintenance Holdback $ (10% of original securities) Total $ We are also attaching a Statutory Declaration by the owner that all outstanding accounts relative to work in this subdivision have been paid. Yours very truly, (Signature of Engineer) Name of Engineering Firm 22 2.4 Submission Requirements and Approvals Introduction This section outlines the required submissions to be made to the Township. All submissions are to be coordinated by the Developer's Consulting Engineer The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall deal directly with other commenting Authorities, (i.e. County of Simcoe, Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change, Ministry of Natural Resources, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Ministry of Transportation, Lake Simcoe Region Conservation Authority, Nottawasaga Region Conservation Authority, etc.) for works that fall within their jurisdiction. It is the Developer's Consulting Engineer's responsibility to ensure that all correspondence and comments are to be provided to the Township of Oro-Medonte at the appropriate submission time. Second and Final submissions are not to be made until the Township's and other authorities' comments regarding the first and second submission, respectively, have been received and incorporated. All work to be done in compliance with Township Standards must be approved. The Director of Engineering and Environmental Services is to be notified of any such work that shall be commenced at feast forty-eight (48) hours prior to it commencing. Where the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services requests a site meeting prior to construction, such meeting shall normally include the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services, major utility representatives, the Developer, the Developer's Consulting Engineer and the General Contractor. The Developer shall convene such a meeting on the site at the convenience of the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services, prior to any work commencing and after approval of the plans. Prints of drawings for all submissions shall be in accordance with Township Standards and each print shall be stamped with the submission number (1, 2, or 3) and date of submission. 23 2.4.1 Engineering Requirements for Draft Plan Approval A Preliminary Engineering Report must be submitted by the Developer's Consulting Engineer. This report must be presented in a readable, comprehensive and professional manner. The Report must be signed and sealed the Developer's Consulting Engineer. This Preliminary Report shall contain the following and be submitted with the appropriate number of copies (including electronic copies) of the following: 2.4.1.1 The Draft Plan The Draft Plan must be in compliance with the Planning Act, as amended, and in a form acceptable to the Development Services Department. 2.4.1.2 Contour Plan This plan must be at a scale of no larger than 1:1000 giving contour lines at sufficient intervals to permit assessment of existing surface drainage patterns. Contour intervals shall not be greater than 1.5 metres. This plan is to extend to 5 metres past the limits of the drainage area to be served by proposed sanitary and storm sewer systems, including lands beyond the boundaries of the subdivision. For large external drainage areas, separate Contour Plans at a larger scale may be provided. All elevations are to refer to Geodetic Datum. 2.4.1,3 General Plan of Services The General Plan of Services shall be a plan based on the Draft Plan and must schematically show the proposed storm and sanitary sewer systems and watermain and their connection to existing systems. Direction of flow must be indicated on all sewers. This plan is to be accompanied by preliminary engineering calculations indicating the quantity of flows at the connection to existing systems and/or at proposed outfalls. Consideration must be given to the whole catchment area to 24 ultimately be developed. Blocks and easements for storm and sanitary sewers, stormwater management facilities and watermain systems shall also be shown. Preliminary road profiles and area grading requirements must also be identified in the Preliminary Report. Blocks of land for community mail centres must be identified on the Draft Plan and the General Plan of Services. Proposed noise attenuation barriers are to be shown (as required). 2.4.1.4 Drainage Plan When a natural drainage channel passes through and / or is affected by the construction of the subdivision, drawings must be submitted to indicate the location and typical cross-sections of the existing channel and of any proposed changes. In general, creek diversions shall not be permitted unless approved in advance by the appropriate Conservation Authority. An erosion -sediment control plan shall be required. A preliminary stormwater management plan and report shall be required by the Township in accordance with the requirements outlined in this document, The Developer's Consulting Engineer must submit an outline of the siltation and erosion control plan in accordance with the requirements of these Standards. All drainage designs shall be carried out in general compliance with the MOE Stormwater Management Planning and Design Manual (March 2003) as amended. Site specific stormwater management reports shall be consistent with all applicable background reports prepared by the Township or Conservation Authority (i.e., Watershed Planning Studies, Master Drainage Plans, Stormwater Management Master Plan, etc.), including the Lake Simcoe Protection Plan. If the overland flow route travels across downstream property not municipally owned, the Developer must obtain the necessary agreement(s) from downstream owner(s) accepting the increased quantity of runoff. 25 Any proposed modifications to an existing channel and/or floodplain shall (if -� applicable) require MNR, MOECC, LSRCA, NVCA and/or DFO review and approval. The Developer's Consulting Engineer must consult with staff from the appropriate agency(s) and confirm their requirements, prior to proceeding with the preliminary engineering report. 2.4.1.5 Geotechnical and Soils Report In new developments, the Developer shall engage a Geotechnical Consultant to prepare a report on the existing soil conditions which is to include: • sub -surface soil and groundwater conditions and the ability of the soils to structurally support underground services, roadways and foundations for residential, commercial, or industrial type structures. • determine the elevation of seasonal high groundwater and comment on minimum foundation elevations to avoid buildings constructed below groundwater. • The identification, description and limits of the existing soil regimes, including the extent of topsoil and its suitability for reuse. • The suitability of native materials for trench backfill. • The conditions under which the native material may be used as trench backfill. • The procedures to be used for high moisture contents and water table levels, which may affect the proposed servicing or structural works of the concerned area and surrounding lands. • The extent of native material which is unsuitable for trench backfill and the procedure for dealing with it such that it shall not affect the structural stability of the proposed Township services. • Areas and procedures to be followed where blasting may be required with due consideration to surrounding structures and services, • The road material depths for pavement design. �. Special recommendations for bedding materials. ` Potential corrosive or chemical problems that may affect services or structures (e.g. high sulphates) and the method of resolving such problems. Recommendations in dealing with filling conditions within the road allowances, on building lands, in the construction of berms etc. • Identification of problem areas and recommendations for mitigating procedures regarding the stability of existing slopes and the extent of unstable soils or conditions. • Special recommendations to be followed in the design and construction of building foundations including recommended foundation elevations in relation to the groundwater elevation. • The engineering properties of the native material including frost susceptibility, natural moisture content, compaction characteristics, relative density and structural integrity. • Recommendations for achieving proper compaction. • Recommendations for dealing with deep excavation of trenches. • Recommendations for dealing with septic or well systems that may be affected by the proposed building and servicing works. • Confirmation that sufficient boreholes have been taken to establish definite requirements and recommendations for the servicing and building works. In general the geotechnical report must identify minimum bearing capacity of the native soil (i.e. 75 kPa) preferably on a hole -by -hole basis. Boreholes located in the area of proposed underground Township services are to be taken to a depth of at least one (1) meter below the deepest trench. • Requirements and recommendations contained within this report along with borehole logs and grain size analysis of the native soils are to be incorporated by the Developer's Geotechnical Engineering Consultant into their first submission 27 to the Township. Any such requirements and recommendations not incorporated are to be drawn to the Township's attention with specific reasons. " 2.4.1.6 Hydrogeological Report — Rural Development The proponents of a draft plan application proposing individual water supply wells and sewage disposal systems shall provide a detailed Hydrogeological Report prepared by a qualified Hydrogeologist, relating to the soil types and their ability to physically accommodate private sewage disposal systems, the availability of potable groundwater supplies from the proposed water supply sources, the anticipated quantitative and qualitative impacts within the development and with neighbouring water sources, and proposed mitigative measures. Preliminary on-site testing must be reviewed with the Township and must be sufficient to support the proposed residential density. Test wells shall be drilled and pump testing performed to carry out the hydrogeological investigation, in accordance with the latest MOECC guidelines. The proposed monitoring program, J� prior to, during and after construction shall be submitted by the hydrogeologist to the Township for review. 2.4.1.7 Water Mains and Sanitary Sewers Where water mains and sanitary sewers are proposed, comprehensive servicing reports shall be prepared and submitted to the Township. Available capacity in existing water treatment and sewage treatment plants must be taken into consideration. Where public communal water systems are proposed the requirements of Section 3.8 shall apply. 2.4.1.8 Traffic Study A Traffic Study (Traffic Studies) may be required at the discretion of the Township, County and M.T.O., as applicable roads authorities 28 2.4.1.9 Noise Attenuation A feasibility noise study or detailed noise study may be needed to support the development proposal. All reports must follow the Ministry of Environment - Noise Assessment Criteria in Land Use Planning Publication LU-131.The Ministry of Environment requires the use of the Ontario Road Noise Analysis Method for Environment and Transportation (ORNAMENT) to assess the noise impact from existing roadways on planned residential land uses, to assess the noise impact of roadway projects, and to establish the ambient noise sources and for complaint investigation. A qualified Professional Engineer, with experience in environmental acoustics, must certify implementation of noise control measures. 2.4.2 Engineering Submissions 2.4.2.1 First Engineering Submission Letters of Retention — One (1) original copy of each • A Letter of Retention to the Township from the Developer's Consulting Engineer for the design and complete general construction inspection of all municipal services. • A Letter of Retention to the Township from the Developer's Electrical Engineer for the design and construction inspection of all streetlight works. • A Letter of Retention from the Developer's Geotechnical Engineer for the inspection and certification ensure that the geotechnical operations are in compliance with the Township's specifications. • A Letter of Retention to the Township from the Developer's Landscape Architect for the design and inspection of all streetscape and stormwater facility plantings and Parkland Development. KE Reports and Studies Three (3) copies of the following reports and calculations and a copy in digital form on CD are required: • Stormwater Management Report and storm sewer calculations on standard design sheets. • Water supply and distribution report providing calculations to support the design of the distribution works including main sizes, fire flows and anticipated flows and pressures for domestic and other users. • Sanitary design calculations on standard design sheets. Geotechnical Report. • Traffic Studies and Analysis Report (if required). • Noise Attenuation Report (if required). • Arborist Report (if required). In addition to the above listed reports, the following shall also be provided: • Two (2) copies of the Archaeological Assessment (if required). • Two (2) copies of the Illumination calculations (if required). • A letter from the Developer's Geotechnical Engineering Consultant, summarizing the contents of the submission and certifying the design conforms to the Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Standards. • Two (2) copies of all other reports as required by the Draft Plan Conditions/ Approval. Drawings Three (3) complete sets of the following drawings and a copy of all drawings and a copy in digital form on CD are required: • Title Page • Approved Draft Plan (Three (3) 11"x17" reductions of the Draft Plan shall also be submitted.) 30 • Proposed Legal Plan for Registration - showing all lot, block and proposed easement numbering and dimensions • General Servicing Plan(s) • Composite Utility Plan(s) • Overall Site Grading Plan(s) • Preliminary Lot Grading Plan(s) • Stormwater Drainage Design • Stormwater Retention Pond Design • Sanitary Collection Design • Water Distribution Design • Plan and Profile Drawings • Electrical Design and Streetlighting Plan(s) • Erosion Sediment and Silt Control Detail Drawings • Standard and Special Details Drawings • Landscape and Streetscape Plan(s) • Parkland Development Plan(s) • Grading Plan(s) for Park and 1 or School Blocks Municipal Structures Submission When a new roadway structure (i.e. bridges, culverts, water crossings) is proposed, a specific submission related to the structure is required, which includes the following information: • Three (3) copies of the General Arrangement drawing(s), prepared in general accordance with the MTO Structural Manual. The General Arrangement Pian shall include the roadway structure plan, profile, elevation and cross sections. • Three (3) copies of the Design Report which includes but is not limited to the description of the works, how the detail was arrived at, different options and cost analysis/least expensive alternate. 31 • Three (3) copies of the Design Criteria Sheet which shall include (but is not limited to): the type/class of roadway, volume of traffic, geometric information and cost estimate. • Three (3) copies of the Geotechnical Report. • Three (3) copies of the Hydrology Report. • An original letter from the Professional Engineer responsible for the design and which certifies that: • The bridge type, length and width are appropriate; HBDC requirements are met; Ministry standards have been followed; • The most economical life cycle cost solution has been selected for the site; • Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code has been adhered to. • The structural design drawings and details included as part of the Subdivision Agreement shall be stamped and signed by the Engineer who designed the roadway structure and by the professional engineer who check the structural design drawings. Parks and Landscaping Submission -) • A covering letter from the Developer's Consulting Engineer and/or Landscape Architect stating the landscape work is in conformity with the proposed grading and Township services for the development, plus an outline of the items contained within the submission. • Three (3) copies of the following drawings (where applicable): Existing Natural Features Assessment • Tree SurveyNegetation Analysis and Tree Preservation Plan • Streetscape and Buffer Planting Plans • Detailed Park Development Plans 41 Stormwater Management Pond Planting Plan NOTE: The Developer may request jointly obtaining a Landscape Architect with the Township (costs to be borne by the Developer). 2.4.2.2 Second Engineering Submission r The following plans and documents, as a minimum, are required for the second submission: • Detailed chart or report with all of the First Submission "red lined" comments and how they have been met. • Copies of all other applicable approval agencies comments. • Three (3) complete sets of all revised drawings, proposed M- and R- Plans. • One (1) original plus one copy of Ministry of Environment application forms, signed by the Developer and the Developer's Consulting Engineer. • Three copies of the Subdivision Agreement Schedules Pertaining to Engineering Submission and all applicable cost estimates. • Three (3) copies of Utility Coordination Plan. • Three (3) copies of streetlight design plans. • In addition to storm sewers, sanitary sewers and water mains, MOECC approval r is required for proposed engineered channels, storm water detention ponds and storm water management features. The MOECC Application shall be signed only when the engineering design has been approved. The Developer's Consulting Engineer is responsible for forwarding the complete application to the MOECC. • Parks and Landscaping Submission - A covering letter from the Developer's Consulting Landscape Architect outlining the submission contents. Three (3) sets of revised landscape drawings as per Township comments. Three (3) complete sets of landscaping cost breakdowns. NOTE: Subsequent Submissions shall be made, as required, until the drawings and designs are acceptable to the Township. 33 2.4.2.3 Final Engineering Submission The following plans and documents shall be compiled and submitted in their entirety by the Developer's Consulting Engineer in one complete package. Incomplete submissions, delivered to the Township, shall be returned immediately. • Two (2) copies of the Proposed M -Plan and R -Plan. • One (1) digital copy of the Proposed M -Plan and R -Plan. • Two (2) complete sets of all drawings listed in the Subdivision Agreement, stamped and signed by the Developer's Consulting Engineer and/or Landscape Architect (where applicable). • One (1) digital copy of the complete set of engineering drawings in accordance with the Township CAD requirements. • Two (2) copies of the final storm drainage plan and the storm sewer design sheets labelled final design. • One (1) digital copy of the final storm drainage plan and the storm sewer design sheets labelled final design. • Two (2) copies of all required approvals i.e. MOECC, MTO, NVCA, LSRCA, etc. • A Detailed Cost Estimate of all proposed works. • Two (2) copies of the Developer's Insurance Certificate naming the Township as co-insured, as per the Subdivision Agreement. ' • The Developer shall submit evidence of written agreements with Hydro One, Bell Telephone Company, Enbridge Gas, and Cable TV Provider for the installation of these utilities in a common trench in the prescribed locations on road allowances within the plan of subdivision. • The Developer shall submit evidence in writing that agreements are in place with Hydro One or any other approved Contractor for the installation of streetlighting. • The Developer shall submit evidence in writing that satisfactory arrangements are in place with Canada Post for the location of mailboxes, • A summary of lot area and frontage for each Lot / Block to confirm compliance with the Township Zoning By-law, prepared by an O.L.S. 34 r� NOTE 1: The drawing originals shall be signed and stamped "Approved For Construction" and shall be returned to the Developer's Consulting Engineer. Two copies of the complete set shall be returned to the Township. Only drawings accepted for construction shall be utilized during construction of the works. Changes in drawing originals by the Developer's Consulting Engineer are subject to approval by the Township. NOTE 2: Submissions are to include the items listed above and are to be submitted in their entirety by ONE (1) agent of the Developer in ONE (1) complete package. Incomplete submissions, delivered to the Township, shall be returned as incomplete. NOTE 3: Upon completion of the construction of the services, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall obtain the `as constructed' field information and revise the original drawings accordingly. Changes in drawing originals by the Developer's Consulting Engineer are subject to approval by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. NOTE 4: No Pre -servicing is permitted including topsoil stripping, blasting, tree removal or underground servicing works until all drawings and agreements have been approved and signed unless a Pre -Servicing Agreement has been entered into, 2.5 Conditions of Construction 2.5.1 Blasting or Tunnelling No blasting or tunnelling shall take place without written approval of the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. 2.5.2 Winterizing of Subdivisions In order to minimise repairs to new subdivision roads and snow plowing equipment, the Township requires the following works to be carried out prior to November 15th of each year: • Manhole tops, catchbasin frames and valves on roads with base asphalt shall be set at the level of the base course asphalt. • Settlements in roadways shall be repaired, particularly adjacent to manhole tops -� and catchbasin frames. - • Sidewalk bays, which have settled and created a lip greater than 10mm shall be repaired. • All asphalt roads, emergency accesses and loose surface roads identified by the Fire Department and / or the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services shall be cleared of mud and debris, have a minimum of one full lane open at all times and maintained in this manner throughout the maintenance period. • Inlet manholes, catchbasins, ditches or channel shall be cleared of debris to prevent blockages during winter and spring thaws. 2.5.3 Hours of Work by Contractors The hours of work pursuant to the Township of Oro-Medonte Noise By -Law 2012-167 shall be: 6:00 a.m. To 10:00 p.m. These time restrictions are for of all construction activities including (but not limited to) delivery of materials and equipment, starting, idling and warming of equipment, excavation, blasting, removal or moving of materials on site, etc. 2.5.4 Access to Township Roads Every individual property finds its legal access to public roads by means of sufficient frontage on an assumed public roadway, or by deeded access over property having frontage. • An Improved Property, fronting on an assumed Township road may have only one (1) entrance, approved prior to a building permit being issued. • An entrance permit onto a Township road must be secured by means of, a permit application, a site plan or by a plan of subdivision. • Vehicular entrance onto or egress from an assumed Township road is not. permitted except at an approved entrance. • Temporary access may be granted under the permit application. 36 • All entrances onto a Township road must be installed and maintained by and at the cost of the property Developer. • The Developer must maintain all entranceway improvements on Township property in a safe condition. The Township may, with appropriate notice, make improvements to, or remove, unsafe entrance features at the cost of the Developer. 2.5.5 Commencement of Construction Construction of services shall not commence until the Developer has entered into the necessary agreements with the Township of Oro-Medonte. The Developer must also have obtained the required approvals from the County of Simcoe, the Ministry of Transportation Ontario, the Ministry of Environment and Climate Change, or other agency or authority that may be affected by the plan of subdivision. 2.5.6 Commencement Notice -- The Director of Engineering and Environmental Services must be given forty-eight (48) hours written notice prior to the commencement of construction, Should there be a cessation of construction of more than a week; the Developer must again supply forty- eight (48) hours written notice before recommencing the work. Failure to comply with any portion of the requirement shall lead the Township to increase maintenance periods in addition to field investigation. The Township must be satisfied that proper arrangements have been made to assure that all nuisance dust, mud and debris shall be properly cleaned on a regular basis. 2.5.7 Directional/ Informational Signage The Developer is responsible to erect and maintain the directional 1 informational signage to all works commencing and until final acceptance by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services or otherwise directed by the Township. 37 An information sign shall be placed at every access point to the subdivision detailing: : -1 the developer, the general contractor and the Developer's Consulting Engineer. Phone numbers for each of these companies shall be posted on this sign. 2.5.8 Mud, Dust, Stock Pile & Debris Control The Developer is required to keep subdivision lands, internal roadways and adjacent roadways free from nuisance mud and dust at all times. Roads are to be scraped daily or when mud accumulates, which is ever greater. The road is to be flushed and / or swept a minimum of once per week or more if required to assure dust and mud does not become a nuisance or unless otherwise directed by the Township. Scattered debris is to be cleaned daily. Roadways are not to be used for stockpiling materials once the road is open to public use. If a road is to be blocked for more than two (2) minutes in duration with construction equipment then an alternative signed detour route must be established as per O.T.M. — Book 7 requirements. 2.5.9 Construction on Existing Roads Whenever it is necessary to cut through an existing Township or County road, the contractor shall be responsible for proper compaction of the backfill material and replacing the original surface, Road Occupancy and Road Closure permits must be obtained prior to undertaking any work on an existing road allowance. It is the developer's responsibility to provide the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours notice prior to commencing work so that Fire and Emergency Services and School Boards (as required) can be 38 given advance notification. The road must be maintained to a minimum of one lane for �- emergency access. In the event of an unexpected closure, notice must be given to the Township immediately. All signage and detours must conform to the latest version of the Uniform Traffic Control Manual. After roads within a plan of subdivision have been paved with top course asphalt, no cutting of the asphalt shall be allowed to install services for a period of three (3) years. Any Contractor installing a service shall require a Road Occupancy Permit from the Township, even though the roadway remains the Developer's responsibility for maintenance. Unshrinkable fill may need to be utilised as the backfill material from top of cover material to the frost line, in trench installations within Township road allowances, depending on native soil conditions. On top of the unshrinkable fill, the trench shall be restored with Granular `B' r to the bottom of the Granular A (a minimum of 150mm of Granular A is required) in accordance with existing road structure composition. Unshrinkable fill shall be per O.P.S.S. 1359. Where overlaying or constructing new road works, a diagonal joint must be utilised across the travelled portion of the roadway. Where proposed road granular material differs from existing road granular material, a frost taper must be utilised to minimise the effects of the different granular characteristics. NOTE: Subdrains shall remain intact and at grade during these restorations. 39 2.5.10 Existing Infrastructure In general, the Developer may be required to design and construct upgrades to existing infrastructure or new infrastructure outside the limits of the proposed development, to support the development, including but not limited to sewer -works, water works, drainage and stormwater management, parkland, roads and sidewalks. During construction the Developer shall be responsible to protect all adjacent infrastructure and make repairs to any damage as a result of construction of the development. 2.5.11 Site Restoration In all cases the subdivision lands shall be restored and maintained to a condition such that they are kept free of nuisance debris, mud and dust at all times. Where earth excavation, brush, muck, stumps, etc. are to be removed from site, they shall be disposed of in accordance with the latest MOECC approved regulations (at an approved dump site or landfill location). In all cases, the ditches, side -slopes and banks shall be restored to a condition satisfactory to the Township. In both urban and suburban areas this shall include topsoil, sod or seed with proper after-care of all land on the R.O.W. disturbed during the construction of the road. Unless otherwise approved, no earth ditch or embankment shall have a slope greater than 3:1 run/rise. Where required in the opinion of the Township, a significant structure or special slope stabilizing procedures may be required. All rock faces' left exposed in cut shall be cleared of loose rock debris. The earth shall be cut back from the top of the rock by at least 0.5m. 40 f 2.5.12 Timing of Paving Paving between October 31st and May 15th shall not be accepted without prior approval by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services and satisfactory documentation provided by the geotechnical inspector as to temperature and weather conditions. Any paving done between these months without prior approval must be removed and replaced at the Developer's expense. 2.5.13 landscaping Implementation Procedures 2.5.13.1 Streetscape Works The Developer is required to hire a contractor to install the landscape elements called for in the approved landscape plans. The Developer's Landscape Architect shall inspect the work, report on progress to the Township and provide the Township with as - built drawings. An important part of the Landscape Architect's duties shall be to maintain a Summary Chart documenting the history of each new tree planted in the parcel of land being developed. At the appropriate times, the Township shall conduct its own inspections, All streetscape works are to be guaranteed and maintained for 12 months after Final Acceptance and Assumption of the Subdivision. 2.5.13.2 Naturalization Works As with streetscape works, the process begins with the developer hiring a contractor to install the landscape elements called for in the approved landscape plans. The Developer's Landscape Architect shall supervise the work and report on progress to the Township. At the appropriate times, the Township shall conduct its own inspections. All naturalization works are to be guaranteed and maintained for 12 months after Final Acceptance and Assumption of the Subdivision. 41 2.5.13.3 Maintenance Agreement of Naturalization Areas Carrying out maintenance programs after planting the naturalization areas significantly reduces the mortality rate of the trees, shrubs, grasses, etc. and helps to establish healthy vegetative cover. At the time of planting, the planting details and specifications shall be followed faithfully, This means, among other things, the proper transportation and handling of plant material, the use of fertile planting soil, the proper staking of trees and the proper installation of rodent protection. Maintenance shall include: • apply appropriate fertilizer to promote growth • prune dead or diseased tissue • remove dead plant material as necessary • replace dead coniferous or deciduous naturalization species to maintain a minimum live -stocking standard of 90% —J • suppress weed growth around new trees and shrubs by adding mulch and/or removing weeds by hand. Weeds shall not be cut down with a power trimmer. • An assessment of plant material is to be carried out annually by the Landscape Architect between mid-July and early September and reported to the developer, the contractor and the Township in the form of a Naturalization Assessment Report. Plant vigour can be determined by a visual inspection of the current year's foliage.. • The initial inspection and assessment shall be conducted in the summer following the planting. It shall take account of the survival and condition of the plants. It shall also include a summary of the maintenance operations performed. Finally, the assessment shall propose all additional maintenance measures necessary, and recommend where, the following spring, plants need to be replaced or new plants added. 42 • The second assessment shall be conducted the following year, and shall provide similar information to the first. • The third and final assessment shall take place just prior to assumption. The final report shall provide a complete summary of the initial plantings, as well as a record of the replacements and maintenance services carried out during the guarantee period, The report shall also make note of all additional work that should be performed prior to the Township conducting a final inspection. 2.6 Construction Inspection and Reporting 2.6.1 Inspections In addition to fulfilling an inspection role for construction, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall serve as liaison between the Developer and the Contractor, as well as between the Developer and the municipality. They are to ensure the approved design intent is implemented, to expedite design decisions on site, and to deal with homeowner enquiries and concerns. The Developer's Consulting Engineer must have their own site Inspector on site during all grading, construction and servicing works. The Inspector shall, at a minimum, have obtained a C.Tech designation with OACETT or a pre -approved equivalent approved by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. The Developer's Consulting Engineer must submit a resume of the site Inspector(s) for approval from the Township. If at any time, in the opinion of the Township, the site Inspector(s) is under qualified, the Engineer shall replace the site Inspector(s) with someone to the satisfaction of the Township. It is the Developer's Consulting Engineer that is responsible to determine what works are complete and in compliance and which require repair to meet compliance with the Township Standards. The Director of Engineering and Environmental Services or their representative shall meet on site with the Developer's Consulting Engineer and review the works to determine what is compliant or non-compliant; the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services or their representative shall only give approval to proceed 43 to .the next stage of works once the infrastructure is compliant. Any work that proceeds prior to approval from the Township shall not be accepted and may be required to be removed and 1 or replaced and / or additional warrantee periods may be added beyond those specified in the Subdivision Agreement. At the pre -construction meeting, the Developer's Consulting Engineer and Geotechnical Engineer shall be required to provide the Township with a schedule of the works, together with the names & emergency phone numbers of all inspectors to be on site during the construction of the various phases of the works. The Township shall have the right to inspect the installation of works and services to ensure they are being constructed in accordance with Township Standards. Where the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services or their designate have reason to believe the work is not being done to the required standard the work shall be stopped until further notification to proceed from the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. The Township may charge a fee for such inspection services. 2.6.2 Inspection Reports - Weekly inspection reports from the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall be submitted to .the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services at the end of each month for review. If the reports are not submitted within 10 days of the end of the month, the Township may place a Stop Work Order on the project until the Township is satisfied that works are in accordance with Township Standards and those of other authorities. The diary must at a minimum contain the following information: • Weather Conditions. • General Progress of work; where the Contractor is working and what work is being done. • Equipment being moved or arriving on the job site and its purpose. • Visits to the site by Township or County Officials and all specific instructions they may have given. • Instructions given to the contractor. M, • Contractor's claims or complaints. C- Compaction efforts for trench backfill, granular road bedding and asphalt. • Trench conditions. • All discussions or dealings with property owners. • Work performed on the site involving the installation of public utilities. • The actual hours worked • The actual area of work' • The time of arrival and departure of the Developer's Consulting Engineer or their Inspector. • All pertinent information relating to Quality Assurance of the works. • All erosion and sediment control devices shall be inspected once per week and after each rainfall of 1 cm or greater to ensure that they are in proper working condition. 2.6.3 Geotechnical Inspections and Reports In new developments, the Developer shall engage a licensed Geotechnical Engineer to prepare an inspection report on the identification, description and placement of all engineered materials used throughout the development. Those materials are (but not limited to): • native materials for trench backfill • trench bedding and backfill materials used on site from supply sources • road construction materials (granular and asphaltic) • concrete used for curbing, sidewalks and structural construction • asphalt and granular materials used for walkways / trailways During Construction: • The Developer shall retain the Geotechnical Engineer who prepared the inspection to inspect the installation of bedding and the back filling of all trenches within road ailowances and easements. The trench backfill certification is required to indicate that sufficient tests have been carried out to obtain an L 45 Inspector's report as to the compaction of the backfill and they find the backfill to -� be in compliance with Township specifications and requirements. • The final subgrade certification is to confirm that the final subgrade conditions are equal to or better than those anticipated in the preparation of the pavement design. The above certification(s) shall display the Professional Engineer's Stamp of the Developer's Geotechnical Consultant. The certification is to include the following wording: "This certification has been made to the best of the Developer's Geotechnical Consultant's knowledge and information. This certification however does not relieve the Contractor, the Developer or any other parties of their respective responsibilities pertaining to maintenance or otherwise." • The findings of the compaction reports and the aforementioned certification, in a form acceptable to the Township, are to be forwarded to and acknowledged by the Township prior to placement of the granular road material. The Developer's Geotechnical Consultant shall also confirm that the final subgrade conditions are at least equal to those anticipated in their preparation of the pavement design. If these conditions are less than what was anticipated, the Developer and the Township are to be immediately advised with a new pavement design recommendation. • Where grading operations require the placement of "engineered fill" the Developer's Geotechnical Engineer must certify that the, fill located at 1.Om below finished grade and deeper has been sufficiently compacted to assure a minimum bearing capacity of 75 KPa and a 98% Standard Proctor Density as per O.P.S.S. 514.07.08 regarding back filling and compaction within road allowances and lots where fill exceeds 1.0m in thickness is strictly adhered to. • Identify problem areas and recommend mitigating procedures regarding the stability of existing slopes and the extent of unstable soils or conditions. 2.6.4 Standards and Maintenance r l All work shall be to the satisfaction of the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services, or their representatives. All work shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent requirements, Township Standards, specifications and by-laws of the Township of Oro-Medonte. All Works constructed shall be guaranteed for such period of maintenance as required hereinafter. 2.7 Approvals - Substantial Completion and Maintenance and 1 or Final Acceptance and Assumption The municipal services constructed and installed by the Developer are divided into two categories: Underground Services and Above Ground Services. The processes for the Certification, Inspection, Acceptance, Maintenance and Assumption is the same for both service types. Each service type shall be undertaken independently of the other and each shall require Certification, notification of Inspection, and requests for Acceptance and ,Maintenance or Assumption as outlined below. 2.7.1 Underground Services shall mean storm drainage works (including culverts, storm sewers and detention pond), waterworks, sanitary works, underground electrical distribution system and streetlighting serving the development (as applicable). 2.7.2 Aboveground Services shall mean all Municipal services to be constructed by the Developer pursuant to the terms of the Subdivision Agreement, excluding Underground Services as previously defined. 2.7.3 Certification Upon completion of the construction of services, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall provide written certification to the Township that all Municipal Services have been constructed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in accordance with good engineering practices. The wording is to be followed by the Professional Engineers stamp and signature. 47 2.7.4 Inspection(s) for Substantial Completion and Maintenance and I or --, r Final Acceptance and Assumption Upon substantial completion of works for which a (the) Certificate is being requested, the Developer shall request the Township to carry out an Inspection for Substantial Completion and Maintenance of the works in conjunction with Developer's' Consulting Engineer. All deficiencies found during this inspection shall be immediately corrected by the Developer. This inspection is for the benefit of the Township and shall not relieve the Developer of their obligations under the Condominium Act and Site Plan Agreement. On receipt of the Developer's request for an Inspection for Final Acceptance and Assumption of the municipal services, the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services shall again inspect the work and if satisfied, shall recommend that the Certificate of Final Acceptance and Assumption Municipal Services be issued. NOTE: The Certificate of Final Acceptance and Assumption of the Municipal Services can be applied for by the Developer after a minimum of two (2) years from the receipt of the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance. 2.7.5 Certificate of Substantial Completion and Maintenance Certificate of Substantial Completion and Maintenance shall mean a Certificate issued by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services confirming that the Municipal Services installed by the Developer under the provisions of the Subdivision Agreement have been substantially completed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in accordance with good engineering practices. Upon the receipt of certification by the Developer's Consulting Engineer that all Municipal Services have been constructed in accordance with approved plans and specifications and in accordance with good engineering practices and the issue of the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Maintenance, the minimum two (2) year maintenance period for constructed Services shall commence. 48 NOTE 1: During the maintenance period, the Developer shall be responsible for all of �- the normal operation, maintenance and repairs for the services noted in the Certificate. If, during the two (2) year maintenance period, the Developer fails to carry out the repair works as required by the Township, then the Township may carry out the works and shall be reimbursed the cost of the works from the Developer's securities. NOTE 2: During the maintenance period, should substantial repairs or replacement of municipal services be required, the maintenance period may be extended.to accommodate the need to assess the repairs undertaken. NOTE 3: The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial, Completion and Maintenance for Above Ground Services shall constitute an assumption of the Aboveground Services by the Township for winter maintenance only.. NOTE 4: Building Permits shall not be issued until the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Maintenance for Municipal Underground Services has been issued. 2.7.6 Maintenance Period Maintenance Period shall mean the repair and maintenance of all the subdivision services for which the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Maintenance has been issued and for a minimum period of two (2) years from the date the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Maintenance. The Developer shall be required to maintain this infrastructure in good condition, to Township Standards, to Manufacturers Specifications and to safe conditions until such time the Township assumes the subdivision. 49 2.7.7 Certificate of Final Acceptance and Assumption �1 ' r Certificate of Final Acceptance and Assumption shall mean a Certificate issued by the Township, as approved by Township Council, upon the receipt of certification by the Developer's Consulting Engineer that all works have been constructed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in accordance with good engineering practices and confirmation by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services that the services have been satisfactorily completed and maintained by the Developer during the two (2) year maintenance period, and issuance of the said Certificate shall constitute Final Acceptance and Assumption of the services by the Township. NOTE 1: Security for all Landscaping Works shall be held by the Township for twelve (12) additional months following the issuance of the Certificate of Final Acceptance and Assumption. NOTE 2: Notwithstanding anything hereinafter set out, the Township shall not be obligated to assume the responsibility for and take over any or all subdivision services until seventy per cent (70%) of the lots in the subdivision or phase of the subdivision have completed dwellings erected therein, Occupancy Permits have been issued and final lot grading approval has been certified. The Developer shall be responsible for the normal operation, maintenance and all repairs of the services in this case until the, Township has assumed the responsibility of the services. E.7i t SECTION 3 — DESIGN STANDARDS t 3.1 Drawing Index NOTE: Drawings pertaining to each of the following sections are found in back of each respective section. Section 3.2 Engineering Design and Drawing Requirements 3.2-01 Standard Title Page 3.2-02 Standard Plan Sheet 3.2-03 Standard Line Type, Layers and Symbols Section 3.3 General Servicing Plans 3.3-01 Service Location — Single Family Residential 3.3-02 Service Location — Semi Detached Residential 3.3-03 Service Location —Freehold Townhouse Units 3.3-04 Service Location — Commercial, Industrial 3.5-05 and Multi- Residential 3.3-05 Notes - Construction Section 3.4 Overall Site Grading Design and Construction Refer to 3.2-02 Standard Plan Sheet Section 3.5 Road Classification and Design 3.5-01 Urban Residential 3.5-02 Local Residential 3.5-03 Cul -de -Sac Urban Residential 3.5-04 Cul -de -Sac Local Residential 3.5-05 Temporary Turn Around - Urban Residential 3.5-06 Temporary Turn Around - Local Residential 3.5-07 900 Bulb Detail 3.5-08 Local Collector and Industrial 3.5-09 Cul -de -Sac Industrial 51 3.5-10 Major Collector and Industrial 3.5-11 150mm Subdrain Detail 3.5-12 Typical Intersection Requirements 3.5-13 Notes - Roads Section 3.6 Erosion and Sediment Control 3.6-01 Light Duty Silt Fence Barrier 3.6-02 Heavy Duty Silt Fence Barrier 3.6-03 Sediment Control Measures — Catch Basins 3.6-04 Construction Entrance Mat Section 3.7 Stormwater Management 3.7-01 Supports for House Connections and Catch Basin Leads 3.7-02 Notes — Storm Sewers Section 3.8 Water Supply Distribution 3.8-01 Support for Watermain and Sewers Crossing New Trenches 3.8-02 Method of Insulating Watermain 3.8-03 Temporary Connection for Watermain 3.8-04 Tracer Wire Arrangement at Valve Box for P.V.C. Watermain 3.8-05 Corrosion Protection for Tracer Wires on P.V.C. Watermain 3.8-06 Hydrant Barrier 3.8-07 Access Culvert for Fire Hydrants and Hydro Transformers 3.8-08 Air Release Valve in Chamber 3.8-09 Polyethylene Water Service Connection Detail 3.8-10 Water Meter Installation Package 3.8-11 Clayton Mark Heavy Duty Yard Hydrant — Dwg, 1 3.8-12 Clayton Mark Heavy Duty Yard Hydrant — Dwg. 2 3.8-13 Notes - Watermain 52 Section 3.9 Sanitary Collection Sewers C3.9-01 Sanitary Sewer Cleanout 3.9-02 Notes — Sanitary Sewer Section 3.10 Plan and Profile Drawings 3.10-01 Standard Plan and Profile Sheet Section 3.11 Utility Coordination, Composite Utility Plan and Electrical Services Design 3.11-01 Joint Utility Trench and Road Crossing Sections Section 3.12 Streetlight Drawings 3.12-01 Street Light Pole and Horizontal Type Luminaire 3.12-02 Street Light Pedestal Section 3.13 Signs, Traffic Signals and Pavement Marking 3.13-01 Subdivision Information Sign f 3.13-02 Municipal Address Number Sign Location 3.13-03 Standard Street Name and Regulatory Signs 3.13-04 Dead End Barricade Section 3.14 Sidewalks, Walkways, Trailways and Fences 3.14-01 Concrete Sidewalk 3.14-02 Pedestrian Walkway — Asphalt or Limestone 3.14-03 Pedestrian Walkway — Granular 3.14-04 Chain Link Security Fence 3.14.05 Wood Privacy Fence 3.14-06 Vehicle Access / Pedestrian Walkway Gate Section 3.16 Landscaping 3.16.01 Deciduous Tree Planting 3.16-02 Coniferous Tree Planting 3.16-03 Shrub Planting 53 Section 3.17 Parkland Development 3.17-01 Standard Park Sign -f 3.17-01A Standard Park Sign - Colours and Graphics 3.17-02 Park Safety and Regulation Sign 3.17-03 Removable Bollard '3.17-04 Timber Bollard Section 3.18 Standard Detail Drawings 3.18-01 Standard Detail Sheet 3.18-02 General Notes Sheet Section 3.20 Residential Lot Grading 3.20-01 Typical Legend for Lot Grading 3.20-02 Rear to Front Draining Lot 3.20-03 Split Lot — Rear Draining 3.20-04 Rear Lot Draining — Walkout or Back Split House 3.20-05 Front Lot Draining — Front Split House 3.20-06 Typical Legend for Lot Grading Refer to 3.3-01 Service Location — Single Family Residential Refer to 3.3-02 Service Location — Semi Detached Residential Refer to 3.3-03 Service Location — Freehold Townhouse Units Section 3.21 Industrial / Commercial / Institutional Site Pian Design 3.21-01 Driveway Approach Paving —Commercial, Industrial and Apartments (With and Without Sidewalks) 3.21-02 Driveway Approach Paving — Commercial, Industrial and Apartments (Depressed Curb & Corner Lots) Refer to 3.3-04 Service Location — Commercial, Industrial and Multi- Residential Refer to 3.5-08 Local Collector and Industrial Refer to 3.5-09 Cul -de -Sac Industrial Refer to 3.5-10 Major Collector and Industrial 54 3.2 Engineering Design and Drawing Requirements Introduction The purpose of this section is to outline the minimum design requirements for the construction of municipal services in the Township. These requirements are intended to provide guidance to the designer and do not relieve the Developer and their Consulting Engineer of the responsibility for submitting a completed product demonstrating competent engineering design in full compliance with all applicable legislation. Any deviation from the minimum Township Standards shall be specifically referred to by the applicant and/or their agent with a copy of written approval of the Township attached. 3'.2.1 Specifications for Engineering Drawings Size: Drawings to be Metric Standard Al (594 mm x 841 mm) or imp. Equivalent Format: Same as Township standard sheets unless otherwise approved. Materials for Preliminary Submissions: • Bond for Preliminary Submission • Black Ink (permanent) • Digital copies on CD Materials for Final Submission and As Constructed Drawings: • Bond for Final Submission • Bond for As -Constructed • Black Ink (permanent) • Digital copies on CD 55 3.2.2 General Drawing Requirements All engineering drawings shall be prepared in metric and in a neat and legible fashion. The design information presented on these drawings shall be completed in ink. The standard Township of Oro-Medonte title block as shown in the detail drawings shall be used on all engineering drawings. A title sheet is required for the engineering drawings. Storm and Sanitary Drainage Area Plans may be prepared on a paper size other than Metric Standard Al in order for the entire drainage system to be presented on one sheet. The lot numbering and block identification on all engineering drawings shall be the same as shown on the Registered Plan for the area. All elevations shown on the engineering drawings are to be of geodetic origin (stating NAD 1927 or NAD 1983). Aerial photo interpretation methods for securing existing contours and elevations shall not be accepted by the Township for base plan information on engineering drawings. A local benchmark (stating NAD 1927 or NAD 1983) note must appear in each drawing. All plan and profile drawings are to be prepared so that each road can be filed separately. The road names shall be identified on the plan portion of the drawings. When roads are of a length that requires more than one drawing, match lines are to be used with no overlapping of information. The reference drawing numbers and centreline stations for all intersecting roads and match lines shall be shown on all plan and profile drawings. A north arrow and key plan shall be included on the top right hand side on all drawings. All engineering drawings shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer. The Engineer's stamp must be signed and dated. 56 The drawings are to be signed by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services prior to the issuance of drawings for construction. All landscape drawings shall be stamped by a certified Landscape Architect. Existing information shall be shown light or background line weight. Proposed information shall be shown bold or foreground line weight. In general east -west roads shall have zero chainage at their westerly limit and north - south roads shall have their zero chainage at their southerly limits. The intersection of centrelines of roads shall be used as zero chainage. Chainage on a plan -profile shall increase from left to right. 3.2.3 Computer Aided Drawings (CAD) All Drawings shall be prepared using the Township of Oro-Medonte Standard CAD Format. The Township's Standard Symbol, Line Type, Line Thickness and Layering Scheme shall be followed for all Drawings. The line work shall be distinctive, easily C_ readable and the lines' thickness must accurately represent the width of the infrastructure that it represents (i.e. line thickness for sewers shall be drawn to represent the width of the Outside Diameter of the pipe). Electronic files shall be submitted for review and acceptance. The Final Submission and As Built submission shall also include a CAD file that meets the Township's format; if layering, line type & thickness or format is not adhered to the submission shall be deemed incomplete. 57 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK -� 58 W Q Z z go WD f 3i m V) LJ W L) W T W Vl � Z d z Z Lii� N z W OLIJ w L) JO D V) w 0 a a o � � o z z U� o 0 °r Z O J° 0. a 5 O Q 4 Z W H O D ❑�J Z Fes - ��c�z�a?u~-i�c O � J Z r` 6 zoo Q o � Y 0' p pww¢�OOIK J Q E=a Io(ny z :CML L"0 HwQ( Q Z cl W 0 Sn (n ul 0 W a VY 0 U (n z z V) a n ail 3 w w a EL p. vai a��ar�natj z Baa a z 1-5 C9 (n (n (n O W a. (n 0 U Ln J m V) LJ W L) O W N Z Lii� W OLIJ w D 0 � � a 0 °r Oz X O r` O I O 0c Ld t` 00 D z Z Fes - O W J Z o 00 O O Q € cl W z z V) a n ail 3 w O a z O z z - W 2 W n z UJ m W W a W OJ z V) W W z w z 0 W Q 0 °r 0 J ul — w D UJ (n Q € V) a n ail a - W 2 � n z UJ 2j Q Q z z W a Q m W a N OJ V) W W w 0 Q Q °r 0 ul — w UJ z � € W a ¢ 0 wi V) O 0 J w N J Q t� O (n Z Li Ci a a O C) W LI_J o w -J o L�. O oQ Q z� ol a 0 iz a a X m s 0 t MON t11F1 t[1f1 I11EIllr r+jrlFlttF+rtlrll! f IINII if,l, 1111I f�tNffl IfIIIflffl`Iflfflf Ir liiiit iqo 1m; iiiiiiii i' I fill, e ttttr irl lsrje tr1F [Ir+rlr+ r=i+Itjl1llrvr IYYY Y•uY .c.. .... !#1 - VIII III itftf tftl Ittlllll lIIIIIIIIfI'I11 fllil 'll '`'rl 11'F Iri14��1 1t�Fiii��`�'I�t r if j 1 1 M GIs = e E III If f f1111III 11111111 I I I I I I 1 11111 11111 111111111 111111111 1 '�1111'Fr1e��Ilfifrrl tl lr 111 r115 1 11=11111!1 al i=•riir�•i III lilt 11 ! ! 11 t 11 jI 1,1111111, 1111 1li1ff1�11+e1I 11il�11rI 1 1 t ill 1 1 , � ji t 1 � r IIr111r i 1111111 it ' I l li 11 I D a c� n r� O Z m> z Z -o zo O 1 o—r—O < o 'z (�7 0-0 F9 0 0 a c Z U) rn Q 14 9 4 Srn z�rn f Fri o z 0 t MON t11F1 t[1f1 I11EIllr r+jrlFlttF+rtlrll! f IINII if,l, 1111I f�tNffl IfIIIflffl`Iflfflf Ir liiiit iqo 1m; iiiiiiii i' I fill, e ttttr irl lsrje tr1F [Ir+rlr+ r=i+Itjl1llrvr IYYY Y•uY .c.. .... !#1 - VIII III itftf tftl Ittlllll lIIIIIIIIfI'I11 fllil 'll '`'rl 11'F Iri14��1 1t�Fiii��`�'I�t r if j 1 1 M GIs = e E III If f f1111III 11111111 I I I I I I 1 11111 11111 111111111 111111111 1 '�1111'Fr1e��Ilfifrrl tl lr 111 r115 1 11=11111!1 al i=•riir�•i III lilt 11 ! ! 11 t 11 jI 1,1111111, 1111 1li1ff1�11+e1I 11il�11rI 1 1 t ill 1 1 , � ji t 1 � r IIr111r i 1111111 it ' I l li 11 I 3.3 General Servicing Plans A General Servicing Plan drawing showing aboveground services and appurtenances shall be prepared for all developments at a maximum scale of 1:1,000. When more than one General Servicing Plan drawings are required, then the division of drawings shall reflect the limits of the Registered Plans as closely as possible. Where more than one plan is prepared, a supplementary General Servicing Plans at a smaller scale shall be prepared to show the entire plan of subdivision on one drawing. The reference Geodetic Benchmark and the Site Benchmarks to be used for construction shall be identified on the General Plan of Services. A Key Plan at a scale of 1:10,000 shall be shown on all General Servicing Plans drawings and the area covered by the drawing shall be clearly identified. A drawing index shall be shown on all General Servicing Plans to identify the Plan and Profile Drawing number for each road or easement shown. i ~ All road allowances, lots, blocks, easements and reserves are to be shown and are to be identified in the same manner as shown on the Registered Plan. All existing services, utilities and abutting properties are to be shown in light or background weight lines. All services to be constructed are to be shown on the General Servicing Plans in solid lines. Dimensioning of utilities and roadways is not required on the General Servicing Plans. All sites for parks, schools, churches, commercial and industrial development must be shown. If a subdivision encroaches on an existing floodplain, the approved fill line restrictions must be shown on all applicable drawings, 59 General Servicing Plans shall indicate (but not be limited to) the following: • horizontal control data • roadways with curb lines and road names • typical residential building envelopes (complete with driveway locations) • any required easements and blocks • watermain with notes indicating material, diameter and length; • water valves, curb stop valves, hydrants, connections and services • maintenance access hole numbers • both sanitary and storm sewers with direction of flow and notes indicating diameter, length, grade • signage: - traffic control road names - school zones • traffic barricades • fencing indicating height and type retaining walls • community mail boxes with number of units serviced • hydro vaults, Bell Telephone and cable boxes • streetlights • boulevard trees • sidewalks, walkways and trailways .M I C� F� E �7 YV G.I ISI .C) i II al IIACL 11I 1 Claw OLITI vSH�tjr-OFt fl RW . 4YA7ERI�LUH — —r1YD —_i do WY t aT A C4 F . OJ�m I". SECTION A— A NOTES: scALE; NTs 1. SERVICE TO EMND 1.5m INSIDE PROPERTY LINE. 2 UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE S14ALL SERVICES CROSS ONE ANOTHER. 3. THE MINIMUM SZE FOR STORY DRAIN CONNECTION SHALL BE 150MO INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM GRADE OF 2% FROM THE STORM SEWER TO THE BUILDING ENVELOPE. 4, ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICE CABLES TO BE PLACED MINIMUM 1.Om BELOW FINISHED GRADE AT LOTS. 5. CLEANOUT AND SHUT—OFF VALVES TO BE PLACED ON pROPERTy UNE. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. NO, REVISION APR'o I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: DATE. 6 zoos DRAWN: SCALE: NTS SERVICE LOCATION SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL STD. No. 3.3-01 C�L C SEMI- ETACHEEI C/L SEMI -E ACHEO LtT LOT Lt;}T I .4 IIC4 F f f I a� S IA 0 A F A 9 A I4 I PIL -- i- - CLEAN OUT I VALVE OFF CLEAN!, I I VALVE � OFF I� 2.5m '�'. _ � P/L I€IIS F !EI,° \ F�SIvIrJ Ian;.• I � 'I1 all E I� tGR LC E T NOTES: SECTION A—A SCALE: NTS t. SERVICE TO EXTEND 1.5m INSIDE PROPERTY LINE. 2. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SERVICES CROSS ONE ANOTHER. 3. THE MINIMUM SIZE FOR SANITARY LATERALS SHALL BE 125mw INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM GRADE OF 2X FROM THE SANITARY SEWER TO THE BUILDING ENVELOPE. P.V.C. PIPE TO BE WHITE. 4. ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICE CABLES TO BE PLACED MINIMUM 1.Om BELOW FIMSHEO GRADE AT LOTS, 5. CLEANOUT AND SHUT-OFF VALVES TO BE PLACED ON PROPERTY LINE. S. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. NO. REMSION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAW DALE: 03 / 2418 DRAWN. SCALE: NTS SERVICE LOCATION SEMI DETACHED RESIDENTIAL STD. No. 3.3-02 TOWNHOUSE TOWNHOUSE TOWNHOUSETOWNHOUSE I UNIT UNIT UNIT UNI E F FI w �S ab l CIS l xi j i 40 E D GJIoI I � I IDIG YA DETAIL 'A' Q '� MilIL DETAIL 'B' TTT SU MAIL '4'—"A, E I I SEE DETAIL 'B' L II 570RM_SW�R STM AIH ..._..._......—.—.—} 1.. Seruia( AYE$.._....._..—.—.- --_--.- HYD ♦ &Wv w U !II{ � I -- M 0.15 MIN, 500mm YIN. l t J SECTION A-- A SCALE: NTS NOTES: DETAIL 'C' sett SCALE: NTS VICE TO EXTEND i.5m INSIDE PROPERTY UNE. 2. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SERVICES CROSS ONE ANOTHER. 3. THE MINIMUM SIZE FOR SANITARY LATERALS SHALL BE 125mmf INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM GRADE OF ZX FROM THE SANITARY SEWER TO THE BUkDING ENVELOPE, P.Y.C. PIPE TO BE WHITE. 4. ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICE CABLES TO BE PLACED MINIMUM 1.Om BELOW FINISHED GRADE AT LOTS. 5, CLEANOUT AND SHUT—OFF VALVES TO BE PLACED ON PROPERTY LINE, 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR M TFj" UNLESS OTHER%VSE SPECIFIED. NO. REVISION APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: 03 / 2 SCALE: S DRAWN: SCALE; NTS 16 SERVICE LOCATION STD. No. 3,3-03 FREEHOLD TOWNHOUSE UNITS E= P/L E I I I 1 w I f I� P/L-- OFF — C YA — Cl EAIr VALVE I OUT I our f i' �� OFF NOTES: DETAIL 'C' sett SCALE: NTS VICE TO EXTEND i.5m INSIDE PROPERTY UNE. 2. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SERVICES CROSS ONE ANOTHER. 3. THE MINIMUM SIZE FOR SANITARY LATERALS SHALL BE 125mmf INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM GRADE OF ZX FROM THE SANITARY SEWER TO THE BUkDING ENVELOPE, P.Y.C. PIPE TO BE WHITE. 4. ALL UNDERGROUND SERVICE CABLES TO BE PLACED MINIMUM 1.Om BELOW FINISHED GRADE AT LOTS. 5, CLEANOUT AND SHUT—OFF VALVES TO BE PLACED ON PROPERTY LINE, 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR M TFj" UNLESS OTHER%VSE SPECIFIED. NO. REVISION APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: 03 / 2 SCALE: S DRAWN: SCALE; NTS 16 SERVICE LOCATION STD. No. 3,3-03 FREEHOLD TOWNHOUSE UNITS VALVE RESTRAINED BY ANCHOR TEE OR RESTRAINING RODS TO WATERMAIN VALVE LOCATION FOR WATER SERA MORE THAN 50mm .5m MAX. SERVICE MAINTENANCE HOLES WHERE WARRANTED ,d ,E a I. CENTERLINE OF LOT C r VALVE LOCATION FOR WATER SERVICE �II LESS THAN (]R Cnll►1 'fn rr__ i SHORT SIDE CONNECTION — 1 5m MAX. SFORIM - SERVICE MAINTENANCE HOLES I .f WHERE WARRANTED M VALVE RESTRAINED BY ANCHOR TEE -- F OR RESTRAINING RODS TO WATERIAMN n ri __: larLll. 'AL 11c. CENTERLINE OF LOT lArn +dlMi�.oA i W � m 6 LONG SIDE CONNECTION NOTE: T. SERVICE LOCATIONS TO BE C014FIRMED WITH THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO—MEDONTE. REVISION F AWD I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO--�-MEDONTE DRAWRAWN: OSCALCAL: 2016 _ E: NT5 SERVICE LOCATION — COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND MULTI—RESIDENTIAL STD. No. 3.3-04 IL 0: a0 LL - 0 7 U) 0 0 c CL 4 rz W R' 0 z O w W V'l O W ym I Q U W ¢Q 3 a w I a 0: ao w O LLJ z a O o 0 c) w w o Li d a DO 0 O w Q LLJ Ix 2 M Z S3: O O 3 zO z a a zd a o a w w o (A 3 w sem- w U z Z o a a IT O ca�L 0 cr O O F- Q o a "j- 3 z m bw w zQ (L a carsoa U.1 irp c� Vs w w � a o _ in a o w N� a w to 3 � w z a LL _� 6` Q 2 z z a swn a Q J -' vs ix o a p � �� a Z R z O LOWQ an w w z a a� w a w o a � s z o Qw2 ~ Q a. 0 cc ol a� o f T o `' �a >- Ln w 4- +� a m a W LJ 0 o ¢ o z O E o 2 a o 31: �' m 4 s. O z O O p z ~D z OQ N Nb �. mm Q O W V) � C MLLJ Q� O x� Z O J 3 C� N E w }} i� O tri o F w _ J I V) p J T w m Q y,- L- ti Q rz- z Q F- m o[' m z o a w yco �J g �Q ao w S w Q U o 3 w = ~0 w a v y F w w F ~ m w O Q w w a 0 w 0 to 0 o Z O E o 6� w w� Ow a w z a :1 a o a m n a w� Of a a w 0 0 ¢ a (N a E o mW wJ n zw Z o8 Uir < a a mr 4 0 a Qn � E z �� f` o Qo o 00 ? Q x Qur ao to o wn Li U° ~� Vs z� w wo IX x a m w ah W �a m ®U O a 04 w a7 iJ a w O� 0 z VSQ O GOQ Z Zp w � pa. 0i w Qz D Li 3 w Z w f=nQ u- < CL CA y 0 uas CL o aw -iw� 4 EY a- m �� o O co QS 2 � w w m V) 0 wm O� 3 Q a CMZ wa o w0 m� Z 0 Vl U LAJ V) zV) o a QU �a a o O z p ui �� LLJw wo 0 o w �^ [� W n Z� a za z w zpo 3 1, baa X 2 M a 2 �w t2 Z 3m Owl z a U wm 1- O z m OR tJ T z a° W LLE a s i s z �w w J JU- iz w � �Q � wO +�-En a 0 nw a �� w 0 Q C6 6 6 Li !i U S _ � Y J IL 0: a0 LL - 0 7 U) 0 0 c CL 4 rz W R' 0 z 3.4 Overall Grading Plan Design and Construction r 3.4.1 General Requirements • All elevations to be referenced to geodetic datum. • The grading of all lands within the site are to be compatible with the elevation of the surrounding lands. • A 0.6 m strip shall be left undisturbed along the boundary of the subdivision unless grading is required to eliminate drainage issues on adjacent properties • All lots and blocks within the subdivision are to be shown and are to be numbered in accordance with the plan proposed for registration. • Existing contours are to be shown at maximum 0.5 m intervals. • The area rough grading plan must identify all areas where the depth of fill sections and cut sections are in excess of 450 mm. • All grassed embankments shall have a maximum slope of 3:1. • The grade of grassed or other landscapbd areas shall have a maximum slope of 7% and a minimum slope of 2%. • Swale grades on grassed areas shall have a min. slope of 2% and a max. slope, such that contained flow -velocity does not exceed 1.25 m per second. • The maximum suggested length for any drainage swale is 75 M. • The minimum depth for any drainage swale shall be 150 mm. • The maximum depth for any drainage swale shall be 750 mm. • The maximum side slope on any drainage swale shall be 3:1. • All driveways shall have positive drainage from the property line to the edge of pavement. 3.4.2 Overall Grading Plan Drawings The Overall Grading Plans shall indicate, but not be limited to the following: • A legend indicating existing elevations and proposed elevations. • Cross sections as required to clarify the proposed grading, particularly in relation ( to adjacent lands. 61 • Silt Control fencing shall be shown within the 0.6 metre undisturbed strip along the boundary of the subdivision. • Existing contours at maximum 0.5 m intervals within the subdivision and extended outside the subject lands far enough to determine the existing drainage pattern. • Existing elevations at existing road sections, parking areas, structures, trees, watercourses or other elevations necessary to establish the grading and drainage patterns. • Arrows to be used to indicate direction of the surface drainage. • . Roadway dimensions and curb radii. • Centreline elevations of proposed and existing roads at 20 m intervals. • Curbs and curb depressions with dimensions. • Sidewalks, walkways and trailways. • All lots and blocks and easements within the subdivision, numbered in accordance with the plan proposed for registration. • Physical structures such as embankments, stairs, play areas, splash pads, etc. • All terracing required with the intermediate grades specified. 1 • All swales, other than the normal side yard swales, along with percent grade and the invert elevation of the swale at regular intervals. • Lot fabric of subject lands. • Arrows indicating the direction of the surface water run-off from all lots. • Driveway locations, water service curb stop,locations and building envelopes. • Proposed elevations at front and rear building envelope. • Proposed retaining walls location, material and height. • Proposed fencing type, material and height. • Proposed and existing culverts; • Proposed grades for major and minor overland flow routes; • Proposed elevations at the corners of each lot, block and point of grade change. • Proposed elevations at side yard highpoints (as applicable). • Proposed 0.5 m contours for grading within large blocks and parks. I -IN r.. • Proposed locations for building envelopes and envelopes for private sewage t..-. disposal where required. • Proposed elevations on paved surfaces, around proposed buildings, along swales, along roadways, parking areas, driveways, catch basin rim elevations, and other elevations necessary to establish the grading and drainage patterns. • Proposed and existing storm sewer/ drainage structures, including rim elevations. • Rear lot catch basins shall also include the invert elevation of the outlet pipe. 3.4.3 Construction Requirements Prior to commencing rough grading, the Developer must implement the approved erosion and sediment control plans as outlined in the Township Standards. Where the proposed grading plan identifies fill over registered lots - Engineered Fill shall be placed and supervised by the Developer's Geotechnical Consultant. All block grading shall conform to the stormwater management report. The Developer - shall be responsible for the grading of blocks until assumption of the subdivision. Blocks intended for future development shall be graded to preliminary grade and drain appropriately, compatible with adjacent roadways and abutting properties; complete with appropriate re -stabilization and erosion and sediment control measures. Where earth cuts and fills in excess of 450 mm are required within the lots and blocks of the new development, area rough grading must be performed prior to road construction. All swales shall be topsoiled (minimum 100 mm) and sodded. All retaining walls in excess of 1.2 m to be certified by a Professional Engineer. Lot drainage is to be self-contained within the subdivision limits, where possible. 63 The Developer's Geotechnical Engineering Consultant shall be responsible for approval and certification of the following, • certification that all silt and sediment protection measures have been put in place and are being monitored regularly and repaired as necessary, in accordance with the Township Standards. • certification that the areas of engineered fill have been filled and compacted in accordance with the Township Standards. • certification that the overall site grading pian conforms to the storm drainage plan and that all earthen and granular material conforms to the requirements set out in the geotechnical report. • certification that the final block grading plan conforms to the storm drainage plan. The block grading plan and certification shall be submitted with the building permit application, 64 t 3.5 Road Classification and Design 3.5.1 Road Patterns All new roads shall have regard for the following: • All new Township roads shall provide access, where possible, from two connecting directions to every private property, with qualified exception. Connecting pedestrian ways may be required by Official Plan policy, despite exceptions for roads. • Existing non -conforming roads are permitted to continue as an exception unless indicated otherwise by planning process, or where infrastructure has been configured for continuity, or the access is required to bring adjacent development into conformity. • An exception to. may be considered where: the second access is only available in future development -- in which case such access should be planned for and pre - serviced with a temporary cul-de-sac, or extenuating natural topographic features prevent the reasonable design of road and related services in connecting patterns, or Environmental Policy Areas or other environmentally regulated areas prevent second access, or the necessary lands cannot be acquired. 3.5.2 Road Classifications All roads in new developments shall be classified according to the traffic volume expected and to the intended use of the roadway. For predominantly residential areas 2 classifications shall be noted as follows: Urban and Local Residential. For industrial areas the roads shall be classified Local Collector and Industrial and Major Collector and Industrial dependent upon length of road, traffic volume expected and expected amount of truck traffic. The proposed classification of all roads in the development shall be confirmed with the Township prior to the commencement of the design. 65 Road Allowances shall be a minimum of 20 m wide. Where the subdivision adjoins or incorporates an existing County Road or Township arterial road as shown on the Township's Official Plan, the Developer shall deed to the County or Township sufficient widening to make these Road Allowances a minimum of 30.5 m, or additional widening if deemed necessary by the Township or County. The following table is presented as a guide to the determination of the roads classification: CRITERIA RESIDENTIAL MINOR COLLECTOR MAJOR COLLECTOR Urban / Local and INDUSTRIAL and INDUSTRIAL Source Provided Land Access Land Access Traffic Movement Traffic Movement Traffic 1 Trucking Traffic / Trucking Length of Trip Short Medium Long Flow Interrupted Interrupted Through Interconnections Local Local and Collector Collector Estimated A.A.D.T. 0-1,000 1,000-3,000 over 3,000 3.5.3 Roadway Design All roadways shall be required to satisfy Fire Access Route Design as per OBC Div. B 3.2.5.6 and designed in accordance with the most recent Township Standards. The minimum pavement design for all roadways shall be: - subgrade compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density - 300 mm. compacted depth of Granular "B" 150 mm. compacted depth of Granular "A' - 50 mm. compacted depth of HL4 Asphalt base course - 40 mm. compacted depth of HI -3 Asphalt surface course [:1;: r All driveways shall be paved with asphalt or an approved alternate from the edge of the roadway to the garage. The minimum asphalt pavement design for all driveways shall be: - subgrade compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density - 150 mm compacted depth of Granular "A" - 50 mm compacted depth of HI_3 asphalt • The minimum width of a roadway for two way traffic with no on -street parking shall be 7.0 m from E/P to E/P. • All roads serving multiple -family projects shall be designed to facilitate passage of emergency and service vehicles. Curb returns having an 8.0 m. radius and inside bends having at least a 12.0 m radius are required. On dead end roads provision shall be provided for vehicle turning. • The minimum grade for any road shall be 0.5% and the maximum grade shall be 6.0%. ti • The minimum grade for any driveway shall be 2% within the right-of-way and 2% on private property. The maximum grade shall be 7%. This maximum grade creates an undesirable condition and should be used only when necessary due to site conditions. • The location of driveway entrances on Township roads shall be such that the minimum sight distance is maintained in both directions. The following criteria shall apply to new driveway entrances in new residential development; Posted Speed Limit km/h 40 50 r' - i Minimum Sight Distance metres 45 *1 67 3.5.4 Geometric Design Requirements All roads designed and constructed shall conform to the Transportation Association of Canada (TAC) Geometric Design Standards, unless expressly approved otherwise. Super -elevation of a road shall not be permitted without approval. Edge of pavement radius at intersections shall be at least 10m (15m on industrial roads). Ninety (90) degree curves or corners, where alignment permits them, shall not be less than 15m radius to the inside edge of pavement. Where lesser roads enter into collector, arterial or through roads, special consideration shall be given to: Improved Visibility, Wider Turning Radius, Acceleration Lane and Ramps, and Deceleration Ramps Each case is to be considered on its traffic, flow pattern, type and quantity. 3.5.5 Horizontal Curves Horizontal alignment is to conform to the requirements as outlined in Table 1. In general, "right angle bends" shall not be permitted on local roads except in the case of "Courts" or "Crescents" serving no more than 50 residential lots. Where permitted, these bends must not have a deflection angle greater than 110 degrees. 3.5.6 Vertical Curves All points of grade change in excess of 1 % shall be designed with vertical curves as outlined in the current Ministry of Transportation of Ontario publications. The minimum visibility curves to be used are outlined in the geometric details for each roadway classification in Table 1. The minimum tangent length of any road grade shall be 9 metres. 3.5.7 Backfall at Intersecting Roads At all road intersections the normal crossfall of the major road shall not be interrupted by the crown line of the minor road. A 1 to 2 per cent backfall shall be provided on the minor road at all road intersections. This backfall shall continue to the end of the curb return radii to facilitate proper drainage of the intersection. Overland flow routing of storm drainage through the intersection must be maintained. 3.5.8 Curb Return Radii at Intersections The curb return radii at road intersections shall conform to the dimensions presented in Table 1. Geometric Design Requirements Table -1- Road Classification Residential Collector / Industrial Design Element Urian / Local Local/ Major 2 Lane 4 Lane ROW Width m 20.0 20.0/26.0 20.0 26.0 Road Width m face of curb 8.5/7.0 9.0/15.0 9.0 15.0 Design Speed km/h 50 60 60 60 Posted Speed kmlh 40 or 50 60/60 50 60 Stopping Sight Distance m 45 (40kph) 65 (50kph) 135 50k h 170 60k h Horizontal Curve Radius m 90 90/130 90 130 Maximum Grade % 6 6 6 6 Minimum Grade % 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Crest Curve 6 6 6 a Sag Curve - unlit 12 12/18 12 1 18 Sag Curve - illuminated 5 12 12 12 Crossfall from Centerline 2% 2% Standards at Intersections Inter ectina Roads Design Element Urban Res. - Local Res.- Urban Res. Local Res. Local collector - Local collector Local collector - Major collector Major collector - Major collector Intersection angle degrees) 70-110 70-110 80-100 80-100 80.100 Curb Radius -minimum m R 10 12.5 12.5 15 i8 Daylight Rounding - min. m D 5 15 1 15 15 15 Max grade for through road % 3.5 3 3 2 2 Tangent on approach (from limit of da ii htin - min m 50 50 60 75 75 NOTES: 1. Dayllghting requirements for all other intersection types shall be designed by the Developer's Consulting Engineer according to each particular situation 2. Design must consider requirements of other Road Authorities INTO, County) where applicalola 3.5.9 Daylighting Requirements at Intersections —� Daylighting at all intersection quadrants shall be included in the road allowances to provide for uniform boulevard widths. Such daylighting shall be included on the proposed plan for Registration (M -Plan) and.on all engineering drawings, For local Township Roads intersecting local Township Roads, the minimum daylighting requirement shall be a 5.0 m x 5.0 m triangle. In the event a Local Township Road should intersect a road of another Municipality, consultation with the adjacent Municipality shall take place and be documented as to the agreed to provision for the minimum daylighting requirement included in the design. For intersecting Township Urban Collector and Arterial Roads and Township Roads intersecting County roads, the minimum daylighting requirements shall be a 15.0 m x 15.0 m Daylighting Triangle. For all other intersections, the size of the daylighting or visibility triangle is a function of the number and width of lanes, the various design speeds on the intersecting roads and the R.O.W. widths on both roads. -� Except where provision is made otherwise, clearing and grubbing (including stumps) within the full width of the R.O.W. is required On some low volume, rural roads, permission may be granted to clear a minimum width, sufficient to accommodate.the construction of the road and ditches. Where a physical obstruction interferes with the day lighting, visibility, safety, aesthetic view or drainage of the road, the developer or Developer may be requested to remove it from the R.Q.W. Where the road is being constructed under agreement with the Township, such removal is the responsibility of the Developer and is to be considered as a condition of the agreement. 70 If such an obstruction is located off the R.O.W., it is the responsibility of the developer to gain proper permission prior to removal. Where brushing of the R.O.W. is required to meet the Township Standard, the Township may request an easement on the affected land to maintain visibility. In all cases, the alignment, vertical and horizontal curves, stopping sight distances, etc., the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall submit detailed calculations for sizing of daylighting triangles at these intersections in accordance with the design criteria prepared by the Ministry of Transportation Ontario, Chapter E (at Grade Intersections) and 1 or the current Transportation Association of Canada (TAC) Design Manual. 3.5.10 Cull -de -sacs Cul-de-sacs are discouraged by the Township because of the life safety risks encountered and shall be avoided whenever possible. If a 'cul-de-sac is planned, then consideration should be given to reserve an easement C-. that may be used at a future date to link the end of the road to another road. Permanent cul-de-sacs shall be constructed in accordance with the details provided in the standard drawings and shall be designed with a minimum grade of 1% from the centre of the bulb to the curb. Minimum gutter grades of 1 % shall be maintained along the flow line of all gutters around the cul-de-sac. The design road grade on the cul-de-sac shall be such that the drainage is directed away from the end of the cul-de-sac and towards the beginning of the bulb area where catch basins are to be located. All cul-de-sacs, bulbs and intersections shall be detailed at a scale larger than the road plan. The details shall show gutter, crown and other grades sufficient to determine that the road shall properly drain and shall be used as a basis for layout. The radius from the edge of the driving surface to the centre of the cul-de-sac shall not be less than 12m. 71 Fire hydrants shall be located at every intersection of a cul-de-sac and uniformly filled in -� along the road with no distance greater than 150m between fire hydrants. 150 m max length without emergency access any length over shall have maintainable emergency access of 6.Om 3.5.11 Temporary Turning Circles Temporary turning areas may be considered whenever a road is to be continued in the future in a phased Plan of Subdivision. Details for the requirements of temporary turning areas are provided in the Standard Drawings. 3.5.12 Driveway Entrances For residential properties only one (1) entrance per lot is permitted. Driveway Entrance Widths shall be: • Residential • Single Driveways -- 3.Om in width J • Double Driveways — 6.0 m in width • Maximum Residential — 7.0 m in width + Industrial / Commercial / Institutional and Multi -Residential (Apartments) — 9.0 m in width The Developer is responsible for the grading, gravelling and the paving of all driveways from the curb or edge of pavement to the property line or to the sidewalk (where sidewalks are proposed within the development). The minimum consolidated depth requirements for the granular base and asphalt in driveways shall be as follows: • Single -Family Residential - asphalt 50 mm of HL3 asphalt - granular base - 150 mm of Granular "A" rk� r.. • Commercial, Light Industrial and Apartments - asphalt - 50 mm HI -8 base course - 40 mm HL3 surface course - granular base - 225 mm Granular "B" plus 150 mm of Granular "A" • Heavy Industrial Driveways - asphalt - 75 mm HL8 base course - 40 mm HI -3 surface course - granular base - 300 mm Granular "B" plus 150 mm. of Granular "A" Alternate driveway surface types (i.e, paving stones, patterned concrete pads, etc.) shall be subject to approval by the Township prior to construction. Where driveway entrances are accessed by roads with open ditches: • The minimum length of each driveway culvert shall be 7.0 m and the minimum diameter shall be Ultra Rib smooth wall plastic and 450 mm in diameter or sized according to the Stormwater Management requirements. Residential driveway culverts longer than 7,0 m shall require Township approval. • The maintenance and repair of such culverts shall remain the responsibility of the Developer until such time as the Services have been Assumed by the Township. • The construction of driveway headwalls at each end of the driveway culvert shall not be permitted, unless otherwise approved by the Township. 3.5.13 Driveway Grades Driveway grading shall be in accordance with OPSD 350.010 for industrial, commercial and apartment entrances and OPSD 351.010 for residential entrances. The maximum permissible design grade for driveways on private lands shall be 7%. These maximum grades are not recommended and should be employed only in exceptional cases where physical conditions prohibit the use of lesser grades. The minimum driveway grade shall be 2% within the right-of-way and 2% on private property. 73 The use of negative grade driveways is actively discouraged. Negative sloping driveways shall only be considered in estate residential developments under special circumstances. Where negative sloping driveways are used, a positive slope of at least 2% must be maintained from the garage over a minimum distance of 7.0 metres. Rural entrances shall he in accordance with OPSD 301.0'10 .and OPSD 301.020. 3.5.14 Driveway Depressions The width and location of the depressions in the curb and gutter for single-family residential driveways shall be as detailed on OPSD 351.010 with particular attention being placed on the location of the garage and the direction of traffic flow. Driveway depressions are to be placed when concrete Barrier Curb and Gutter (OPSD 600.010) is initially poured. Double driveway depressions (6.0 metres minimum width) are to be placed for all single-family residential lots. The width and location of the driveway depressions for apartment, commercial, and industrial driveways shall be as detailed'on OPSD 350.010. These driveways shall be designed to accommodate the anticipated vehicular traffic without causing undue interference with the traffic flow on the road. The maximum width of a driveway depression for commercial, apartment or industrial driveways shall be 9:0 metres. All apartment, commercial and industrial driveways shall be provided with barrier curbs constructed to blend into the roadway curb and gutter. Driveway cuts shall be located at a minimum distance of 1.0 metre from a side lot line. The minimum clear distance between the edge of driveway and a utility structure or hydrant shall be 1.5 m. 74 3.5.15 Special Road Works C Whenever it is necessary to cut through an existing Township road, the Developer shall be responsible for properly compacting the backfill material and restoring the surface pavement to its original conditions immediately upon completion of backfilling operations. Joints between existing and new asphalt to be sealed with Denso Re- instatement Tape. Work shall not commence until the Township has been notified. Before making detours, permission is required from the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. Where the road is not part of the Township road system, approval from the appropriate road authority shall also be necessary. In all cases the Fire, Police Departments, School Bus Companies and Ambulance Service must be notified by the Developer or their Contractor. All work shall be done in accordance with By-laws of the Township. 3.5.16 Sub -grade All organic material within 1.2m of the final road -grade shall be stripped and removed prior to placing granular backfill. All material used as backfill shall be clean fill subject to borrow material specifications and shall not include organic material, or building rubble. Frost tapers, transition zones, culvert installations shall be constructed with an assumed frost depth of 1.5m and shall be built in accordance with O.P.S.S. All rock shatter shall be to a minimum of 0.3m. Where small knobs of rock are in the sub -grade, they shall be excavated to the prevailing sub -grade depth. The Township reserves the right to ask for pre -engineering in the form of bore holes, test pits, profiles and drainage studies, etc. prior to final Township approval to proceed with engineering design. 75 3.5.17 Pavement Design In general, pavement design shall be completed by the Developer's'Geotechnical Consultant in accordance with the most recent Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Design Standards, OPSS and OPSD. The minimum pavement design for all roads in new subdivisions shall be as detailed on the Standard Drawings. In all cases, the Developer's Geotechnical Consultant shall design, sample and test a suitable pavement section for each particular site. Soil sampling shall be carried out in the presence of the Developer's Geotechnical Consultant or their Inspector at intervals not exceeding forty (40) metres along the centreline of the subdivision road. The composition and design thickness of the pavement section shall be determined from: • Mechanical sieve analysis of the subgrade soil • Frost susceptibility r • Drainage • Traffic volumes Copies of all test results and proposed road designs shall be submitted with the Engineering Drawings. In no case shall a pavement design be less than the minimum Township of Oro-Medonte standard as shown on the standard drawing for the particular road classification be considered acceptable. Prior to the placement of asphalt. pavement, the Developer's Consulting Engineer must submit to the Township for approval, the asphalt pavement mix designs. The pavement design must be sufficient to provide for ultimate wheel loads over the road, prior to piacement of surface course asphalt. 76 In all cases: - base course asphalt shall be OPSS HL4 with a min. A.C. content of 4.5% • the wearing course of asphalt shall be: - Local Roads, Collector Roads and Industrial Roads - OPSS HL3 3.5.18 Top Course Asphalt Placement Prior to placement of top course asphalt, the following works must be completed: • all sidewalk, curb and boulevard work • raise maintenance hole and catch basin frames • install delineation for raised frames 40 mm above asphalt lift • flush and sweep surface and evenly apply tack coat; • base course asphalt pad as required in accordance with OPSS • final sewer video inspection • place top course asphalt in accordance with OPSS ( The following conditions must also be met: • a minimum period of one year has expired from the completion date for the placement of the base course asphalt • 70% of the dwellings have received provisional Occupancy Certificates • all undeveloped lots are rough graded in accordance with the approved lot grading plan • all service connections for multiple -family, commercial, institutional or other blocks are installed • the approval of the Township is obtained in writing 3.5.19 Curbs and Gutters In general all new Township roads shall be constructed to an urban cross-section, with mountable curb and gutter to OPSD 600.030 on local roadways and barrier curb and gutter to OPSD 600.010 on collector or higher order roadways. 77 Prior to final acceptance all curb blemishes shall be rectified by removing a minimum 1.0 m section of curb and replacing. A driveway entrance is required for each lot. Curb depressions are required at each intersection as per OPSD 310.030. A minimum of 300 mm of Granular `B' material compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density shall be required as a base for all curb installations. Minimum grade on curb is 0.75% desirable, 0.5% absolute minimum. 3.5.20 Guideraii — as per OPSD designs Guiderail is required on all embankments in excess of three (3) metres in height. The roadway shoulders shall be widened an additional 0.5m to accommodate the guiderail. The type of structure shall be as follows: • In Rural Settings: Three -cable Guide Rail or Box Beam Guardrail • Adjacent to Water: Steel Beam Guiderail or Box Beam Guiderail Guiderail shall be installed at all four (4) corners of bridge structures and Hazard Markers shall be erected on bridge structures. W STD. No. 3.5-01 Urban Residential Road Right of Way (R.O.W.) The urban classification requires the roadway to be constructed to the following guidelines: R.Q.W. Width - 20.0 m min. Pavement Width - 6.50 m Surface Type - 50 mm. compacted depth of HL4 Asphalt Base Course - 40 mm. compacted depth of HL3 Asphalt Surface Course Depth of Granular - Granular'A': 150mm min. - Granular'B' Type 1: 300mm min. - Subgrade compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density Additional depth may be required by site-specific geotechnical conditions. Drainage - Storm Sewers in accordance with O.P.S.S. Curb - Concrete barrier curb and gutter O.P.S.D. -- 600.010 - Concrete mountable curb and gutter O.P.S.D. — 600.030 Entrance Culverts (Min.) - Ultra Rib, smooth wall, HDPE pipe (as required) - 450mm min. diameter Road Grades - 0.5% min to 6% maximum Cross Fall - 2% for Surface - 3% for Granular Base Sub -drains - 150 mm min. diameter filter wrapped sub -drains shall be installed. Exception to this requirement shall only be considered with the appropriate recommendation by the Developer's Geotechnical Engineer. i 3Nn A143dONd 1Sd3 80 HOOS # LU arU r r M F o \ r w WmV �X V)USWUJcn� ? O U v� �d U C� rj � Z Z (n Z o �lz wa�o 0. o E �o U-) a ci z a �� rE caco w a © w z0 d m a a E U N 0 0 0 x-1� ZwF- N UC LU arU r M F Q� \ z L C ULLJ ps z O 0 Q cn f Q V N O mU� L53M X10 I-UWN M Iq M i m 0 x-1� ZwF- LU arU r M F Q� \ z w WmV �X V)USWUJcn� ? O U v� C� rj � Z Z (n Z o �lz wa�o 0. o E U-) a ci z a �� rE caco w Op ui z x �OUU, rx�� J z0 3 p M w L: m 0 .y N O o _ � F r M F r \ z O WmV �X V)USWUJcn� ? O U C� rj � Z Z (n Z o �lz wa�o 0. o E C; ci Z Ox azz V0. w 3Lu s Q a p ov � Q a w z z a V, a W V a] w m p � z � 0 Q -i :Jr�iowUJ, 4sVQ0M Komi: 0 U 0 0 w g w w LJ Q � © m I— w u.( wa d W z 4 z Of 0 0 O En Q T ..,!Q L �/ o wn of Z EE :2o wu' Aw Q Qom CO 900 o Q U) a� 2 CL O _ Q r Q z �roz< to Z a a 0QazC' a r U � cn Zy 0- :D U +1 w _I < m O U z Q 2 Q CLOm CL td; Z ;- O LLJ wz <wO(xQ (nzozz,mcro cr n MozLWi0C:)�a M U5 LG o�szos Couic) OF= 0 V) w.)� �w (n Ir S ix < o L a- (nF?rrooaocn<Cnz IZ z�owo L)oDo aa�l�oZz � .y N O o _ � F �Zw��O��.11aaoa0amd WmV �X V)USWUJcn� ? rj � Z Z (n Z o �lz wa�o 0. o E Ox azz V0. w 3Lu s Q V) �, E V, a W V a] w m p wac�5�rrzo�m Q 0DwW=w� UV) Q -i :Jr�iowUJ, 4sVQ0M Komi: Z ci epi 4 vi (o r-: op STD. No. 3.5-02 Local Residential Road Right of Way (R.O.W.) The Local Residential Road classification requires the roadway to be constructed to the following guidelines. R.O.W. Width - 20.0 m min. Pavement Width - 7.0 m Shoulder Width - 1.0 m (both sides) - Topsoil and grass over granular lifts Surface Type - 50 mm. compacted depth of HL4 Asphalt Base Course - 40 mm. compacted depth of HL3 Asphalt Surface Course Depth of Granular - Granular `A': 150mm min. - Granular `B' Type 1: 300mm min. - Subgrade compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density Additional depth may be required by site-specific geotechnical conditions. Drainage - As per O.P.S.S. - Bottom of ditch grade to be 1 00m (min.) below sub -grade Entrance Culverts (Min.) - Ultra Rib, smooth wall, HDPE pipe (as required) - 450mm min. diameter Road Grades - 0.5% min to 6% maximum Cross Fall - 2% for Surface - 3% for Granular Base Sub -drains - 150 mm min. diameter filter wrapped sub -drains shall be installed. Exception to this requirement shall only be considered with the appropriate recommendation by the Developer's Geotechnical Engineer. Q 0 N E 0 3N1'l AiN3M08d E Lo y_�Q07 o CL D 3 rn E E50 E >w a c3 O Z 52 LO !!] ui Ji N LL G m .Z w O � 0 �~ O M E Lo y_�Q07 o CL D 3 rn E E50 3NII u63da48d 1S3M aO H18ON E 0 0 0 In j Q r:Z O w z F-:3 E U w a o v v Z Lin l m O IL Q D F - Z o ro Q a o F-- W CU U a 4z3 U 2 p F Ll Cl, CL o o 3 U O v� O o < 0 0 z vii QQ w�� z ni awl o v0 =a , U 3� tnLJ o mzaa w a O75 OOj Liw Q- 0< w �q O "' F' (n 0 IL Ul aw 00 oow� U UI K A it ow F ill � Q� W m Q Z U F- U J O z� of ir J z ti Q 4=p WZ W Z a- Z O w WOO 3wc= e MW°A�wl-a-m z0w�cnau)�?> ¢ZDOF=mcnkVo cn�w UQjfaz�0 CLZ QQ y w U U ©m J z EL� :F�oW'�m WQ oU)a'it (n e Mw J QJQ J ¢QF = o Z -. cV h74 6 W h c6 O Z l� Q O Z O COW J C Q � u z Q O w um CE C) SIV') O cT Q LL- CE O _JEE QQo O O � = J Z O d n a a Z O zn 5 w cr E W0 a m a � N LL G .Z Z� M M7 4 �~ O � O O I E m f.� � on OZQ 2 3NII u63da48d 1S3M aO H18ON E 0 0 0 In j Q r:Z O w z F-:3 E U w a o v v Z Lin l m O IL Q D F - Z o ro Q a o F-- W CU U a 4z3 U 2 p F Ll Cl, CL o o 3 U O v� O o < 0 0 z vii QQ w�� z ni awl o v0 =a , U 3� tnLJ o mzaa w a O75 OOj Liw Q- 0< w �q O "' F' (n 0 IL Ul aw 00 oow� U UI K A it ow F ill � Q� W m Q Z U F- U J O z� of ir J z ti Q 4=p WZ W Z a- Z O w WOO 3wc= e MW°A�wl-a-m z0w�cnau)�?> ¢ZDOF=mcnkVo cn�w UQjfaz�0 CLZ QQ y w U U ©m J z EL� :F�oW'�m WQ oU)a'it (n e Mw J QJQ J ¢QF = o Z -. cV h74 6 W h c6 O Z l� Q O Z O COW J C Q � u z Q O w um CE C) SIV') O cT Q LL- CE O _JEE QQo O O � = J Z O d n a a Z O zn 5 w cr E N a � .Z O � I Li Z 3NII u63da48d 1S3M aO H18ON E 0 0 0 In j Q r:Z O w z F-:3 E U w a o v v Z Lin l m O IL Q D F - Z o ro Q a o F-- W CU U a 4z3 U 2 p F Ll Cl, CL o o 3 U O v� O o < 0 0 z vii QQ w�� z ni awl o v0 =a , U 3� tnLJ o mzaa w a O75 OOj Liw Q- 0< w �q O "' F' (n 0 IL Ul aw 00 oow� U UI K A it ow F ill � Q� W m Q Z U F- U J O z� of ir J z ti Q 4=p WZ W Z a- Z O w WOO 3wc= e MW°A�wl-a-m z0w�cnau)�?> ¢ZDOF=mcnkVo cn�w UQjfaz�0 CLZ QQ y w U U ©m J z EL� :F�oW'�m WQ oU)a'it (n e Mw J QJQ J ¢QF = o Z -. cV h74 6 W h c6 O Z l� Q O Z O COW J C Q � u z Q O w um CE C) SIV') O cT Q LL- CE O _JEE QQo O O � = J Z O d n a a Z O zn 5 w cr 1011WIS t. DETAIL OF GRADING OF BULB AREAS OF CUL-DE-SAC TO BE SHOWN ON PROFILE DRAWINGS, 2. CUL-DE-SAC DRAINAGE TO BE DIRECTED TOWARDS THE BEGINNING OF THE BULB. MINIMUM DITCH GRADE TO BE 27- 3. SIDEWALK TO BE PLACED ON NORTH OR EAST SIDE OF ROAD. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. N0 I REVISIONI APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO--MEDONTE APR'D. DA7.03 2015 DRAWN: I SCALE: NTS URBAN RESIDENTIAL CUL-DE-SAC STDs No. 3.5-03 8.5m ASPHALT SURFACE NOTES: 1. DETAIL OF GRADING OF BULB AREAS OF CUL-DE-SAC TO BE SHOMII ON PROFILE DRAIMNGS, 2. CUL-DE-SAC DRAINAGE TO BE DIRECTED TOWARDS THE BEGINNING OF THE BULB. MINIMUM DITCH GRADE TO BE 2% 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERMISE SHOMM, N0, REVISION I APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAW DATE: Q 2016 _ RAWN: SCALE: NTS LOCAL RESIDENTIAL CUL—DE—SAC STD. No. 3.5-04 20.Om ROAD ALLOWANCE 7,Om ASPHALT SURFACE �_--PROPERTY UNE-_ CONCRETE CURB o n 0 CA ROAD____ ---"'�-- CONCRETE CURB CONCRETE SIDEWALK n i l0.Omxll-OM EASEMENT Ian F- 1515 1 1 If �O H� t Ix K1 1X IjjII E� EI fl 11 F I� I II 1.0 DEAD END BARRICADE PER OPSD 912.532 1 1 i 0.3 RESERVE si or I� o i E I� 1 I! I 11 UM)T OF r i SUBDIVISION I FINAL REGISTERED LOT j NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 2. GUTTER TO BE DETAILED ON ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. MINIMUM GRADE TO BE 1X 3. THE LOCATION OF SIDEWALK TO BE DETAILED ON THE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. 4. ALL CURB RADA ARE TO FACE OF CURBS. NO. REVISION APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-M-6 EDONTE RAW DATE: 03 / 2016 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS TEMPORARY TURNAROUND _....... . _...........,,... URBAN RESIDENTIAL STD. No. 3.5-05 i 10.0m X 15.Om EASEMENT i o s I rlI ;+.0 ILD ND PROPERTY UNE I I I L ~-- -- D1211 �r o SHOULDER � y �� EDyE OF A VALT lee -CA ROAD 1x __9M OF ASPHALT _ SHOULDER o� �ITCy�17 'II�_ _ 1_/ f DI_ ]_LU_ _j PROPERTY LINE i NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. N0. I REVISION I APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: TEMPORARY TURNAROUND DEAD END BARRICADE PER OPSD 912.532 0.3 RESERVE LIMIT OF SUBDIVISION OR PHASE DATE: 03 / 2016 SCALE: NTS LOCAL RESIDENTIAL STD. No. 3.5-06 r•.. STD. No. 3.5-08 Local Collector and Industrial Road Right of Way (R.O.W.) The Local Collector and Industrial Road classification requires the roadway to be constructed to the following guidelines. (Heavy vehicles, wide loads and large traffic volumes anticipated) R.O.W. Width - 20.Om min. Pavement Width - 9.Om min. Shoulder Width - 0.9m asphalt min. (both sides) behind curb Surface Type - 50 mm. compacted depth of HL8 Asphalt Base Course - 40 mm. compacted depth of HL3 Asphalt Surface Course Depth of Granular - Granular'A': 150mm min - Granular'B' Type 1: 450mm min. Additional depth may be required by site-specific geotechnical conditions. Drainage - As per O.P.S.S. Curb Entrance Culverts (Min.) (as required) Road Grades Cross Fall - Maximum ditch depth is 1.25m and a minimum of 150mm below subgrade. (Suburban) - Concrete barrier curb and gutter O.P.S.D. — 600.010 - Concrete mountable curb and gutter O.P.S.D. — 600.030 - Ultra Rib, smooth wall, HDPE pipe - 450mm min. diameter - 0.5% min to 6% maximum - 2% for Surface - 3% for Granular Base Sub -drains - 150 mm min. diameter filter wrapped sub -drains shall be installed. Exception to this requirement shall only be considered with the appropriate recommendation by the Developer's Geotechnical Engineer. 3NIl AiOd08d 1SV3 W Hino5 F F— a a Q N cl WL 0 IT uj Ln ,16 0 LLI 63g 0 0 M OI Ljp .r: Ln r { .S3% HO Ft18ON ci I � J � LIP m U �o*d a z0 0 (? W V) 2 0 w m 11� �-U J Z CL ¢ °= O rKi aL,z�00 a Mw � � 2�ULU V) E Qa� J c 00 0 F— i � U I— D D Z Q Z a C o O of tY � W ~ z W O J J 00 Q o ON J O D N Z O Wim+ 7 W J O U O E Q a X 0 A 'cc Q C LLJ z 0 Q P FX a U m W g 0 En W0 P z a fy < LL 15 � O n (n LLI o W D LL o Qz E vi za V) < 0 JAic- W O f1 LLJ w0 ¢ (AM UZO� L� �-` oQWza occ a Q XMZ �' n LLI zazz °7 I IL a oz -,:j< 2 fn W W U ..J a U W W.7Q a 4 Z F-Dm5OtnwL' O O 0;= W d �+F ��"'L-0 p fn 2 �N J OZ4fJ a Q Coo, Q4dOOj �V)0 w q V) a f�! w Ft'5n QVina z v } ©D r� en m I�=!n z'genzZ_jZ? > QQDj Y p F� LdLULIa zza 3: < O W W2U- -, ZMOON o 4 Q Z Fn LLJ N QLJU� W m W X052zo (nf w o m .Tc � W W W w W~ o � M0- W tnW WUJFol �` Z <iaao z 00 0 F— i � U I— D D Z Q Z a C o O of tY � W ~ z W O J J 00 Q o ON J Ij Rojo �� EDGE OF ASPHALT o 4 N, 17R•usr ue f SYM M ETR I CAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN 2. MINIMUM GUTTER GRADE 0,75% 3. CUL—DE—SAC DRAINAGE TO BE DIRECTED TOWARDS BEGINNING OF BULB NO. REVISION APWD7 DATE _ PROPERTY UhK BACK OF CURB EDGE OF ASPHALT EDGE OF ASPHALT I BACK OF CURB �in PROPERTY UNE OFFSET CAL TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR D. 03 / 2016 DRAWN: SSCALE: NTS INDUSTRIAL CUL—DE—SAC 26.0m ROAD ALLOWANCE STD. No. 3.5-09 7.Om ASPHALT SURFACE STD. No. 3.5-10 Major Collector and Industrial Road Right of Way (R.Q.W.) The Major Collector and Industrial Road classification requires the roadway to be constructed to the following guidelines. (Heavy vehicles, wide loads and very large traffic volumes anticipated) R.Q.W. Width - 26.Om min Surface Width - 15.Om Surface Type - 45'mm, compacted depth of HL8 Asphalt Base Course - 40 mm. compacted depth of HL8 Asphalt Binder Course 40 mm. compacted depth of HO Asphalt Surface Course Depth of Granular - Granular'A': 150mm min - Granular'B' Type 1: 450mm min. Additional depth may be required by site-specific geotechnical conditions. Drainage . - As per O.P.S.S. - Maximum ditch depth is 1.25m and a minimum of 150mm below subgrade. (Suburban) Curb - Concrete barrier curb and gutter O.P.S.D. -- 600.010 - Concrete mountable curb and gutter O.P.S.D. — 600.030 Entrance Culverts (Min.) - Ultra Rib, smooth wall, HDPE pipe (as required) - 450mm min. diameter Road Grades - 0.5% min to 6% maximum Cross Fall - 2% for Surface - 3% for Granular Base Sub -drains - 150 mm min, diameter filter wrapped sub -drains shall be installed. Exception to this requirement shall only be considered with the appropriate recommendation by the Developer's Geotechnical Engineer. 0 to N 3Nn A183dONd iSV3 NO HiNON 0 Q m ix ' 0 n0 F- F Q m S c(nr- = aQace� a3 L' zSmaa� 0 J a. adJ.J (nV)�D F- ¢¢¢a< W O MCOfQSL'M V) 2STUU E E E E E ^ O� oorEiO� O Wl A183dONd 1S3M 80 HLf10S V) is Ow NV) O a cr z � lil U inaa za Qw mw M M laS U L S q. Q E O w U z 3 O a a 0 F 0 L6 N 0 N �z 0 a — � J O U O Ui O� O Q S O a Q o © LLJ z d z 0 O 7 � � O a F � CJ �+1 J m W Q� V) U D Z UJ 2 � O w O z ¢ LAI w 0 w z z < 0 o ¢ LL_ cr O bi o v 2 Q O O w Iio LU o GJ Q cwn L, < N LL= O U O w ° LY z Z �a� Z ° cn a a d N �7 o w0 IL ri O ~ w w0Uo wvzaa Ln W Qz0Ex ¢ o`''a. 0-m Q Enaoa©0�0''F v w W o w z o¢ ¢zz�x a U ¢ mow w U J Q L,1wga ¢ az owoo0oafw F- LAIU LLJa r 0OL] z LuuZoZLLIOU Vi Z 0a¢'0zoz q_ C9C3 F- it S dNO¢ZUQ i2LLI�0E-U� z O ZLY) Z L waQ Oi�5 D!-- F¢w� m�- VI wS 0-w J z O o R w J N n¢ W w z zawU wO�J -c -RZ W O O w vW UJi m f ,k: w } 0aaao3�S .- Ci ri i M laS U L S q. Q E O w U z 3 O a a 0 F 0 L6 N FINISHED ROAD SURFACE TYPE 'A' CONC. CURB & GUTTER t , F GRANULAR �� .•� �" e BASE COURSE GRANULAR SUB—BASE COURSE - d NOTES: 1. ALL CONNECTIONS TO BE MADE ON THE UPSTREAM SIDE OF ALL CATCH ASiNS. MORTARED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. 2 H GHD END WITO TH BE MANUFACTURED PLUG. 3. UNLESS EggSOWN ARE IN gg 4. ONEI YVITH CLAESSU NON, TREENCH SHA; LEE WITH AN F.O.S. OF �5-150 um AND A MINIMUS THICKNESS OF 1mm. NO. TYPE 'B' REVISION 300 150 r GRANULAR 'A' FILTER MATERIAL 150mm 0 CORRUGATED SLOTTED P.E. PLASTIC PIPE WITH FACTORY �150 INSTALLED FILTER FABRIC 300 GEOTEXTILE OVERLAPPED MINIMUM 100mm -\ GRANULAR SUB -BASE COURSE GEOTEXTILE 19mm CLEAR STONE 150mm 0 CORRUGATED SLOTTED P.E. PLASTIC PIPE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED FILTER FABRIC APR'D DATE 3GO --MEDONTE APR°: DATE: 03 / zo1 TOWNSHIP OF ORO DRAWN: SCALE: NTS 150mmO SUBDRAIN DETAIL STD. No. 3.5-11 8 OV08 b�g m 2J311n8 v e8n 6311noy o8no z 0 Ln 5 w m n a O Cl z a w 0 z 0 ir 0. Li m 0 ti m 0 U w m V) 2 0 d V) a m sn x 0 0 z a n a N a U Q w � w W :2 sn _1 SO O a �w JX � uja a 0 w O JC_3 a Za d a 0 fX W UU r0 �� 0 M O M � U 0 d Z U m z 0r�U IU- w o� m �O m z O z a "a Q m� a oV) <)--J D 3Q z oF-: a ac 5 CL W UQ IR m m 0� w ow LD a? o U M } wm w0 z� OU W LL, �Z }N M d Q Ow � o LL Q d �0 z f7C � aW Z Qa J 0 a� �w 0CD 0 2 P.- w as O tr Z Qw Fr 0 - Ha Q 7w ma- �Ix U CL m :D LLI NW r� w J m a w oa J d a a ca z N w v a _o U') 0. CL a N o a w O o 4 0 a < � o 0 0 n z to LL) vi z o� z a a J a w r zQ E d � 0 z U 41 z a. � O a m LJ O W F- IL a Z z U < U Q a Z Q a F- < a [n 3 w a 3z J m w o 0 F- w W m 1 J Z 2 2 0 Uf a a w J 0 0 r a a p w V Q 0 Qo z Q Z T Lu0 z F Z � z Q c N ~ r 4 z Q o U i z Q 0 w a w O J Z CD LW Q m a a Cc a w m U_ m cs o o W E Of O U w V) � o J W a z to ca (Ak o U w O m Z V O Z F - (n 0 0 +� M Q o Z Z) U N Q H © 2 LLL Q z Q Q d w m a V) a o z 0 th U cn a a cn w E o z w Z50 N O a tr z w Ma � w U a 0 m z 0 O J O m ''� a w voi a 0 m w m o E o d z E o O M o ww N m N F Ln Q A' 0 m < w aY a z w J m mrc Q w m o v a O r w O w z z LJ w E Q a jj: m ir U U Q m o0toD U L!' rA a - ol o) a C] a. a Z O N S Aj �I I cn W O z 0 0 N T z d a U o L!' rA a - ol o) a C] a. a Z O N S Aj �I I cn W O z r. 3.6 Erosion and Sediment Control Measures t Prior to commencement of any work on site, the Developer is required to implement an Erosion and Sediment Control Pian (ESCP) consisting of a report and drawing(s) as required, to be approved by the Township and appropriate Cgnservation Authority. Erosion and sediment control measures shall be designed in accordance with OPSS and additional requirements may be necessary where creek or stream crossings for underground services, bridge or culvert construction across active streams, channel diversions and outfalls to active streams are encountered. Plans shall outline measures to reduce impact on the streams including the timing of construction activities to minimize disruption as required by NVCA, LSRCA, MNR and DFO, where applicable. The ESCP shall be designed and implemented in order to effectively reduce on-site erosion and prevent off-site transport of silt, both overland and via the municipal storm sewer system, or into treed and / or environmentally sensitive areas within or external to the development. The ESCP shall include provision to minimize windblown dust and to minimize and manage mud tracking on to adjacent roads. All erosion and sediment controls are temporary measures constructed prior to other site work which shall be maintained until assumption of the subdivision. Prior to assumption of the subdivision all temporary measures shall be removed and all disturbed areas stabilized. All erosion and sediment control devices are to be inspected by the Developer's Consulting Engineer once per week and after each rainfall of 1 cm or greater to ensure that they are in proper working condition. A permanent record of these inspections must be forwarded to the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services within five (5) days of inspection. 79 All disturbed ground left inactive shall be stabilized by seeding, sodding, mulching or covering, or other equivalent control measure. The period of time of inactivity shall not exceed thirty (30) days, unless otherwise authorized by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. All activities on the site shall be conducted in a logical sequence to minimise the area of bare soil exposed at any one time. 3.6.1 SSCP Measures and Requirements The ESCP must address specific requirements for each stage of construction as follows: • Tree removal • Clearing and grubbing • Topsoil stripping and rough grading • Construction of services • Road and building construction All disturbed ground left inactive shall be stabilized by seeding, sodding, mulching or covering or by other equivalent measure. The period of time shall not exceed 30 days unless otherwise authorized by the Township. The phasing of individual developments must be taken into account during the design of the control measures including locations for topsoil stockpiles. A primary consideration shall be to expose the least possible area of land for the shortest possible timeframe. All installed erosion and sediment control measures shall be inspected by the Developer's Consulting Engineer once per week and after each rainfall of 1 cm or greater. Inspection reports shall be forwarded to the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services within five (5) days of inspection. 3.6.1.1 Silt and Sediment Control Fence Silt. and Sediment Control Fence shall be installed along all down-slope sides of a site along the edges of a drainage channel passing through the site, and along the perimeter of all other areas sensitive to sediment accumulation. Silt and Sediment Control Fence shall be installed wherever surface runoff drains onto adjacent properties, completely around the base of topsoil stockpiles and along the perimeter of all other areas sensitive to sediment accumulation (e.g. watercourses, valleys, woodlots, areas to remain undisturbed etc.). Silt and Sediment Control Fence shall be constructed in accordance with O.P.S.S., NVCA and/or LSRCA standards. Installations shall be specified as "Light Duty' or "Heavy Duty" according to the application. All heavy-duty sediment control fences shall be constructed in accordance with Township of Oro-Medonte Standard Drawings. All Silt and Sediment Control Fence shall be inspected by the Developer's Consulting Engineer once per week and after each rainfall of 1 cm or greater and maintained on a regular basis. 3.6.1.2 Topsoil Stockpile Protection Runoff shall be controlled by Silt and Sediment Control Fence or other approved measures and devices. If the Stockpile is to remain for more than 30 days, Stockpiles shall. be stabilized by vegetative cover, or other means. All Stockpiles containing more than 100m3 of material shall be located a minimum of 10m away from a roadway, drainage channel or an occupied residential lot. The maximum side -slopes for topsoil stockpiles shall be 1.5 horizontal to 1.0 vertical. The maximum Stockpile height shall be approved by the Township in consideration of the surrounding land uses and duration the Stockpile is to be in place. t 3.6.1,3 Temporary Sediment Basins Sediment Basins shall be constructed on sites having a disturbed drainage area of greater than two (2) hectares. Temporary Sediment Basins may also be required for sites smaller than two (2) hectares where water courses or environmentally sensitive areas have been identified or those having an average slope greater than 12%. Temporary Sediment Basins shall be designed to settle out particles that are 4.04 mm in diameter or larger from surface water runoff and storm sewer flows and shall be sized to meet LSRCA criteria of minimum 125 m3/ha, 24hr detention and 125 m3/ha permanent pool storage volume or the ultimate pond criteria. Temporary Sediment Basins are to have filter fabric / clear stone wrapped perforated riser outfalls with anti -seepage collars and rip rap overflow weirs. 3.6.1.4 Catchbasin Sediment Control All catchbasins shall be provided with a sediment control barrier. Sediment removal is required when the depth from the underside of frame to top of the accumulated sediment is reduced to 300mm. Under appropriate drainage circumstances, all non -low point roadside catchbasins shall be provided with sediment protection by double wrapping the catchbasin grate with a woven geotextile. All low point catchbasins must utilise alternative sediment control measures so that the drainage'outlet is not completely blocked. Regular weekly cleanings of the sump or the use of sediment bag shall be undertaken for these catchbasins. W. t All Catchbasin Sediment Controls shall be inspected by the Developer's Consulting - Engineer once per week and after each rainfall of 1 cm or greater and maintained on a regular basis. 3.6.1.5 Stone Pad Construction Entrance 1 Access (Mud Mat) In order to reduce the tracking of mud onto a paved road, a pad of crushed stone shall be constructed at the site entrance and exit leading onto any existing road. The stone pad shall be a minimum of 450mm thick, 30m long and 5m wide. The first 15m from the entrance/exit shall be constructed with 50mm clear stone. The remaining 15m shall be constructed with 150mm riprap. This stone pad must be maintained as required given the site conditions to ensure mud tracking is kept to a minimum. In some cases the drawings shall specify a required truck haul route. 3.6.1.6 Rock Check Dams To be installed in swales and ditches in accordance with OPSD 219.210 and 219.211 where runoff drains to adjacent properties or to prevent silt and sediment migration within the site as required. 3.6.1.7 Vegetative Buffer Strips A minimum 3m wide vegetative buffer strip shall be provided along the limits of the development adjacent to existing road boulevards and existing residential properties. Where a sediment control fence is required, it shall be constructed in front of the buffer strip. 83 3.6.2 Drawing and Report Requirements 3.6.2.1 Drawings ECSP Drawings shall be comprised of, and include the following: • Scale at 1:500 or 1:1000 • Location of buildings, existing and proposed, within and adjacent to the property • All natural features within and adjacent to the property (woodlots, watercourses, valley lands•etc.) • Trees to be preserved • Existing contours at 0.5 m intervals • Proposed interim and final elevations • Areas to be disturbed • Direction of overland flow • Staging of construction and implementation of control measures • Proposed erosion and sediment control measures (silt fence, check dams, sediment basins, interceptor swales, stone mud mats, etc.) • Topsoil stockpile locations with estimated quantities, max. height and side slopes • Detail drawings 3.6.2.2 Report A brief report shall accompany the drawings which, at a minimum, outline staging of construction and implementation of the proposed erosion and sediment control measures, a description of measures to be undertaken, silt basin calculations, features to be protected and an inspection and maintenance program. The report shall also recommend measures to control dust such as road cleaning, watering, work restrictions on windy days, minimizing disturbed areas and other measures. 01 BARRIER MAIN RUN END RUN Via -7 UNDER ARBA 4a91w - " liK 4LM cap4mp:rdw VIINECTKII4 ff fLGw t� n Aa.A mpwwc KN SECTCW MFW FMCF RARRICR PLAN OF SILT FENCE BARRIER -*A DIRECnON OF FLOW 'FRENCH TO BE BACKFILUD AND COMPACTED 30Dmm MIN. GEOTEVILE IN TRENCH SECTION — STAKED STRAW BALE EARTH SURFACE r a IN.I REVISION I APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAW DATE 03 / 2016 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS LIGHT DUTY SILT FENCE BARRIER STD. No. 3.6-01 No.9 WIRE GAUGE HWY FLN T- 0 0 a STANDARD T -BAR - 2000 ELEVATI O N AREA TO BE AREA UNDER PROTECTED CONSTRUCTION .'eTEEL T -BAR LINE POST ri l NO. 9 WIRE GAUGE X 1200 HWY FENCE FOR REINFORCEMENT WOVEN GEOTEXTILE WITH 300mm M!N IN TRENCH - 1-1 /GROUND 0 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE TO BE WIRED TO HWY FENCE AT T -BARS 19mm COARSE AGGREGATF OF WHEN DIRECTED o n NOTES' TRENCH TO BE I. WOVEN GEOT%k'T1LE TO HAVE A MINIMUM J -'. BACKFILLED AND EQUIVALENT OPENING SIZE OF 0.15mm AND COOMPACTMPACTEDD MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT OPENING SIZE OF 0.25mm HEAVY DUTY 2. WOVEN GEOTE)fTILE TO HAVE A HORIZONTAL CROSS SECTION OVERLAP OF 1000mm AT ,JOINTS. 3. END RUNS SHALL BE TURNER UPSTREAM AT 30' N0. REVISION APWD DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO—MEDONTE DRAWN: 016 5 q7LE0�s HEAVY DUTY SILT FENCE BARRIER STD. No. 3.6-02 SILT FENCE NO, I REVISION I APR'D ( DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTEDRAW DRAWN SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE AT CATCHBASINS AND CATCHBASIN MANHOLES DATE: 03 / 2016 SCALE: NTS STD. No. 3.6-03 UZ ° x rw r 7' 12 a iP � 3r�n uaadoad 0 � z � o I � cin O Z O d=�IfI Q ❑ _ W z Q 0 Q w W z Q o Q� n xi 0 w Liw Z 0 0 C V J o O b� Law< ��z p g� a F Z w K p�� s Iff i1iF 2 a _O 0.2 pqq< �N N� V) W'm m� "F U == L 0 0 0 tm �a Z �N h 3.7 Stormwater Management The Township has set out the following objectives for effective stormwater management infrastructure design and construction: • Prevent loss of life and minimize impact to adjacent properties • Prevent inconvenience from surface ponding and flooding • Prevent adverse impacts on the local groundwater systems and base flows in receiving watercourses • Prevent downstream flooding and erosion • Prevent pollution discharges to watercourses • Prevent soil losses and sediments to enter sewer systems and water bodies from construction activity • Prevent impairment of aquatic life and habitat • Promote orderly development in a cost-effective manner. Stormwater management requirements generally must reflect distinct solutions and vary depending upon the watershed, and in some cases the storm sewer shed, that the site is located. Site-specific requirements can be obtained from the Township. A stormwater management report shall be required for all development applications. Site specific stormwater management reports shall be consistent with all applicable background reports prepared by the Township or Conservation Authority (i.e. Watershed Planning Studies, Master Drainage Plans, Stormwater Management Master Plan, etc.), including the Lake Simcoe Protection Plan and the Township of Oro- Medonte Comprehensive Stormwater Master Plan. Stormwater management designs must also be in accordance with NVCA or LSRCA requirements and receive its approval, accordingly. In general, stormwater management reports shall address the following: • stormwater quantity and quality C- • sediment and erosion control and base flow maintenance. 85 3.7.1 Quantity Controls The Township implements a Major and Minor system approach to stormwater conveyance and control, comprised as follows: Mirror (convenience) System - 5 year return period — storm sewers, catch basins, driveway culverts and surface swales. Major (overland) System - 100 year return period — streams, valleys, man-made channels, roadways, roadside ditches and ponds. In general, quantity control measures are to be designed in accordance with the MOE Stormwater Management Planning and Design Manual — March 2003 and / or the latest version of NVCA or LSRCA criteria where applicable. In addition to introducing pond storage into a stormwater management system, increased flows resulting from increased impervious areas may be mitigated by utilizing measures such as: discharging rainwater leaders onto grassed areas, providing temporary rooftop and parking lot storage, or using grassed swales rather than piped flow. Other factors, such as snowmelt run-off with large volume and longer duration and potential adverse downstream effects due to uncoordinated timing of peak flows must be considered when designing stormwater management facilities. Underground storage tanks and `super pipe' systems for stormwater storage are discouraged as part of the Township system due to inherent long term, high replacement and maintenance costs and may only be considered in exceptional cases and typically on in I.C,I. Site Plan developments. Joint use facilities i.e. detention ponds over recreational playing fields and passive parks, may be considered on an individual basis subject to suitably designed control measures and the intended park use. :. The degree of control on the quantity of run-off from a proposed development shall be I` as follows: • The post -development peak flow shall not be greater than the corresponding pre - development peak flow for the 1:5 year, 1:10 year, 1:25 year and 1:100 year storms. Other regulatory agencies may require other storm flows to be analyzed (i.e. 2 year and/or Regional flows). 3.7.2 Runoff Quantity • Rural Catchments — shall be modelled with OTTHYMO using the SCS 24 hr design storm to generate peak flow value. • Urban Catchments — shall be modelled with OTTHYMO using the Chicago 4 hr design storm. In general, the SCS Design Storms should be used for determining the hydrographs for undeveloped / rural watersheds and for checking detention storages required for r- quantity control. The Chicago Design Storms should be used for determining hydrographs in urban areas and also for checking detention storage. In most cases, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall be required to run both sets of design storms to make sure that the more stringent is used for each individual element of the drainage system (pipe flow, road flow, channel flow, detention storage). The time step for discretization of the design storm can vary according to the size of the sub -watershed, but must not exceed the estimated time of concentration. The maximum rainfall intensity should be compatible with that of real storms on record, All parameter assumptions used in the OTTHYMO input shall be clearly identified in the stormwater management report. 87 3.7.3 Quality Control In general, water quality controls are to be designed in accordance with the MOE Stormwater Management Planning and Design Manual March 2003 or latest version, the Lake Simcoe Protection Plan and NVCA or LSRCA criteria, as applicable. Prior to initiating design, the Developer's Consulting Engineering shall contact the Township for acceptability of specific measures in consideration of long term maintenance and effectiveness. 3.7.4 Watershed Area The watershed area shall be determined from contour plans and shall include all areas that naturally drain into the system and any fringe areas not accommodated in adjacent storm drainage systems, as well as other areas which may become tributary by reason of regrading. This information shall be confirmed with the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services prior to the start of the design of the internal servicing of the site. 3.7.4.1 External Catchment Areas A plan shall be prepared to a scale of 1:1,000 to 1:2,000 dependent upon the size of the watershed area, to show the nature of the.drainage of the lands surrounding the development site and to show all external drainage areas that are contributory to the drainage system for the development. The external drainage areas shall be divided into smaller tributary areas and the area and the location to which the tributary area is considered to drain in the design shall be clearly shown. The plan shall clearly show all existing contours used to justify the limits of the external drainage areas. The uses as identified in the latest Zoning Bylaw and Official Plan shall be used to determine the correct values of the run-off parameters for all external areas in the design and to determine the specific areas to which these values apply in lieu of precise information on development as a whole or any part of a watershed area. :: This external drainage area plan shall be prepared and shall be submitted to the C' Director of Engineering and Environmental Services at the functional report stage and prior to the commencement of the detailed storm sewer design. 3.7.4.2 Internal Catchment Areas An internal storm drainage pian shall be prepared to a scale of 1:1,000 and shall include all roads, lots, blocks and other lands within the development. The proposed storm sewer system shall be shown on this plan with all maintenance holes numbered consecutively from the outlet. These maintenance holes shall be the tributary points in the design and the area contributing to each maintenance hole shall be clearly outlined on this plan. The area, in hectares, of each contributing area (to the nearest hundredth) and the run-off parameter used shali be shown in a circle located within the contributing area. In cases where areas of different run-off parameters may be tributary to the same maintenance hole, the areas and the parameters shall be separately indicated on the plan. In determining the tributary area to each maintenance hole, the proposed grading of the lots must be considered to maintain consistency in the design. In the case of large areas under single ownership or blocks requiring future site plan agreements, the design shall be prepared on the basis of the whole area being contributory to one maintenance hole in the abutting storm sewer unless more than one private storm connection is necessary to serve the property, in which case the appropriate area tributary to each connection shall be clearly shown and taken into account in the storm sewer design. The storm drainage plan shall indicate but not be limited to the following: • existing contours • drainage patterns of adjacent lands • runoff coefficients and areas (ha) of tributary areas outside the development and for each section of the storm sewers within the development • direction of runoff • road names • maintenance hole numbers • sewer sizes, slope and directions of flow • any catch basins or swales, on the lots or blocks, required to collect the runoff • temporary or permanent quantity and quality stormwater management facilities • major and minor overland flow routes • culverts and other drainage appurtenances 3.7.5 Stormwater Pond Requirements The design of stormwater management ponds shall be completed with consideration of the following aesthetic and landscape design criteria: • Stormwater management dry ponds shall be designed to limit the maximum depth of water to 1.8 m above the lowest point of the stormwater basin. An additional 0.3 m freeboard is required above the maximum flood level. The maximum depth of the extended detention zone shall not exceed 1.0 m above the lowest point of the pond. • Maximum side slope shall be 5:1 from the bottom of the dry pond to the limit of maximum extended detention, with a minimum horizontal length of 3.0 m. The minimum allowable gradient on the bottom of the basin shall be 1.0% and the maximum gradient shall be 5%. • Stormwater management wetlands shall be designed to limit the maximum depth of water to 2.1 m above the lowest point of the stormwater basin excluding micropools. An additional 0.3 m freeboard is required above the maximum flood level. • The maximum depth of the extended detention zone shall not exceed 1.0 m above the permanent pool elevation. Maximum peak flow attenuation zone shall not exceed 1.8 m above the permanent pool elevation. .0 • The permanent pool depth shall range between a minimum depth of 0.15 m to a ' maximum depth of 0.45 m. • A maximum 5:1 slope below the permanent pool level shall be permitted around the entire stormwater management wetland. A maximum 5:1 slope above the permanent pool level shall be permitted around the entire stormwater management wetland. The slope shall extend from the permanent pool level, to the limit of maximum extended detention. The horizontal distance of this slope must be a minimum of 3.0 m. • Stormwater management wet ponds shall be designed to limit the maximum depth of water to 3.3 m above the lowest point of the stormwater basin. An additional 0.3 m freeboard is required above the maximum flood level. The maximum depth of the extended detention zone shall not exceed 1.0 m above the permanent.pool elevation. The permanent pool depth shall range between a minimum depth of 1.0 m to a maximum depth of 1.5 m. • A maximum 5:1 slope shall be permitted around the entire stormwater management wet pond. The slope shall extend from the bottom of the permanent pool to the limit of maximum extended detention. • Where stormwater management facilities to be owned by the Township abut private property, fencing shall be required at the discretion of the Township. At a minimum, demarcation of property boundaries is required. Fencing, signage and/or property demarcation shall be to Township Standards. • In situations where existing natural areas are proposed to be used for stormwater management, exemptions to the depth and slope criteria may be provided to minimize disturbance to the natural feature, at the discretion of the Township. • Designed pedestrian access areas shall not exceed a maximum slope of 12:1. la • Notwithstanding the above slope and depth criteria, in the case of headwall design, -� the depth of water related to adjoining side slopes may vary and fencing is required for safety purposes. • Areas subject to the collection of contaminants or spills shall be fitted with adequate oil / grit separators. • Maintenance access requirements are to be determined on a site -by -site basis, however, the following general criteria are recommended: Controlled maintenance access routes shall be provided to both inlet and outlet structures and forebays. A minimum 6.0 m wide surface to accommodate maintenance vehicles within a minimum 10 m turning radius (inside radius) and a flat 10 m loading areas is required. Maintenance access routes shall not exceed a maximum slope of 10:1. The design of maintenance routes and loading areas shall be to the approval of the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. • Sediment drying area may be required adjacent to the forebay area to facilitate dewatering of sediment prior to removal to an approved disposal location. • Maintenance by-pass shall be provided via a maintenance hole upstream of the entry to the pond to divert all flow from the pond during maintenance and sediment removal procedures. 3.7.6 Storm Sewer Design Storm sewers, designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent requirements and specifications of the Township, shall be of adequate size and depth to provide service for the development of lands within the upstream watershed and/or for the drainage of any areas designated by the Township. Storm drainage shall be directed to an outlet considered adequate in the opinion of the Township and applicable agencies. f. Channel works, bridges, culverts and all other drainage structures or works shall be ` designed, approved and constructed in accordance with the most recent drawings and specifications of all applicable agencies having jurisdiction, such as the Township, LSRCA, NVCA, MOECC, MTO, MNR, DFO, etc. 3.7.6.1 Hydrology and Design Flows Storm sewers shall be designed to drain all lands based on the Rational Method. The Rational Method calculations must be checked using a model approved by the Township where the drainage area is greater than 10 hectares. The larger of the flows is to be used in the design of the sewer system unless approved otherwise. Q = 0.0028 C I A where: Q = Flow in cubic metres per second A = Area in Hectares C = Run-off coefficient I = Intensity in mm/hr Storm sewers shall generally be designed to accommodate 1:5 year storm flows. 3.7.6.2 Intensity of Rainfall The intensity of rainfall is to be determined from the Intensity -Duration -Frequency values from the Atmospheric Environment Services Orillia Station. Where I = A x tB and i is in mm/hr, t is time of concentration in hours; A and B are as follows: Storm Return Period A B 2 year 22.5 -0.728 5 year 29.9 -0.725 10 year 34.8 -0.724 25 year 40.9 -0.723 50 year 45.5 -0.722 100 year 50.0 -0.722 3,7.6.3 Time of Concentration -� .J The minimum initial time of concentration is to be 10 minutes. Pre -Development Areas: To calculate the initial time of concentration (tc) for upstream, undeveloped lands, the following formulas may be used: Bransby-Williams or Airport Method. The most appropriate method shall be determined at the discretion of the Township. 3.7.6.4 Runoff Coefficient The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall submit calculations and drawings (as required) to support the run-off coefficients used for storm sewer design with the Rational Method. In general, run-off coefficients shall be as follows: Parks over 4 hectares 0.20* Parks 4 hectares and under 0,25* -� * Parks with increased impermeable area shall require a higher run-off coefficient. Single-family Residential (Urban) 0.45 Single-family Residential (Suburban) 0.40 Semi-detached Residential 0.60 Townhouses, Maisonettes, Row Houses, etc. 0.70 Apartments 0.75 Schools and Churches 0.75 Industrial (local) 0.75 Industrial (urban) 0.90 Commercial 0.90 Heavily Developed Areas 0.90 Paved Areas 0.95 A minimum run-off coefficient of 0.55 is to be used for undeveloped upstream area where future residential development is expected and 0.75 where future industrial, high- density residential or commercial development is expected. Im 3.7.6.5 Drainage Area Drainage systems shall be designed to accommodate all upstream drainage areas considering interim and ultimate conditions. 3.7.7 Pipe Sizing and Specifications 3.7.7.1 Pipe Capacities Manning's formula shall be used in determining the capacity of all storm sewers. The capacity of the sewer shall be determined on the basis of the pipe flowing full. The value of the roughness coefficient `n' used in the Manning's formula shall be as follows: • concrete pipe 0.013 • concrete box culverts 0.013 • corrugated metal 68 x 13mm corrugations 0.024 • corrugated metal 25% paved invert 0.021 • PVC pipe 0.013 • HDPE smooth wall ribbed pipe 0.013 3.7.7.2 Flow Velocities (Flowing full) For circular pipes the minimum acceptable velocity is 0.8 m/s and the maximum acceptable velocity is 3.5 m/s during the 5 year storm event, 3.7.7.3 Minimum Sizes The minimum size for an on -street storm sewer shall be 300 mm diameter. 3.7.7.4 Minimum Grades Regardless of flow velocities obtained, the minimum design grades for pipe storm sewers shall be as follows: 3.7.7.5 Depth of Storm Sewers l� The depth of a deep storm sewer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable outlet for the building foundation weeping tiles. The minimum cover to the top outside pipe barrel of a deep storm sewer shall generally be 2.5 to 3.0 metres. The minimum cover to the top outside pipe barrel of a shallow storm sewer system shall not be less than 1.5 metres from the centre -line of the roadway unless alternate measures are implemented as approved by the Township. 3.7.7.6 Location The storm sewers shall be located as shown on the standard Township road cross- section drawings. This standard location shall be generally 2.1 metres north or east of the centreline of the road allowance. In the case of crescents, looped and curvilinear roads, this standard location may be varied to the extent that the storm sewer remains on the same side of the centreline of the road (i.e., left or right) to avoid crossing the sanitary sewer trenches at the changes in direction of the road. M. S 375 mm 0.40% 450 mm <_ 525 mm 0.30% 600 mm 5 1200 mm 0.20% a 1200 mm 0.15% 3.7.7.5 Depth of Storm Sewers l� The depth of a deep storm sewer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable outlet for the building foundation weeping tiles. The minimum cover to the top outside pipe barrel of a deep storm sewer shall generally be 2.5 to 3.0 metres. The minimum cover to the top outside pipe barrel of a shallow storm sewer system shall not be less than 1.5 metres from the centre -line of the roadway unless alternate measures are implemented as approved by the Township. 3.7.7.6 Location The storm sewers shall be located as shown on the standard Township road cross- section drawings. This standard location shall be generally 2.1 metres north or east of the centreline of the road allowance. In the case of crescents, looped and curvilinear roads, this standard location may be varied to the extent that the storm sewer remains on the same side of the centreline of the road (i.e., left or right) to avoid crossing the sanitary sewer trenches at the changes in direction of the road. M. 3.7.7.7 Pipe Crossings A minimum clearance of 0.20 metres shall be provided between the outside of all pipe barrels at all points of crossing. In cases where the storm sewer crosses a recent utility trench at an elevation higher than the elevation of the utility, a support system shall be designed to prevent settlements of the storm sewer, or alternatively the original trench shall be re -excavated to the top of the utility and shall be backfilled with non -shrinkable fill (low strength concrete) to adequately support the storm sewer. When the storm sewer passes under an existing utility, adequate support shall be provided for the utility during and after construction to prevent damage to that utility. 3.7.7.8 Radius Pipes Radius pipe shall be allowed for storm sewers 1454 mm in diameter and larger provided that a maintenance hole is located at the beginning or at the end of the radial section. The minimum centre line radius allowable shall be in accordance with the minimum radii r table as provided by the pipe manufacturer. 3.7.7.9 Limits of Construction Sewers shall be terminated with a maintenance hole at the upstream subdivision limits when external drainage areas are considered in the design. The design of the terminal maintenance holes must allow for the future extension of the sewer. When external areas are not included in the sewer design, the sewer shall extend at least half way across the frontage and/or flankage of any lot or block in the subdivision. 3.7.7.10 Sewer Alignment Storm sewers shall be laid in a straight line between maintenance holes unless radius pipe has been designed. Joint burial (common trenching) with sanitary sewers may be considered when supported by the recommendations of a soils report prepared by the Developer's Geotechnical Engineering Consultant, 97 3.7.7.11 Changes in Pipe Size No decrease of pipe size from a larger size upstream to a smaller size downstream shall be allowed regardless of the increase in grade. 3.7.7.12 Pipe Material Classification and Bedding All storm sewer mains shall generally be constructed of reinforced concrete with suitable strength class recommended by the Developer's Consulting Engineer. Smooth wall ribbed PVC may be used for mains up to 900 mm diameter. Storm sewer leads from catch basins shall be constructed with non -reinforced concrete pipe or PVC pipe. The class of pipe and the type of bedding shall be selected to suit loading and proposed construction conditions. For rigid pipe, Class B bedding (compacted Granular A bedding and cover over the sewer) in accordance with OPSD shall be used. Embedment for flexible pipe shall be Granular A in accordance with OPSD. Alternate granular materials for pipe bedding may be specified, subject to the approval of the Township, however clear stone bedding is generally not permitted. In areas where it is difficult to control the infiltration of ground water into the sewer trenches clear stone bedding may be considered provided it is completely wrapped in a suitable geotextile, selected and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirement. The width of trench at the top of the pipe must be carefully controlled to ensure that the maximum trench width is not exceeded unless additional bedding or higher strength Pipe is used. Where poor soil conditions and high ground water levels are present, the Consulting Engineer shall prepare special designs for the Township's approval, • Reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 1820. • Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe products shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 1841. The pipe must be manufactured with factory assembled spigot gasket and integral bell joints. Polyethylene pipe products shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 1840. r.. 3.7.8 Maintenance Hole Requirements L. L. Maintenance holes must be precast concrete and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent OPSS and OPSD. Where the standard drawings are not applicable, the maintenance holes shall be individually designed and detailed. 3.7.8.1 Location and Spacing Maintenance holes shall be located at each change in alignment, grade or pipe material, at all pipe junctions, at the beginning or end of all. radius pipe sections and at intervals along the pipe to permit entry for maintenance to the sewer. 3.7.8.2 Maximum Spacing The maximum spacing between maintenance holes shall be'as follows: 3.7.8.3 Maintenance Hole Design • Minimum size of maintenance holes to be 1500 mm diameter. • All maintenance hole chamber openings shall be located on the side of the maintenance hole parallel to the flow for a straight run maintenance hole, or on the upstream side of the maintenance hole at all junctions. • The change in direction of flow in any maintenance hole shall not be permitted at acute interior angles. Safety gratings shall be provided in all maintenance holes when the depth of the maintenance hole exceeds 5 m. The maximum spacing between safety gratings shall not exceed 5 m. • The obvert(s) on the upstream side of a maintenance hole shall not be lower than the obvert of the outlet pipe. • The maximum change indirection of flow in maintenance hole, for sewer sizes 1050 mm diameter and over, shall be 45°. • Where the difference in elevation between the obvert of the inlet and outlet pipes exceeds 0.6 m, a drop structure shall be placed on the inlet pipe. • All storm sewer maintenance holes shall be benched to the obvert of the outlet pipe for pipe sizes 600 mm or less and to the spring line of the outlet pipe for pipe sizes 675 mm and greater. • The minimum width of benching in all maintenance holes shall be 230 mm. • All maintenance holes and catch basin structures shall have frost straps in accordance with OPSD 701.100. • Maintenance holes in boulevards shall be located, wherever possible, a minimum of 1.5 m from the face of curb or other service. • Minimum size of any maintenance hole stack shall be 685 mm square. 3.7.8.4 Elevations for Maintenance Hole Frames and Covers �1 All maintenance holes, located within the travelled portion of a roadway, shall have the 1 rim elevation set flush with the surface of the base course asphalt. The concreting and setting of the frame and cover shall be completed in accordance with the details provided in the standard drawing. A maximum of 300 mm of modular rings shall be permitted on maintenance holes in new subdivisions. No concrete shall extend over the edge of the maintenance hole. Prior to the placement. of the final lift of asphalt, maintenance hole frames shall be reset to final elevations. 3.7.8.5 Head Losses and Drops Suitable drops shall be provided across all maintenance holes to compensate for the loss in energy due to the change in flow velocity and for the difference in the depth of flow in the sewers. 100 In order to reduce the amount of drop required, the designer shall, wherever possible, restrict the change in velocity between the inlet and outlet pipes to 0.6 metres/sec, Hydraulic calculations shall be submitted for all junction and transition maintenance holes on sewers where the outlet is 1,050 mm or greater. In addition, hydraulic calculations may be required for maintenance holes where the outlet pipe is less than 1,050 mm dia. if, in the opinion of the Township, there is insufficient invert drop provided across the maintenance hole. Regardless of the invert drop across a maintenance hole as required by calculation, the obvert of the outlet pipe shall not be higher than the obvert of the inlet pipe in any maintenance hole. The minimum drops across maintenance holes shall be as follows: 3.7.8.6 Frame and Grate All maintenance hole frames shall be as per OPSD 401.010 with Type A closed cover labeled Storm. 3.7.9 Catch Basin Requirements 3.7.9.1 Location and Spacing Catch basins shall be selected, located and spaced in accordance with the conditions of design. The design of the catch basin location and type shall take into consideration the lot areas, the lot grades, pavement widths, road grades and intersection locations. All catch basins and their leads shall be of the single or double type, To ensure that the capture or inlet capacity matches that of the storm sewer, the spacing of catch basins ��- on roads may be varied. 101 If detailed analysis of the major -minor system and SWM analysis of the pipe system J indicate the need for inlet controls, additional constrictions should be implemented. Since reduction in the size of the standard catch basin covers is not desirable, an orifice plate can be located in the catch basin. This is applicable to private development only. Orifice plates are not permitted within the Township right-of-way. Catch basins shall be generally located upstream of sidewalk crossings at intersections and upstream of all pedestrian crossings. Catch basins shall not be located in driveway curb depressions. Double catch basins shall be required when the catch basin intercepts flow from more than one direction. Rear yard catch basins shall be eliminated whenever possible. Maximum spacing for catch basins including cul-de-sac gutters shall be as follows: 3.7.9.2 Catch Basin Types Catch basins must be pre -cast concrete and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent OPSS and OPSD. Special catch basins and inlet structures shall be fully designed and detailed by the Developer's Consulting Engineer. Double catch basins are to be installed at the low point of any road. 102 5 8.5 90 60 >8.559.8 80 55 >-9.8 5 12.2 75 50 > 12.2 60 40 3.7.9.2 Catch Basin Types Catch basins must be pre -cast concrete and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent OPSS and OPSD. Special catch basins and inlet structures shall be fully designed and detailed by the Developer's Consulting Engineer. Double catch basins are to be installed at the low point of any road. 102 3.7.9.3 Catch Basin Leads For single catch basins, the minimum size of connection shall be 300 mm diameter and the minimum grade shall be 1.0%. For double catch basins, the minimum size of connection shall be 375 mm diameter and the minimum grade shall be 1.011/.. For rear lot catch basins, the minimum size of the connection shall be 300 mm diameter and the minimum grade shall be 1.0%. In general, catch basins located in close proximity to a maintenance hole shall have their leads connected to the maintenance hole. Catch basin leads may not exceed 30.0 m when connected to the maintenance hole or sewer. Alternatively, a longer lead can be connected to the sewer and a 1200 mm diameter maintenance hole / catch basin used in lieu of the normal 600 mm. square catch basin. C, 3.7.9.4 Frame and Grate The frame and cover for catch basins in roadway or walkway areas shall be as detailed in OPSD 400.030. Catch basins located in grassed areas shall have a Birdcage Grate per OPSD 400.120. 3.7.9.5 Catch Basins at Intersections All catch basins at road intersections shall be located on the tangent section of the curb at a minimum of 0.6 metres distant from the beginning or the end of the radial portion of the curb. 3.7.9.6 Elevations for Catch Basin Frames and Grates All catch basins located within the travelled portion of a roadway, shall have the frame elevation.set flush with the surface of the base course asphalt. L 103 The adjusting and setting of the frames and grates shall be completed in accordance --� with the details provided in OPSD 704.010 upon placement of surface course asphalt. V Temporary asphalt curbing shall be placed behind all catch basins within the travelled portion of the roadway at the stage of base course asphalt. Asphalt curbing shall be placed in accordance with OPSD 601.010 - Type "D", between the two adjacent expansion joints. Prior to placing surface course asphalt, temporary asphalt curbs shall be removed and replaced by concrete curb. 3.7.10 Downspouts, Foundation Drains and Storm Connections 3.7.10.1 Downspouts Downspouts on all single family, semi-detached and townhouse residential units shall be discharged onto grassed or garden areas and away from wells or tile bed areas. Downspouts shall not encroach over / onto other adjacent private lands. Splash pads of a hardened impervious material shall be placed at each Downspout. Downspouts from all commercial, industrial, institutional and high density residential buildings should be discharged onto grassed or garden areas, if possible and if acceptable to the Township. 3.7.10.2 Foundation Drains The Township requires that a sump pump system be installed in every building. In every case, the underside of footing shall be set above the seasonal high ground water level, as determined in the geotechnical report. Where sump pumps are installed in residential developments with open ditches, sump pump discharges shall not be placed within the Township's ditch lines of the road allowances. 104 In no case shall sump pump discharge pipelines be connected to a storm sewer system. Sump pump discharges shall be directed to rear or side yard drainage swales and shall not discharge onto driveways, walkways or over top of septic holding tanks. 3.7.11 Channel, Culvert and Overland Flow For channel, culvert, bridge and/or erosion control projects the proponent is responsible for obtaining all necessary approvals from the governing agencies, such as the NVCA, LSRCA, MNR, DFO and/or MOECC. 3.7.12 Culverts and Bridges 3.7.12.1 Culvert and Bridge Hydraulic Capacity Only arterial and collector roads should, if feasible, be permitted to cross the major system watercourses. It is also recommended that designers consider the need to design culverts and bridges on such arterial and collector roads for at least the 1:100 year storm flow, if not for the Regional Storm flow. If 'smaller culverts or bridges are pro- vided, the backwater effects for the 1:100 year and Regional Storm flows must be determined. Concrete box culverts shall be designed and placed for all watercourse crossings subject to the approval of the Township. MNR, DFO, NVCA and/or LSRCA approval may be required for watercourse/valley crossings under their regulations. NOTE: All culverts must be of sufficient length to provide for a preferred 5:1 (minimum 3:1) slope off the driving surface to the ditch invert. W.11 Arterial 1:100 Year to Regional Collector 1:50 Year Urban Local 1:25 Year Rural Local 1:25 Year Temporary Detour 1:10 Year Driveway 1:5 Year NOTE: All culverts must be of sufficient length to provide for a preferred 5:1 (minimum 3:1) slope off the driving surface to the ditch invert. W.11 All driveway culverts must be at least 7.0 m long and require a Driveway Entrance --� Permit and approval. Driveway width to conform to Zoning By-law requirements, if applicable. Driveway culverts are to be minimum 2.0 m from hydro poles and utility boxes. Bridges and other major drainage structures shall require special designs as determined by the Township. Hydraulic calculations shall be required. The frequency and magnitude of flooding or erosion shall not be increased on upstream or downstream properties. 3.7.12.2 Open Channels The proposed criteria for an open channel design shall be submitted to the Township for approval prior to the actual design being undertaken. Open channels shall be defined as major system overland flow channels, minor system outfall channels or natural channels. Major system overland flow channel designs may be required to accommodate the Regional Storm or the 100 -year storm for new development. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall also be responsible for obtaining the approval of the design from the MNR, DFO, NVCA, LSRCA and the MOECC, if the open channel concept is favourably considered. Natural Channel design criteria shall be determined on a site by site basis. The following guidelines must be considered: 106 Grass lined -- Natural 0.7 m/s 1.5 m/s Grass lined — Maintained 0.7 m/s 1.5 m/s Gabion lined 0.7 m/s 2.5 m/s Concrete lined 0.7 m/s 4.0 m/s 106 5.7.12,5 Watercourse Erosion and Bank Instability C. C�. Where erosion or bank instability is already evident in an area to be developed or re- developed, the Township requires that the situation be stabilized by appropriate remedial measures. Where development may potentially cause significantly increased downstream erosion, the Township shall require the Developer to mitigate further damage by appropriate remedial and preventative measures. Where designing remedial erosion or bank stabilization works, preservation of the watercourse dynamics and natural valley aesthetics must be secondary only to achieving a sound technical solution. The proposed design shall reference the MNR Natural Channel Design Manual. A normal bank flow channel has a capacity of about the 1:2 year flood. Protection to this level shall be adequate provided care is taken to prevent any damage by higher floods and provided that the channel bank is not coincident with a higher valley bank. In this latter case, it may be necessary to protect the bank to a level as high as the 1:100 year flood or even the flood resulting from the Regional Storm. The proposed criteria for an erosion or bank stability design shall be submitted to the Conservation Authority and 1 or Township for approval prior to the actual design being undertaken. 5.7.12.4 Floodline Calculations All floodline calculations are to be performed by a recognized engineering method and are to conform to the Ministry of Natural Resources Flood Plain Management in Ontario Technical Guidelines in consultation with the Township. An acceptable method would include the HEC 2 computer model. All supporting documentation is to be included in the submission including a hard copy of the computer printout and a digital copy containing all input and output files. 107 3.7.12.5 Overland Flow Routes An overland flow route continuous to the nearest major channel must be established through all areas and shall be contained within either the road right-of-way or by easements. If the overland flow route travels across downstream property not municipally owned, the developer must obtain the necessary agreement(s) from downstream owner(s) accepting the increased quantity of runoff. The depths of flooding permitted on roads and at intersections during the 1:100 year storm are as follows: • no building shall be inundated at the ground line, unless the building has been flood proofed • for all classes of roads, the depth of water at the gutter shall not exceed 0.3 m. Flow across road intersections shall not be permitted for minor storms (generally 1:10 year). To meet the criteria for major storm run-off, low points in roads must have adequate provision for safe overland flow. 3.7.13 Inlet 1 Outlet and Special Structures Inlet and outlet structures shall be fully designed on the engineering drawings. The details provided shall include the existing topography, proposed grading and the work necessary to protect against erosion. 3.7.13.1 Inlets Inlet structures shall be fully designed by the Developer's Consulting Engineer should OPSD structures are not deemed suitable. Inlet grates shall generally consist of inclined parallel bars or rods set in a plane at approximately 180 degrees with the top away from the direction of flow. Gabion, riprap or concrete shall be provided at all inlets to protect against erosion and to channel the flow to the inlet structure. E, Hydraulic design calculations for inlet structures must be performed in accordance with guidelines established by the Ministry of Transportation Drainage Manual. The design of any culvert on a new or reconstructed watercourse where an inlet grating is required must provide a measure of safety and minimize the risk of entanglement or entrapment of a person. As well, grating shall be designed to prevent debris from entering the stormwater system. 3.7.13.2 Outlets The OPSD headwall standards shall be used for all storm sewers up to 2,400 mm diameter. For sewers over 2,400 mm the headwalls shall be individually designed. All headwalls shall be equipped with a grating over the outlet end of the pipe and a railing across the top of the headwall for the protection of the public. Outfall grates shall consist of horizontal bars or rods spacing shall not exceed 150 mm clear. All metal parts from inlet/outlet grates to be protected from rusting. All outlets shall blend in the direction of flow of the watercourse with the directional change being taken up in the sewer rather than the channel. Storm sewer outfalls shall not be connected to existing or proposed road crossing culverts. Storm sewer outfalls must be terminated at separate headwall structures, adjacent to the outlet side of road crossing culverts. Gabions, Terra -fix blocks, riprap, concrete or other erosion protection shall be provided at all outlets to prevent erosion of the watercourse and the area adjacent to the headwall. 109 The extent of the erosion protection shall be indicated on the engineering drawings and shall be dependent upon the velocity of the flow in the storm sewer outlet, the soil conditions, the flow in the existing watercourse and site conditions. 3.7.14 Storm Sewers — As -constructed Drawings All actual storm system invert elevations shall be indicated on the As -constructed drawings. If the difference is greater than 150 mm from the design vertical alignment, affected portions of the sewer or overland drainage route shall be redrawn in profile. Any maintenance hole which differs from the proposed horizontal location by more than 1.50 m shall be redrawn in both plan and profile. In addition the following shall be indicated on the As -constructed drawings: • pipe/culvert size, grade, type, class; • chainage from MH along main to service tees. NOTE: If as -constructed grade of sewer differs by more than 1 % of the design grade, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall submit revised hydraulic calculations. 3.7.15 Testing and Acceptance A CCTV inspection (including flushing) as per OPSS 409 shall be conducted upon satisfactory completion of all other testing, prior to the Township's recommendation for issuance of "Substantial Completion" and prior to the placement of surface course asphalt. A CCTV inspection (including flushing) shall also be required prior to the issuance of "Final Acceptance" if 18 months have lapsed since the placement of surface course asphalt. 110 HOUSE CONNECTION OR r+ CATCHBASIN LEAD '.'• NOTE: BEARING LEDGES TO BE HAND DUG 0.91m MIN, BEARING 0.91m MIN. BEARING rFd?IICI< RQIH ?TOR SEE NOTE 3aDSv REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB SEE DETAIL BELOW 200mm x 20Dmm PUNCHEONS --200mm x 2GOmm SPREADERS TO BE PIPEBEDDING INSTALLED IN TRENCH UNDER CONNECTION BEFORE FORMING CONCRETE BEM, WHEN DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 0.10 + 15pmm WIDTH OF TRENCH + i mm MINIMUM r , k i + 150mm _ Z 2DMPo Q0roCtTF'E ' 3-20mmO BARS r MINIMUM COYER 50mm 15mm• 3DO., i•• O.C. MIN, COYER 40mm BOTTOM FORM TO BE LEFT IN PLACE REINFORCED CONCELTE SUP PORTFOR. HOUSE CONNECTIONS AND CA,T,C,HOASIN LEADSQE-TRF-N- X T LESS ja N..3.05m NOTE: WHEN WIDTH OF TRENCH EXCEEDS 3.05m METHOD OF SUPPORTING HOUSE CONNECTIONS AND CATCHBASIN LEADS WILL BE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, HOUSE CONNECTION OR `x TCHBA,SiN LEAD UNSHRINKABLE FILL TO SPRINGUNE_ WIDTH OF SUPPORT TO BE Q.D. AT BELL + 1 DOmm PIPE BEDDING HOUSE CONNECTION OR CATCHBASIN LEAD r' 0.91m I FiT— MIN. MIN. SHLM5 NAILED IN PLACE SUPP RT FOR CONNECTION CROSSING LUNCH WH N WDTH OF ENQH IS LLSS THAN 1. NOTES: 200mm x 200mm TIMBER ON FLAT PIPE BEDDING 1 ,WHERE HOUSE CONNECTIONS OR CATCHBASIN LEADS CROSS A SEWER TRENCH, THEY WILL. BE SUPPORTED ON A NEW 20mm x 200mm TIMBER WHICH HAS A MINIMUM BEARING OF 0.91M AT EACH END ON UNDISTURBED GROUND. CONNECTION MUST BE PROPERLY SHIMMED OR BEDDED ON 20UPo CONCRETE FILL TO SPRINGLINE AS PER DETAILS, 2. TO BE USED WHEN INSTALLING SEWER OR WATERMAIN ON EXISTING R.Q.W. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS. 4. FOR ALL CROSSING OF GAS MAINS, CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT GAS COMPANY FOR LOCATES AND INSPECTIONS. NL .�_ REVISION APR D DATE TOWNSHIP OFORO-MEDONTE APR D. DATE: 03 � 2016 DRAWN: SCALE NTS SUPPOR=S FOR HOUSE CONNECTIONS AND CATCH BASIN LEADS STD. No. 3.7-01 0 § z p � I § \ � a § � b � D � Jk Lf) � k W � Z 0U) O Of W LLJ W | � 0 O (D C I 2 LLJ 0 � O � R « \ { k > $ � KS }E k§ \) LU zLaM 0 CD LU¢ 0 k c< CL 02 § � /« 7 < o� ■ Ex § j k Li 2< « j \ / \ § $ 0 / w z o e o m § § Q § $ § U k d cc g § E < a $ ƒ ¥ E b 7 r ¥ < Ix 9 4 / 8 � z e k / 2 / } ) >- k 2 o k e } J § $ 2 \ < n o p 5 u® E o § ¢ % k d i § < 0 � E ) B — k / § \ \ 6 § 3 2 j\ k\ X 0 e G E 2§ x C o J < u k § (n f/ 0$ k o o vi< @ § < \ o q e< 2 co o z< k E \ o 0 k k§§ n® @ z o c w < < k 0 _�§ R«/ « 3 2 o n 0 j 7 \ LLJ 4 E S®§ 0 LL,z 2 L) 0 E E Q § 2 j 2 o$ a o= £ S® U:e q§ 0 9 5 E E 0 0 k o 2 \ k o w o 0\ 10 z 0 = � r 2 IA 0< 0 Ix u 0 < } k \ § § 2 / \ ƒ 0 ) / k § k j 0 a? v o w LL- ?c--?; 0 § z p � I § \ � a § � b � D � Jk Lf) � k W � Z 0U) O Of W LLJ W | � 0 O (D C I 2 LLJ 0 � O � R « \ { k > $ Z W 2— Lu W 40 22 C7 W. 4p 3� Y�Y li U) z Li) wr Zr y, a, �¢ O ❑ J 12Q C Dl ... Q) w. LU EL 0 a lL U Q LU Q Z o L c o L c c U) O ' Q. m a a Q OZ U V G V U C ¢ U CN F- (0 C< N U � C°aoN QcN V U c. C rcQ Qd-ot IL z � w3 o o o = a L c o m orn Q O� b]zQU U)zQU Uco oU ] p 0 Y r U) y(D U) H Ecoi2 r .�� M CD �c�13'a» (D.0 Z)O ('jUmr mdc QU) ca U G con ca U)2 U a) E L - 0 U) LO u7 u7 J F- LL jr O H EL O r LO OU z cr a LO LO u] ro ❑ O g a 0 0P a a a 2 OJO�� 0 0 o 0 0 LLL wU�U) T cc Y m' m� wa, LL �, c ca co •, m ED E o• E o- E o• E rr CQ LO r v r v CO LO co R v CEJ 2S ~ Z Wow'=a 0 3 C m C N p L w C _ m C ,- —Q z LU Vi N 0 -2 `� a) 0 O Fa y U 0 :: O 0) N Q N 47 `aa r ~ LU ca Q 7,� O .. y E �, ate' E o c'�d W 3,�� 2 w r- ro H CL a- o�cu~iin tcl�w �'o F �ll%T 3� �� ca ro o I oo cNa V'E c 3c� �N ro m N a��i° a) �'.. I X00 w ro�rn�5 3� CL U) ❑ 2 fn Q LO Q_ r Q d LO a r m w I _ c O C E T L O U C9 r Loi( CTJ C` CO L% Vl g C C v (D ca E o 3 ca E 0 m o c W w m o� o 0' r o o° w d g �-0 © } En z� O m a E y A L L LO , w r .a m w r .0 E %? RAINFALL DATA Intensity -Duration -Frequency Values 230 Storm Yr. a b C 2 789.5 7.83 0.830 REFERENCES AND NOTES (References as dated or per applicable update) 220 6.75 0.820 10 1) Storm Water Quality Management Manual /94 (MOEE, MNR, MTO, ACRO, MFS UDI) (Design Manual 1992) 2) Guildelines on Erosion and Sediment Control For Urban Construction Sites. May 1987 (under revislon, 1992) 3) Guidance Document for Watershed Planning (Draft 1992) (MQEE, MNR,MMp, ACAO) 7.38 0.843 25 1452.01 7.30 10.848 50 4) Item Starm Water Quality Cogtrol Guidelines for New Development May 1991 QAOEE, MNR) 6.55 0.832 100 1499.0 5) Buffer Zone Guidelines, MNR, 1987 210 ow ra IL6) MTO Drainage Management Technical Guidelines 7) Specific Design Criteria- Rural Roads Crossing = 25 yr. - Road Ditches =10 yr. 8) Beyond the selected design criteria environmental impacts or property damage may occur 200 190 rlI Year Storm (mm/hr) 180 _ Min. 2 5 10 25 50 100 i fi 5 95.0 1126.0 146.4 172.9 191.5 210.3 5 aar 10 72.3 1 94.2 110.0 129.5 141.9 153.7 170 15 58.9 76.0 88.9 104.4 113.9 122.5 30 38.7 49.5 57.7 67.5 73.4 78.3 23.8 30.3 35.1 40.9 44.6 47.4 160�,N60 120 14.1 17.9 20.5 23.8 26.1 27.8 I �.!� 360 5.86 7.50 8.40 9.70 10.8 11.5 150 0 Year i :\ I i i I 720 3.33 4.28 4.72 5.44 6.10 6.54 1440 1.88 2.43 1 2.64 3.03 3.44 3.70 130 CO) 120 110 Chicago Storm Parameters Storm Yr. a b C 2 789.5 7.83 0.830 5 950.0 6.75 0.820 10 1221.0 7.38 0.843 25 1452.01 7.30 10.848 50 1466.01 6.55 0.832 100 1499.0 15.8110.825 DEMn- I 1 MIEN I I 1 ILI, 1111111111 11 �! II I Emil 1� Its �. 3.8 Water Supply Distribution Watermain shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent requirements and specifications of the Township. Watermain shall be of adequate size to provide service for the development of adjacent lands designated by the Township. Prior to the commencement of any design for new watermain within the Township, the applicant shall obtain confirmation from the Township that adequate water supply exists for the development proposed. 3.8.1 Watermain Design Criteria All watermain shall be sized to meet the greater of: the maximum daily demand plus fire flow or the maximum hourly demand and fire flow. 3.8.1.1 Watermain Pressure The maximum sustained operating pressure shall not exceed 700 kPa (101.5 psi). If pressure in a localized area is above this level, a pressure -reducing valve shall be installed on each service connection within that area or as a design consideration to be included within the main. Under normal conditions of maximum day demand, the pressure shall not drop below 275 kPa (40 psi) at any point in the water system. Under conditions of simultaneous maximum day and fire flow demands, the pressure shall not drop below 140 kPa (20 psi) at any point in the water system. 111 3.8.1.2 Friction Factors The following "C' values shall be used in the Hazen -Williams equation, for the design of water distribution systems regardless of pipe materials. Pipe Diameter (mm) C -Factor 150 100 200 to 300 110 400 to 600 120 Over 600 130 The above C -factors represent long-term values. A C -factor of 140 shall be used to calculate maximum velocities for transient pressure estimations, or for checking pump motor sizes for runout conditions. In evaluating existing systems for expansion, the C -factors shall be determined by actual field tests, wherever possible. The Hazen -Williams equation shall be used to calculate the flow in watermain as follows: Q = 0.84918 (C) (A) (R)0.63 (S)0.54 Where: Q = Discharge (m3/sec.) C = Coefficient of Roughness A = Cross -Sectional Flow Area (m2) R = Hydraulic Radius (m) S = Slope of Energy Grade Line (m/m) 112 3.8.1.3 Domestic Demand Domestic water demand shall be calculated on .the basis of an average day consumption rate of 450 litres per capita per day. The maximum day and peak hour factors shall be determined from the latest MOECC design guidelines although the following are considered minimums: Maximum daily demand factor: 2.0 Peak hourly demand factor: 4.5 Peak flows other than domestic flows shall be determined on an individual basis. 3.8.1.4 Commercial and Institutional Water Demands An average day flow of 28 cu.m. per hectare per day shall be used for design purposes to estimate the water consumption for large commercial areas unless more specific data is available. When specific planning information is available, water consumption for individual commercial and institutional sites may be calculated from the following table: Use Shopping Centers Hospitals Schools Campgrounds Water Usage 2500 - 5000U1000 m2/day 900 -1800 Ubed/day 70 - 140 Ustudent/day 225 - 570 Ucampsite/day The peak water usage rates in campgrounds varies with the type of facilities provided (showers, flush toilets, clothes washers, etc.) and the ratio of these facilities to the number of campsites. A peak rate factor of 4 shall be used. This factor shall be applied to the average expected water usage at full occupancy of the campsite. 113 3.8.1.5 Industrial Water Demands -, t An average design .flow of 36 cu.m. per hectare per day shall be utilized for design purposes to estimate the average consumption rate for industrial areas unless more specific data is available. 3.8.1.6 Fire Flows The requirements for fire flows shall be discussed and agreed upon with the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services and the Fire Department prior to proceeding with detailed design. The Water Supply Distribution system shall be designed and constructed to meet the requirements of NFPA 24. 3.8.2 Selection of Watermain Sizing For all watermain designed to carry fire flows, the following minimum sizing for watermain shall apply: For Residential areas 150 mm diameter For Commercial areas 200 mm diameter For Industrial areas * 300 mm diameter minimum * To be sized according to the anticipated water demand. In general, the following standardized watermain sizes shall be used in the Township: 150 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 600 mm 3.8.3 Depth of Watermain Curb and Gutter Roads - 1.7 m minimum to obvert, measured below finished centre line road grade. Open Ditch Roads - The cover over the watermain and the service connections shall not be less than 1.7 metres. 114 Unimproved Roads - 1.7 m minimum to obvert, measured below a future design centre line road grade. Watercourses, Creek - Adequate frost protection shall be provided below stream bed. Generally 1.7 m minimum to obvert, measured below the watercourse invert shall be considered acceptable. 3.8.4 Location of Watermain Watermain shall be located as shown on the standard Township road cross-section. This location shall generally be on the north or west sides of the road. 3.8.4.1 Horizontal Separation of Watermain and Sewers Under normal conditions watermain shall be designed with a minimum clear horizontal separation of at least 3.0 m from any sewer or sewer maintenance hole. The distance shall be measured from the nearest edges of the pipes or structures. 3.8.4.2 Separations of Watermain and Sewers — Special Conditions Under unusual conditions (where a significant portion of the construction shall be in rock, or where congestion with other utilities shall prevent a clear horizontal separation of 3.0 m) a watermain may be laid closer to a sewer, provided the elevation of the crown of the sewer is a least 0.5 m below the invert of the watermain. Such separation shall consist of in-situ material or compacted native earth backfill. In rock trenches, facilities shall be provided to permit drainage of the trench to minimize the effect of the impounding of surface water and/or leakage from sewers in the trench. 3.8.4.3 Watermain Crossing Sewers Under normal condition watermain shall cross above sewers with at least 0.5 m vertical separation. When it is not possible for the watermain to cross above the sewer main, the watermain passing under a sewer shall be protected as follows: 115 • A vertical separation of at least 0.50 m shall be provided between the outside face of the sewer and the top of the watermain, f • The sewer shall be adequately supported to prevent excessive deflection of joints and settling. • The length of watermain pipe under the sewer shall be centered at the point of crossing so that the joints shall be equidistant and as far as possible from the sewer. Watermain pipe joints shall be located 1.5 metres (minimum) from the centreline of the sewer (both sides). 3.8.4.4 Utility Crossings Watermain crossing over or under other utilities shall be designed with a 300 mm minimum clear separation between the outside edges of the watermain and the utility. 3.8.4.5 Dead -Ends Water distribution systems shall be designed in grid patterns or looped to avoid dead- end sections. ."'D Minimum pipe size and material for loops shall be 150 mm diameter PVC or designed in accordance with a specific location at the discretion of the Township. 3.8.4.6 Extra Mains and Extra Fittings No roadway leading out of a subdivision shall be completed and accepted by the Township until connecting watermain are installed complete to the subdivision limits. Extra fittings shall be installed at any point on the watermain requested by the Township to provide for future connections. 3.8.5 Pipe Classification and Bedding Acceptable materials for watermain pipe up to and including 300 mm diameter are as follows; • Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) manufactured in accordance with the latest edition of CSA 8137.3. A minimum Class 150, DR 18 pipe shall be used. ' 116 • Fittings shall be of cast iron or ductile iron; cement lined and shall be manufactured to AWWA C110. All fittings shall be supplied with mechanical joint ends. • Polyethylene pressure pipe shall be to OPSS 1842. • 19 mm dia. residential services shall be polyethylene pipe. The class of pipe and the type of bedding shall be selected to suit loading and proposed construction conditions. Pipe bedding and cover shall be homogeneous granular materials in accordance with OPSD requirements for flexible pipe. The width of trench at the top of the pipe must be carefully controlled to ensure that the maximum trench width is not exceeded unless additional bedding or higher strength pipe is used. Where poor soil conditions and high ground water levels are present, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall prepare special designs for the Township's approval. 3.8.6 Thrust Restraint Adequate restraint must be provided at all fittings and deflections in the water distribution system to prevent pipe movement and subsequent joint failure. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall provide thrust restraint calculations on the drawings. Mechanically restrained joints shall be used for all PVC watermain, including dead-end valves. The recommended type of restraint in the design shall depend on anticipated soil conditions, Concrete thrust blocks shall only be permitted with restraints to support hydrants. 3.8.7 Corrosion Resistance Denso Paste -Petrolatum. Tape Primer shall be installed on every valve, hydrant and fitting connected to a non-ferrous watermain. Fittings shall include bends, tees, crosses, sleeves, reducers, plugs, caps, joint restrainers and couplings etc. 117 3.8.8 Tracer Wires r A tracer wire shall be provided along the top of all Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) watermain to permit future field tracing. These tracer wires shall be attached to the top of the watermain and shall be looped up and outside each valve box and drilled in at the top, including hydrant valves and shall also be connected to the bottom flange of all hydrants. Tracer wires shall be No. 12 gauge stranded copper (TWH) complete with plastic coating. 3.8.9 Fire Hydrants All fire protection design requirements shall be reviewed with the Fire Department and the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services at the preliminary design stage. 3.8.9.1 Branch Valves and Boxes All hydrants installed on watermain up to and including 300 mm in diameter shall be installed with a 150 mm diameter branch valve attached to the watermain with an anchor tee. All hydrants installed on watermain greater than 300 mm in diameter shall be controlled by a 150 mm diameter, branch valve directly secured to the supply main with flanged fittings or restraining tie -rods, Fire hydrants shall be AVK, McAvity or C.V. Mueller open left with 2 CSA hose ports, one 33 B pumper port and a breakaway type 6" MJ base. The hydrant lead shall be minimum 150 mm ductile, Class 52 with a resilient seated gate valve shut off ("Open Left" by Clow or Meuller) placed right after tee off main. The hydrants shall have all drain holes plugged and be installed as per OPSD 1105.010. 118 3.8.9.2 Hydrant Spacing Hydrants shall be installed on all watermain 150 mm in diameter and larger with the following maximum allowable spacing: - 150 m in residential areas, or to provide for a maximum hose length or 75 m. • 90 m in industrial and commercial areas. 3.8.9.3 Location of Hydrants Wherever possible, hydrants shall be located at corners, 4.0 m back from the streetline intersections at the edge of daylighting. All hydrants shall normally be for a 2.0 m depth of trench with provisions for extension at the surface for adjustment to proposed streetline grades. Hydrants shall be bedded in 19 mm screened crushed stone and braced with poured concrete to the satisfaction of the Township. Hydrants shall be located 1.20 m minimum distance from the edge of any driveway or house service connection. A hydrant shall be placed at the end of every cul-de-sac and dead end road as well as at the high points in roads. A 3.0 metre wide platform area shall be constructed in the ditches fronting each fire hydrant. The minimum culvert length shall be 7.Om metres and minimum diameter shall be Ultra Rib smooth wall plastic culvert 450 mm in diameter or sized according to the Stormwater Management requirements. 3.8.9.4 Hydrant Ports In all areas hydrants shall be equipped with 114 mm dia. Pumper Ports and 2 - 64 mm dia. side ports. 119 3.8.9.5 Direction of Opening All hydrants shall be equipped with a non -rising stem and shall open in a counter clockwise direction. 3.8.9.6 Colour of Hydrants All hydrants shall be factory painted as specified on the standard detail drawings. The hydrant body and caps shall be painted reflectorized yellow. Private hydrants shall be painted red. 3.8.9.7 Hydrant Markers Each, hydrant is to be provided with a standard marker for easy identification in the winter. 3.8.9.8 Hydrant Appurtenances One hydrant wrench, valve key and seal kit must be provided per subdivision development. 3.8.10 Valves 3.8.10.1 Type Gate valves shall be used on all watermain. Gate valves shall be an AVK, Mueller or Clow resilient wedge type with sliding type valve box or approved equal. All valves shall be of the approved type with non -rising stem and a 50 mm square operating nut opening counter -clockwise. All valves on 200 mm dia. watermain and smaller shall have mechanical Point ends. All valves larger than 300 mm dia. shall be installed inside chambers and shall have flanged ends. A flange to plain end spacer and a Victaulic coupling shall be installed inside the chamber to permit removal of the valve if necessary. All valves to be wrapped in Denso Paste — Petrolatum Tape Primer. 120 3.8.10.2 Size C All line valves shall be the same size as the watermain. 3.8.10.3 Number, Location and Spacing Generally, three valves are required at a tee intersection and four valves are required at a cross intersection with the valves being located at a point where the streetline projected intersects the watermain. All valve boxes and valve chambers shall be located in boulevards and out of pavement areas wherever possible. Where roads extend for greater than normal distances without intersections, the Township may require an extra valve in the main at an intermediate point. All valves at points of termination of a stage of construction shall be braced with two additional lengths of watermain pipe beyond the gate valve. Watermain terminations shall be plugged and braced. Where watermain valves are located under travelled road surfaces, the top of the operating box shall be set flush with the paved surface. Where the depth of the water valve exceeds 2.0, valve stem extensions shall be specified. 3.8.10.4 Vale Boxes and Chambers All valves on watermain 300 mm in diameter and smaller shall have valve boxes and specified direct bury operators must be used. All valve boxes shall be three-piece, sliding-type, size `D'. All valves on watermain 400 mm or larger in diameter shall be installed within concrete chambers set flush with finished grade. The top of the roof slab of valve chambers shall be at least 0.60 m below the profile of the finished pavement. 121 3.8.10.5 Air Relief Valves Air relief valves shall be installed at all significant high points of the water distribution system. Air relief valves shall be double-acting type, combination air release/vacuum valve. Air relief valves shall be housed within a chamber as illustrated in the Standard Detail Drawings, and drained to storm sewers where possible. The chambers are to be. equipped with "P" traps to prevent movement of gasses. 3.8.10.6 Drain Valves Drain valves shall be located at the low points of all watermain 400 mm in diameter and greater. These valves shall be constructed in a separate chamber. 3.8.11 Service Connections Individual service connections shall be installed to each unit within the development. Semi-detached lots shall be provided with two separate water service connections. - 3.8.11.1 Minimum Sizing The minimum size of service connection to be provided for a single-family residence located less than 30 metres from the supply main shall be 19 mm in diameter. For other situations requiring a specific evaluation, the following factors shall be used to determine the minimum size of service connections: • peak water consumption of the building to be serviced. • total length of service that shall be required to reach the building. • elevation of the building with respect to the elevation of the watermain. • available head in the watermain. • loss of head in the service connection. • required head at the point of water usage. 122 r 3.8.11.2 Location Water service connections shall be installed to the mid -point of the frontage of all single family lots as shown on the Standard Drawings. The location of water service connections for semi-detached lots and freehold townhouses shall be as shown on the Standard Drawings to avoid locating the service under the driveways. After construction, the end of the connection shall be marked by a suitable length of 50 mm x 100 mm lumber extending from the end of the connection to a point 0.9 m above grade. The top of this marker shall be painted blue. 3.8.11.3 Location of Curb Stop or Control Valve The curb stop on all water service connections 50 mm in diameter and less shall be located at the road limit as shown on the Standard Drawing. rThe control valve on water service connections 100 mm in diameter and larger shall be located at the supply main with the valve secured to the supply main by means of anchor tees, flanged fittings or approved restraining tie rods, as illustrated on the standard detail drawings. Water service valve boxes shall not be located in driveways. In the event the designed driveway and water service box locations conflict as a result of the final house sitting, the water service box shall be moved to a location to the satisfaction of the Township. 3.8.11.4 Connection to Supply Main Water service connections 50 mm in diameter and smaller may be tapped into the supply main with the following restrictions: • For PVC watermain, a stainless steel saddle shall be used for all connections. 123 • The maximum size of connection that can be direct tapped into a 150 mm watermain is 32 mm in diameter. Larger sized service connections shall be connected by a cast iron fitting factory -tapped for the required service connection size. Water service connections 100 mm in diameter and larger shall be made by installing a tee on the supply main. Service connections for industrial, commercial, institutional or multiple dwelling use shall be considered on an individual basis. Fire connections may be required for industrial, commercial, institutional or multiple dwelling lots. 3.8.11.5 Materials and Fittings As specified by the Township of Oro-Medonte in this document. Refer to Township STD. No. 3.8-10. 3.8.11.6 Meters A water meter and remote reading unit complete with a backflow preventer must be `J installed for each water service connection. The location of the water meter must be approved by the Township prior to the issuance of a building permit. Water services for private property shall be installed on the property to be served and in no case cross a property line into, or pass through other private property. Refer to Township STD. No. 3.8-10. 3.8.12 As -Constructed All actual watermain obvert elevations at 30 m- intervals shall be indicated on the As -constructed drawings. If the difference is greater than 150 mm from design vertical alignment, affected portions of the watermain shall be redrawn in profile. If horizontal alignment changes exceed 1.0 m the affected portions of the watermain shall be redrawn in plan. 124 In addition the following shall be indicated on the As -constructed drawings: • pipe size, type, class • swing ties to all main appurtenances (valves, bends, tees, etc) • chainage from appurtenance along main to main stops • swing ties from lot corners to the curb stop valve box and the invert elevation of each curb stop 3.8.13 Testing and Acceptance Connections to existing watermain or water service connections shall not be made until the new watermain has been tested, swabbed, chlorinated and flushed to the satisfaction of the Township and written permission is received from the Township. Hydrostatic testing and disinfection of the entire watermain system, including service connections to the property line and hydrants, shall be performed in accordance with the Township document "Commissioning of Water Mains Information Sheet" as updated, and the latest MOECC Regulations prior to acceptance of the system as substantially performed. A neutralizing chemical shall be applied be in accordance with American Water Works Association Standards (ANSI / AWWA C651-99"). The Contractor shall assist the Township to obtain three consecutive successful tests (0 E -Cali, 0 coliform and 0 background) on three consecutive days before the watermain shall be considered passed. All sampling shall be done in accordance with the Drinking Water Systems O.Reg 170/03 under the supervision of the Township of Oro-Medonte representative. 125 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 126 WIDTH OF TRENCH -5- > I_ r -— SAM 306 WFmL TIMBER OR STEEL BEAM OF ADEQUATE SIZE GROUND ELEVATION y oP TEMPORARY RO NOT REMOVE _ HANGERS HANGER UNTIL L: Ce WKnujNG .� OPERATIONS REACH THIS POINT EXISTING SEWER i- OR WATER MAINS I� I NEW SEWER OR WATER MAIN - I o y0 _ TO SIS RF!{A■E Y 1 f CLEARANCE GREATER THAN 1200 g — H OF ADEQUATE SIZE GROUND ELEVATION >_ > > -- TEMPORARY DO NOT REMOVE HANGERS HANGER UNTIL WIDTH OF TRENCH -5- > I_ r -— SAM 306 WFmL TIMBER OR STEEL BEAM OF ADEQUATE SIZE GROUND ELEVATION y oP TEMPORARY RO NOT REMOVE _ HANGERS HANGER UNTIL L: Ce WKnujNG .� OPERATIONS REACH THIS POINT EXISTING SEWER i- OR WATER MAINS I� I NEW SEWER OR WATER MAIN - I o y0 _ TO SIS RF!{A■E Y 1 f CLEARANCE GREATER THAN 1200 TIMBER OR STEEL BEAM -- H OF ADEQUATE SIZE GROUND ELEVATION >_ > > -- TEMPORARY DO NOT REMOVE HANGERS HANGER UNTIL BACKFiLLING OPERATIONS REACH EXISTING SEWER THIS POINT Sa1Mipr OR WATER MAIN .. i �11I M ZZ 19mm CRUSHER RUN = LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO 9Sx PROCTOR DENSITY rl O.DS t E00 + M I -E I Yf. hl€11 SEWER OR WATER MAIN LQNQlTUQJ�AL_5EUlM NOTES: CLEARANCE NOT GREATER THAN 1200 I. THIS DETAIL TO BE USED IN DRY STABLE CONDITIONS ONLY, 2 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILUMETRES UNLESS 07HERWSE SPEanw. ND• - REVISION APRb DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAW DATE: 03 2016 DRAWN: SCALE; NTT S SUPPORTS FOR WATERMAIN AND STD. No. 3.8-01 SEWERS CROSSING NEW TRENCHES k, OR?J= APPROVED EXCAVATED BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95X PROCTOR DENSITY SAND EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION (STYROFOAM H? 40 OR APPROVED EQUAL) SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITY WATER MAIN BEDDING MATEMAL AS SPECIFIED ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS INSULATION OF NEW SERVICES APPROVED EXCA- — PAC BACKfILL COM 95X PROCTOR DEF FINISHED GR, ILS, ---m EXTRUDED POLYST INSULATION (STIR! OR APPROVED EQl SAND SAND BACKFILL Imo' 70 98X PROCTO I' I EXISTING GROUN SPRINGUNE OF ' NOT TO BE DIST H > 1350 WATER MAIN _ H < 1350 INSULATION OF EXISTING SERVICES W - OD + 2(1300-H) OR 00 + GOOmm YI1104EWR IS GREATER WHERE W R INSULATION WIDTH OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE TO BE INSULATED H DEPTH OF PIPE TO BE INSULATED (MINIMUM 1200mm) NOTE: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. NO. REVISION APWD T DATE 03 / 2015 TOWNSHIP OF ORO -- M E D O N T E APRWD: DAZE: 2012 DRAWN: SCALE: HTS METHOD OF INSULATING WATER MAIN STD. No. 3.8-02 REPLACEMENT SECTION AFTER 1 COMPLETION OF TESTING FLUSHING GATE VALVE TO BE LEFT IN PLACE O iarFO1�!��'� Rr— AND INCLUDED IN TEMPORARY LESS THAN ONE PIPE LENGTH CONNECTION TESTING AND DISINFECTION OF WATERMAIN rTEM,• rEMPORAY i INAUST BLOCK r C* CAP NEW -- SOLID SLEEVE OR BELL END i r NEW OR EXISTING GATE VALVE II ' Il i EXISTING, SOLID SLEEVE --/ / I �� GKM %04-W SAMPLE TAP (ALSO USED FOR CHLORINE INJECTION AND r` PRESSURE TESTING) DOUBLE CI4ECK VALVE FILL UNE/$Y—PASS CONNECTION ASSEMBLY OR TESTABLE {MINIMUM SIZE AND NUMBER AS BACKFLOW PREVENTER DEVICE PER TABLE BELOW TYPICAL TEMPORARY CONNECTION FOR WATERMAINS NTS PIPE DIAMETER FLOW REQUIRED TO PRODUCE 0.78m/S (APPROX.) VELOCITY IN MAIN SIZE OF TAP (mm) NL%6ER OF OPEN 64nwn HYDFMXT OUTLETS 25 38 51 mm NUMBER OF TAPS ON PpE 100 6.3 - - 150 12.6 - - 2 2 1 2 200 25.2 250 37.9 300 56.8 - 3 2 400 109.9 - 4 2 REWIRED FLOW AND OPENINGS TO FLUSH PIPELINES (27SWU140 PSI RESIDLW. PRESSURE IN WLIERMAIN) REVISION APR'D DATE i DR°DATE: TTOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONE AWN. S TEMPORARY CONNECTION FOR WATERMAIN STD. No. 3.8--03 SAWCUT SLOT IN VALVE BO- --. NOTES: 1. TRACER MARE -f12 GAUGE STRANDED, C.S.A. TYPE T.W.H. 2 TRACER MARE TO BE INSTALLED OUTSIDE LONER VALVE BOX AND BROUGHT INTO UPPER SECTION OF VALVE BOX AND LOOPED TO BE MINIMUM 450mm IN LENGTH. I CONNECTORS USED FOR SPLICING TRACER VARE SHALL BE NANO NUT TYPE, VNTH NYLON SHELL AND NON -CORROSIVE STEEL WIRE SPRING. N0. RE\nSEON APR -DADA DATE —I TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APRD: I DATE: 03 / 2016 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT AT VALVE BOX FOR P.V.C. WATER MAIN STD. No. 3.8-04 MASTIC MATERIAL (SEE NOTE 4) P.V.C. WATERMAIN 2.3kq ZINC ANODE (SEE NOTE 2) I,1 ELEVATION MASTIC MATERIA. (SEE NOTE 4) COATED COPPER WIRE 23k ZINC ANODE (SEE -NOTE 2) 1 K MENWma Imo- -.-. NOTES: SERVICE CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3) -TRACER WERE (SEE NOTE 1) SERVICE CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3) TRACER WIRE (SEE NOTE 1) r P.V.C. WATERMAIN SECTION A ---A 1. TRACER WERE TO BE COATED No. 12 GUAGE STRANDED C.S.A. TYPE T.W.H. 2. ONE 2.3 kg ZINC ANODE TD BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE TOWNSHIP OF DRO--MEDONTE. ENGINEER FOR EVERY 5DOm OF TRACER WIRE INSTALLED, 3. SERVICE CONNECTOR TO BE A 'BURNOY SERVIT', TYPE K -S. MODEL KS20 COPPER OR APPROVED EQUAL. 4. CONNECTOR SPLICE TO BE WRAPPED WITH 'SCOTCWLL' ELECTRICAL PUTTY OR APPROVED EQUAL. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 6. THE LOCATION OF EACH 1RACER WIRE ANODE MUST BE DETAILED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. ' Nd.I REVISiQN APR'D DATE i T01JV N S H I P O F ORO - M E D O NTE APR'D: DATE: 63 / 2016 �_F O DRAWN: SCALE- NTS CORROSION PROTECTION FOR TRACER WIRES ON P.V,C. WATER MAINS STD. No. 3.8-05 REAR VIEW KER 5 SPECIFIED Omm/ BLACK STEEL PIPE 'HINTED YELLOW FINISHED GRADE AUGER 150mm/ HOLE AND FILL WITH 15 MPa CONCRETE. O, Or Of REAR SIDE NOTE: ROAD SIDE LEFT SIDE VIEW I. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMF-RES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. NO• REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR D: DRAWN: ROAD SIDE DATL 03 / 2016 SCALE: NTS HYDRANT BARRIER I STD. No. 3.8-06 I z I VI Lu SEI � I{II 0 z z I II ADJACENT CULVERT W � 'w Qz f In FIRE �,II i1M i of HYDRANT II LOT LINE i o{ f �I © LOT LINE E a'7 T-0 3.n - a W11 ti CULVERT I W I a `�I i 3.Om LONG C/W END 'I W I I CULVERT PROTECTION C/W END _ 20,Om R.O.W. PROTECTION FIRE P/L HYDRANT E/P FINISHED LOT Q GRADE _ 2.0% iI J F' III � 'b•4LVE & BOX CULVERT ---' WATERMAIN E/P P/L HYDRO I TRANSFORMER 5 Ii CULVERT FINISHED LOT GRADE NDE: THE CULVERTS END PROTECTION ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRIVEWAY STANDARDS, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS: THE CULVERT TO BE A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 3.0 METRES TO PROVIDE A PLATFORM TO ALLOW PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC. THE CULVERT MAYBE INCREASED IN LENGTH BUT THE PLATFORM AREA SHOULD NOT BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. THE DIAMETER OF THE CULVERTS WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STORM DRAINAGE PLAN. MINIMUM 3.0 MI=TRE SEPARATION BETWEEN ACCESS CULVERT AND ADJACENT CULVERT. TOP OF VALVE BOX TO BE FLUSH WITH ACCESS SURFACE. THE VALVE STEM MAY REQUIRE AN EXTENSION TO ACCOMMODATE A STANDARD VALVE KEY, NO. I REVISION APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO—MEDONTE DRDATE; O3 201 _– — _ DRAW N: SCALE: NTS ACCESS CULVERTS FOR FIRE HYDRANTS AND HYDRO TRANSFORMERS STD. No. 3.8--07 AIR RELIEF CHAMBER TO BE DRAINED TO STORM SEWERS WITH 100mme CONNECTION WHERE POSSIBLE 25mm/ COMBINATION MR RELEASE / VACUUM VALVE 25mm GATE VA 25mm SECTION B—B KII-3 MINIMUM 3 CONCRETE MODULAR RINGS, PARGE OUTSIDE AND PAINT WrrH BITUMINOUS SEALER PRECAST FLAT TOP APPROVED RUBBER GASKET JOINTS MORTAR INSIDE AND OUT 1200mmr PRECAST MAINTENANCE NOTE WITH ALUMINUM LADDER RUNGS 25mm* AIR RD -EASE / VACUUM VALVE (SEE DETAIL BELOW) WATERMAIN POURED OR PRECAST CONCRETE BASE "Omm CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE COMPACTED 75mm MINIMUM 25mm GATE VALVE nm BRASS NIPPLE WATERMAFN AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL NOTES: 1. ALL FITTINGS TO 13E BRASS. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 3. GRANULAR 'A' BACKFILL TO BE PLACED TO A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 300mm ON ALL SIDES AND COMPACTED TO 10016 STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. RENAWN APR'D DATE 'TOWNSHIP O F ORO - M E D O N T E APR'n: DATE: ° 201 t_u DRAWN: SCALE: NTS A IR RELEASE VALVE IN CHAMBER STD. No. 3.8-08 j MUE" ER AWN STOP H-19009 Ij MUEIIFR STAINLESS STEEL LIBER 504281 a VERnCAL �� f+e GOOSENECK PLAN VIEW NOTE: APPROVED CATHODIC PROTECTIOM SHALL BE USED WHERE REQUIRED BY ENGINEER. REVISION APR'D I DATE x IOOmm ARKER ;D LOT GRADE 726 WITH STEEL 10 COMPRESSION H15428 SUNLESS STEEL B1 A9 STOP H1O293 STA—TTTE H15420 TOWNSHIP OF ORO - M E D O N T E APR'D. DATE: 03 I 2016 DRAWN: SCALE: NI20116 POLYETHYLENE WATER SERVICE CONNECTION DETAIL STD. No. 3.8-09 z 2 O z7 7. . z � o xQ �o z O q V) Z Q- � X W o z a 4f LC m O W o a 2WO~ 1 m cnaLjx m F- p Qm�aJa 0<< ali i- 3c a z tin U w _+w-- a M a�a U- z n w maU aHMO a - o cr,Uz a 20 a o�mw pa LJ Wo s 0-mz o o ai N'� X awa row rn >X � < F- Z <Lsj W �N cn >M M a s ado D uiZ W Z a ci 0 0m4 =O U OLS >-z O U a M < U O WW 4xW W < a w z< z m W a O U croCC E960 -3�p Eo v a2 0 xa EnW LOW zzW,..:z0<Q _N> 0mtn0. �OQ WDO�`W=)c OWO QOLJO~OW O SOLd mo �O 0 (A 10 o O Ir z zz6WE�oZma OW 3rmxooa-Kj X60(nir0L La x a_j In Ld a xz`` Ommaz ar r Iwo mss- i��0 wwW mZM _6a z02°°COW� w a o rxa�izw�C=Sa�ir�cr W �Q. 10 j 0u�0 LUE!<uLa 0 :2x~io uj zm3 Z -:04 vi 4 vi 6 r-: Q V) S W fr a N N Q \ Z c- Q lal Lij O f/y Q V) S W fr NO. CLAYTON MARK s1NrE rsB$ • HEAVY DUTY BUILT FOR YEARS OF RELIABLE USE 4 HIGH STRENGTH STAND PIPE PROVIDES PROTECTION AGAINST DAMAGE • STAND PIPE HAS SUPERIOR CORROSION RESISTANCE • STEEL, ZINC PLATED ROD FOR LONG LIFE DUAL BYPASS BRONZE BOTTOM VALVE ALLOWS BETTER FLOW WITH LESS RISK OF BLOCKAGE FROM DEBRIS COMPONENTS CAN BE REPLACED FROM ABOVE GROUND WITHOUT DIGGING • LOCKING EYE HOLES ALLOW HYDRANT TO BE PADLOCKED WHEN NOT IN USE. INLET 3/4" NPT, OUTLET 3/4" GARDEN HOSE THREAD, ffE"�• I"• _ DESCRIPTION MAT'LOFCON$TRUC7IOI.V„.. I I HEADCASE IRON I HANDLE CAST IRON s• S + CONNECTOR BRASS _ ��i''` � __ Y $TEEL•ZINC PLgTEO ] — o- `1kf'ABdi1 „•, .—_.. INCPLA'ED — ' 1. T _ _...._ S€EE� L -ZINC VLATEb :. nye 5ET$CR,�'.__ STEEL-xINC PLj1TE0 _ ¢ a _ Imo_ 1 iQSE DAPTE/� _ R 3LW _ TEFi,0_F!6fP QRAPM E BRASS ` BOirOM yAm _ iz— 1 CLEVIS ROOIROD ASSEM t BRONZE 813.7 F3 BnA S1 E LZ1lVC FLA3 ED 0 1 T I PIPE _ PLUNGER` ._ STEEL, GALVANIZED___ BUNA-N%BRASS :E 1 + ITEMS ARE INCLUDED IN YRi(1 REPAIR KM 5451 HEAVY DUTY YARD HYDRANT s io HOW A FROST -PROOF HYDRANT WORKS - CLOSED OPEN - WAFER FLOWING CLOSED - DRAINING The hydrant is closed and no water is Water Is made available by raising the Closing the handle pushes the plunge In the riser pipe or head. Water Is handle. This will lift the plunger allowing down to seal off the water and uncove stopped by the plunger (valve) below water to flow and the plunger to seal off the drain hole. This allows the water i the frost line. Protected like this, no the drain dole, the head and riser pipe to drain back freezing can occur. down into the gravel drain bed. The r`? hydrant is now empty and cannot ' freeze. © aA I8 FROST LIME m MSy*y j' J4W PLUNGER i VALVE CS REVISION FROST LR+E � p"' A -• .•._ .-. 8 ;A�•/�, . - WATER DRAMS OUT R " INTO GRAVEL WATER ••:-� SUPPLY ter. �8 F TOWNSHIP OF ORO--MEDONTE APR'D: DATE: n zags DRAWN: SCALE: NTT S CLAYTON MARK HEMDAVVIJ03bTYAR'ARDYB RRRANT- 1 STD. No. 3.8-11 e �C FROST LaiE g • • DRAW PORT WATEA-•-� qy SUPPLY ¢ a APR'D I DATE FROST LR+E � p"' A -• .•._ .-. 8 ;A�•/�, . - WATER DRAMS OUT R " INTO GRAVEL WATER ••:-� SUPPLY ter. �8 F TOWNSHIP OF ORO--MEDONTE APR'D: DATE: n zags DRAWN: SCALE: NTT S CLAYTON MARK HEMDAVVIJ03bTYAR'ARDYB RRRANT- 1 STD. No. 3.8-11 5451 HYDRANT INSTALLATION lt4 C 1. DIg We for hydrant approximately 2 feet.in dlemetarand I foo# deeper than the bury depth. 2" to cl'eai.any gravel or other dab ris that may have mIEected in the pipingduring its Installation and assembly. tr not flushed out of the piping, this debris mayiam the hydrant mechanism or clog the flow ports. S. INS ke the piping connection butdo not bury the i1yg operate the hydrant to be sure itis aperating property and the piping connections are not leaking. Open and close the hydrant and check for flow and drainage. tf leakage continues from the drain port see "adjustment procedure" below, 4. Fill the hole around and below the hydrant whh medium size gravel, This will protide a drain field for the hydrant WEthnnrerr�il.il, M in cold weather. This will cause damage to the hydrant and result In loss of water and ble flooding damage, 1' HYDRANT INSTALLATION TIPS If the hydrant Is to be €nstalied inside a bem or other struawre, or if It Is Installed in asphalt ar Concrete such as a driveway, connect a 1/8" drain pipe or tube to the drain port a nd dig a remote drain field outside the *ruclure for the drain pipe to empty Into. Without "a remote piping and drain field, the water from the hydrant drainage will percolate up to thesvrface around or near the hydrant and will daMliga thik areas In stalls of walkways. • Mater pressure to the hydrant should be regulated to not more than 80 psi. The higher pres- sures will accelerate wear and may cause leakage that will saturatethe ground and Grain ilald and prevent the hydrant from drainin0, XiL g, If the hydrant Is not allowed to 1.1 drain, it can freeze and cause damage to itself and cause flooding and lose of water. High pressure w.,, also cause you to have to replace parts and adjust the hydrant frequent)yA nary s: got Ing plc.;^ yr�,►ynrdd be 20 to 40 ,."I— • Saturated ground in" hydrant drain field can prevent the hydrant from draining and may result in freezing_ if the area where your hydrant is located is low laying or has a tendency to have standing water, a larger drain field or pit may be required to provide the hydrant a place to drain into. NOTE; Eym 5451 serles hydrant is tested and adjusted attire factory for shutoff at 20 to 40 psf. Mustmerli should NOT be necessary upon normae Installartion. if Installed hydrant sloes not atop water flow use adjustment procedure below. 5451 HYDRANT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE I. Turn water supply OFF 2. Open ttydrantto relieve pressure. otw 3. Looben sat screw. (item 1) 4. Push brass rod down as far as it will go by hand to be sure the plunger is touching the seat 5. Open handle [Item 2) approximately 30" from closed position. fi. Tighten set screw snugly. 7. Turn wnterwrppiyON. a B. Operate hydrant and make sure the hydrant is shutting off properly and flowing properly, 9- it hydrant stili does not shut off, repeat steps 1 through t3 10. Flow water through hydrant and then Close Completely to check for proper drainage by; a} listening for water draining down pipe or �t b) puttingyour hand over the hose connection to feel far a vacuum. If hydrant does not drain, see step ii. IL To clear drain hole blockage, close off hydrant spout by using hose rap or W attaching and kinking a hose. Open and otose hydrant to allow water pressure to clear blockage. For anti-poitutlon models, make sure that the small hole in the vent votive Is not blocked or plugged. Repeat step 10 to verify proper drainage. If hydrant still does not drain, repeat steps I througit 10 to fully uncover drat n hole, CAUTION: 13d not try to matte the shutoff adjustment In one atterspt or you may overadjuat and cause damage to the plunger and rods. For this reason adlust in muhlple small Increments. NO — — REVISION _ PR`p DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO--MEDONTE APRT. SATE. Q3 zo, _ DRAWN: SCALE;�rTs C LAYTO N MARK HEAVY DUTY YARD HYDRANT -- 2 STD. No. 3.8-12 a z O o z E 0 v 0 � N < � o U ?� �m �Q N a w 0 o vEa a LnX Q Na w m [� Z m n aV m zCL < ir� a CK a z a < W7 m w a Q N uj �Z)w O o ?m w Fr 1.0 < z z m a ui z wvi of CLZ W b zE1 0 CL n a � 0 a< 0 a w yr z (L M o f-`' 00 m Y a s 0 rn ir 0 rx w� a o 08 E a o a`' a 0 z a z w zO1 ti > w 0 m F x a �m m -i W W E n EZ of a J dm U 0 O ul w ow o m U z z z LL - O S a F.- x m J m O a o r m mO w z M Q < p �w fl w m �a w Ir w 5 aU F a Q zm a a W a m as u) 4 w m' ^ m< a F- T n a a U w p m� a Q m m 0 Lia w s V �m n cr Li Q 0 —a wires -j w °' w m F < o n J 4a .�.J m w w Fn 61 < J a O u- o F z < < �~ a z o z =¢ 0 ni q < z o 0 z '� -' a n z r z a z ` v� o 2 0 ui zz C U r'i A Q d z� Za o F - pml -) p� W CL O o 0 0 0 m 0 z w m a z Q a( m aA z .- 3 s 3 p U w o iE 0 0 < ca m z za.: �,�aa 0 dz c) w Y wq o wao °� m� a Nes z U z0 Om z� �� a vi m� O �? < 0p < m m to (0 W<m 0 oz ?1,1 z z Z 0 cn U D a J Q Z C% <o z zw �w JZ < r� z 5 Com] _ Y rn m a r� ca 5 a Xr m vw)0 i mm 0 0zm m L,O mm < ed U 6 4i li U 2 ._ � Y _.i a z O r. 3.9 Sanitary Collection Sewers E Prior to the commencement of a design for any sanitary sewage works, the applicant shall obtain confirmation from the Township that adequate treatment plant capacity is available for the development proposed. Sanitary sewers designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent requirements and specifications of the Township are required to carry domestic, commercial and industrial sewage from each area of the development under consideration. Flow is to be by gravity, in general. Pumped systems may be considered only where other alternatives are not possible and only with the approval of the Township. 3.9.1 Sanitary Drainage Plans All tributary areas used for the determination of the design flows shall be shown on a plan at the scale of 1:1,000. The plan shall indicate the land use, area and population density or number of units. Standard sanitary sewer design sheets shall be used to compute the design flow for each leg of sewer. Each sanitary drainage area on the plan shall show an identification number along with population and area. All actual sanitary sewer invert elevations shall be indicated on the As -constructed drawings. If difference is greater than 150 mm from the design vertical alignment, affected portions of the sewer shall be redrawn in profile. Any maintenance hole which differs from proposed horizontal location by more than 1.50 m shall be redrawn in both plan and profile. In addition the following shall be indicated on the As -constructed drawings: • pipe size, grade, type, class; • chainage from MH along main to service tees; C • dimensions from lot corners and elevations for service laterals. 127 NOTE: If As -constructed grade of sewer differs by more than 1 % of the design grade, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall submit revised hydraulic calculations. 3.9.2 Sanitary Drainage System Design 3.9.2.1 Design Flows The design flow in each length of sewer shall be computed on the standard sanitary sewer design sheets. For each area entered on the design sheet, the maintenance hole numbers, the size and grade of the sewers, and the plan and profile drawing reference number for each section of the sanitary sewer shall also be shown. Calculations shall be based be the following: 3.9.2.2 Infiltration Rates A peak design flow of 0.23 Us/ha shall be used for infiltration. To satisfy self-cleaning requirements in sanitary sewers, assume dry weather infiltration reduces to zero for several days during dry months. 3.9.2.3 Residential Sewage Flows The following formula shall be used to calculate the sewage flow for residential areas: Q (d) = PaM + IA 86.4 Where; Q (d) = Peak domestic flow plus extraneous flows, in Us P = Design population, in thousands q = Average daily per capita flow, in Ucap/d M =Peaking factor I = Unit of peak extraneous flow, in Us/ha A = Gross tributary area, in hectares An average daily per capita flow of 450 Uc/d shall be used for new development. The value of peak extraneous flow shall be 0.23 Us/ha. -3 128 The peaking factor shall be calculated based on the Harmon formula, �- M=1 + 14 4+P0.5 Where: P = population, in thousands Maximum M — 4.0 Minimum M —1.5 The design population shall be derived from the drainage area and expected maximum population over a design period of 20 years. For areas where the lands are zoned for specific residential use, but detailed planning information is not available, the following population densities shall apply for calculation of sewage flows only. Type of Housing Units/Hectare Single Family Residential, 12 Multiple Residential 42 When the number and type of housing units within a proposed development are known, the calculation of population for the proposed development shall be based on the following. Type of Housing Person/Unit Single Family Dwelling, 2.58 Semi-detached & Duplex 2.58 Townhouse 2.34 Apartment 2.10 Future land use and population shall be based on the approved Official Plan and Secondary Plans of the area and the County of Simcoe Approved Land Budget for Oro- Medonte. 129 3.9.2.4 Commercial Sewage Flows An average design flow of 28 m3/ha/day shall be used for the design of all local sewers, with a peak factor of 1.60. A peak design flow of 0.10 Us/ha shall be used for infiltration. The area shall be based on the gross lot area. 3.9.2.5 Industrial Sewage Flows An average d'ay design flow of 36 m3lhalday for industry shall be used (excludes infiltration and peaking effects). The area shall be calculated using the gross area included in the industrial block or development. Peak flow and infiltration factors shall be applied as per the latest MOECC Design Guidelines. - 3.9.2.6 Institutional Sewage Flows A design flow of 28 m3/ha/day shall be used for the design of all local sewers, with a peak factor of 1.60. A peak design flow of 0.10 Us/ha shall be used for infiltration. The area shall be calculated using the gross area included in the school or institutional site. 3.2.9.7 Pipe Capacities Manning's formula shall be used in determining the capacity of all sanitary sewers. The capacity of the sewer shall be determined on the basis of the pipe flowing full. For all types of pipe a roughness coefficient of n = 0.013 shall be used. 'D 130 3.9.2.8 Flow Velocities Minimum acceptable velocity = 0.6 m/s Maximum acceptable velocity = 3.0 m/s The velocity change in a maintenance hole shall not exceed 0.6 m/s. 3.9.2.9 Pipe Grades The maximum and minimum grades for pipes shall be the grade necessary to meet the maximum and minimum velocity requirements except that the required grade for the minimum velocity requirement shall not exceed 2% or the road grade where the road grade exceeds 2%. 3.9.2.10 Minimum Sizes The minimum size for an on -street sanitary sewer shall be 200 mm diameter. r 3.9.2.11 Depth of Sanitary Sewers The minimum desirable design grades shall be 0.5% for all local sewers and 1 % for the first upstream leg. The depth of the sewer shall be measured from the final centreline finished road elevation to the top of the sanitary sewer. In all instances, the proposed sanitary sewer shall be installed at a depth sufficient to also service lands external to the site as determined by the Township. For residential, commercial and institutional areas the minimum depth shall be 2.8 m. For industrial areas, the minimum depth shall be 2.15 m. Sanitary sewers shall be located below basement floor elevations to allow for the installation of sewer laterals. Generally, the sanitary sewer shall be at least 1.0 m below the basement floor elevations. 131 3.9.2.12 Location --� All sanitary sewers shall be located as shown on the typical Township roadway cross sections. In general, this location is along the centreline of the roadway. A minimum horizontal clearance of 3.0 m is required between the sanitary sewer and watermain. 3.9.2.13 Storm Sewer and Watermain Crossings A minimum clearance of 0.50 m shall be provided at the point of crossing between the outside of the pipe barrels of all sewers, services and watermain. The sanitary sewer connections are required to go under the storm sewer. 3.9.2.14 Limits of Construction Sewers shall be terminated with a maintenance hole at the upstream subdivision limits when external drainage areas are considered in the design. The design of the terminal W maintenance holes must allow for the future extension of the sewer. 3.9.2.15 Sewer Alignment Sanitary sewers shall be laid in a straight fine between maintenance holes unless radius pipe has been designed. Joint burial (common trenching) with storm sewers may be considered when supported by the recommendations of a soils report prepared by the Developer's Geotechnical Engineering Consultant. 3.9.2.16 Changes in Pipe Size No decrease of pipe size from a larger size upstream to a smaller size downstream shall be allowed regardless of the increase in grade. 132 3.9.2.17 Pipe Bedding i~ The class of pipe and the type of bedding shall be designed to suit loading and proposed construction conditions. Details are illustrated in the OPSD standard Bedding and Backfill details. In general, Type B bedding and cover (compacted Granular A bedding and cover over the sewer) shall be used for rigid pipe sewers. Embedment for flexible pipe shall be homogeneous Granular A material in accordance with OPSD requirements. The width of trench at the top of the pipe must be carefully controlled to ensure that the maximum trench width is not exceeded unless additional bedding or higher strength pipe is used. Alternate granular materials for pipe bedding may be specified, subject to the approval of the Township, however clear stone bedding is generally not permitted. In areas where it is difficult to control the infiltration of ground water into the sewer trenches clear stone bedding may be considered provided it is completely wrapped in a suitable geotextile, selected and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirement. Where poor soil conditions and high ground water levels are present, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall prepare special designs for the Township's approval. 3.9.2.18 Materials For single family and semi-detached units, multiple family, and other residential blocks, the service connections shall be PVC. All bends on sanitary service connections shall be long radius, sweep bends. Sanitary sewers shall be constructed of reinforced concrete pipe, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe or polyethylene. The type and classification of all sanitary sewer pipe shall be clearly indicated on all ( profile drawings for each sewer length. 133 Reinforced concrete pipe shall be used for sewers 600 mm diameter or larger. PVC pipe may only be used for sanitary sewers up to and including 600 mm in diameter. • Reinforced Concrete Pipe shall be steel reinforced and conform to OPSS 1820. • Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) shall conform to OPSS 1841. • Dimension ratio (DR) of PVC sewer pipe shall not exceed 35. • Polyethylene pipe shall conform to OPSS 1840. For sewer applications requiring pressure.pipe, pipe design should reference the latest MOECC guidelines. 3.9.2.19 Maintenance Hole Requirements Maintenance holes to be precast concrete and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the most recent OPSS and OPSD. Where the standard drawings are not applicable, the maintenance holes shall be individually designed and detailed. 3.9.2.20 Location and Spacing Maintenance holes shall be located at each change in alignment, grade or pipe material, at all pipe junctions and at intervals along the pipe to permit entry for maintenance to the sewer. Maximum spacing of maintenance holes shall be 110 m for sewers 900 mm or less in diameter and 180 m for sewers 975 mm or greater in diameter. 3.9.2.21 Maintenance Hole Details • All maintenance holes to be minimum 1500 mm diameter. • All maintenance hole chamber openings shall be located 'on the side of the maintenance hole parallel to the flow for straight run maintenance hole, or on the upstream side of the maintenance hole at all junctions. • The maintenance holes shall be centered on the sanitary sewer main. • The maximum change in the direction of flow in any sanitary sewer maintenance hole shall be 90 degrees. Flow direction changes at acute interior angles shall not be permitted. 134 A maximum invert drop of 0.25 m within the maintenance hole shall be allowed only if the design of the sewer cannot be modified to reduce the drop or modified to accommodate a drop structure. • If the design of the sewer system is such that the difference in elevation between the maintenance hole inlet and outlet exceeds 0.6 m, then a drop structure shall be required. • Whenever feasible, sewer systems should be designed to avoid the use of drop structures, • When pipe size does not change through a maintenance hole and the upstream flow velocity does not exceed 1.5 m/s, the following minimum invert drops across the maintenance hole shall be made to compensate for hydraulic losses: • When the upstream flow velocity exceeds 1.5 m/s, -the drop required through a maintenance hole shall be calculated using the standard calculation sheet, Hydraulic Calculations for Maintenance Holes" found in the latest MOECC Design Guidelines. • For all junction and transition maintenance holes, the drop required shall be calculated using the standard calculation sheet "Hydraulic Calculations for Maintenance Holes" found in the latest MOECC Design Guidelines. • The obvert(s) on the upstream side of a maintenance hole shall in no case be lower than the obvert(s) on the downstream side of the maintenance hole. • All maintenance holes shall be benched as detailed on the Standard Drawings. • All maintenance holes shall have frost straps in accordance with OPSD 701.100. • When any dimension of a maintenance hole exceeds those on the Standard Drawings, the maintenance hole must be individually designed and detailed. • Safety gratings shall be required in all maintenance holes greater than "5.0 min depth. r' 135 Safety grates shall not be more than 5.0 m apart and shall be constructed in '1 accordance with the Standard Drawings. Whenever practical, a safety grating shall be located 0.5 m above the drop structure inlet pipe. 3.9.2.22 Frame and Grate All maintenance holes located within the travelled portion of a roadway shall have the rim elevation initially set flush with the surface of the base course asphalt. The concreting and setting of the frame and cover shall be completed in accordance with the applicable OPSS/OPSD. A minimum of two modular rings and a maximum of 300 mm of modular rings shall be permitted on maintenance holes in new subdivisions. Use Denso Re -instatement Tape Seam Seal Mastic or equivalent. No concrete shall extend over the edge of the maintenance hole. Prior to the placement of the final lift of asphalt, maintenance hole frames shall be reset to final elevation. Where maintenance holes are located in areas to be flooded by the major design storm, _J maintenance hole covers shall be water tight and the maintenance hole is to be suitably vented. All other maintenance hole covers shall be as per OPSD 401.010 with Type A closed cover labelled "Sanitary". 3.9.2.23 Service Connections All sanitary sewer service connections for single and semi-detached dwellings and townhouse units shall be individual services. Location The proposed locations for the sanitary sewer service connections shall be shown on the plan and profile drawings and shall be in accordance with the locations specified on the Standard Drawings. 136 C Sanitary connections shall be in accordance with the following Standards: • OPSD 1006.010 Sewer Service Connection for Rigid Pipe; • OPSD 1006.020 Sewer Service Connection for Flexible Pipe. Residential connections shall terminate at the center of the property line with a test fitting, plug suitably braced to withstand test pressures and 89 mm x 38 mm marker placed from the invert of the connection to 600 mm above grade painted green. All service connections to be equipped with a clean out to the surface as illustrated in the Standard Detail Drawings. 3.9.2.24 Connection'to Main The connection to the main sewer shall be made with an approved manufactured tee. Approved saddles shall only be used for connecting to existing sewer mains. No service connection of a size greater than half the diameter of the main sewer shall be ( cut into the main sewer. A maintenance hole shall be installed on the main sewer at the intersection of a service connection, which has a size greater than half the diameter of the main sewer except where a 150 mm service connection shall be permitted to connect to a 200 mm or 250 mm main sewer providing an approved manufactured tee is installed and provided that the invert of the service connection is above the spring line of the main sewer. 3.9.2.25 Size Sanitary connections are to be sized as follows: Single family residential • single 125 mm diameter (min.) PVC SDR 28 • Joints; Bell and Spigot with rubber gasket. Watertight test fitting, plugged and braced at property line. • PVC pipe to be green in colour. 137 Service Connection to all block developments • An inspection maintenance hole shall be required on private property 1.50 m from property line to centre of rim. Industrial 1 Commercial 1 Institutional and Apartment industrial Blocks shall be • designed in accordance with Section 3.3. • have a minimum water service size of 150 mm diameter 3.9.2.26 Depth The depth of the service connections for single -family -units and semi-detached units at the property line, measured from the final centreline road elevation shall be a minimum of 2.60 m Risers shall be used when the depth to obvert of the sewer main exceeds 4.50 m. The riser connection shall not exceed 3.0 m in depth. 3.9.2.27 Grade The minimum and maximum grades for sanitary sewer service connections shall be as follows: 3.9.2.28 Joints and Bedding Joints and bedding for connections are to be equivalent to joints and bedding as specified for sanitary sewer pipe. 138 3.9.3 Testing and Acceptance All testing shall be carried out from maintenance hole to maintenance hole including house service connections as work progresses. An infiltration or exfiltration test as per OPSS 410 shall be completed on all sewers 1200 mm in diameter and smaller. The Township shall determine which test is to be undertaken. Low pressure air testing may be considered. 3.9.3.1 Deflection Test A deflection test shall be performed on all sewers constructed using PVC pipe material. Deformation gauge (Pig) test as per OPSS is required on all pipe works prior to Substantial Performance, but a minimum 30 days after installation. 3.9.3.2 Video Record A Closed Circuit Tele -Vision (CCTV) inspection (including flushing) as per OPSS 409 shall be conducted upon satisfactory completion of all other testing, prior to the Township's recommendation for issuance of "Substantial Completion" and prior to the placement of surface course asphalt. A CCN inspection (including flushing) shall also be required prior to the issuance of "Final Acceptance" if 18 months have lapsed since the placement of surface course asphalt. A permanent record in DVD form shall be supplied to the Township, illustrating a continuous record of the sewer installations, service connections, maintenance hole, etc. A report identifying any unusual or sub -standard condition(s) shall also be submitted to the Township. 139 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1 140 SURFACE CLEANOUT I PIPE DUT A' L PLAN _ 162 GRANULAR 'A'� RUBBER GASKET 4 IPE OR aws NHUHLE: DETAIL 'A' 2) PROFILE RUNNING CLEANOUT NOTES: 1. ALL FITTINGS TO BE APPROVED CAST IRON OR EQUIVALENT FOR tJD. SWEEPS AND TEES TO BE PVC. 2 WHEN CLEANOUT IS LOCATED IN A DRIVEWAY A BRASS CAP IS REWIRED. 3. CONCRETE CRADLE SHALL NOT BE USED FOR P.V.C. PIPE. 4. SANITARY SLWER CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PLACED WHERE LATERAL SERVICES EXCEM 30m IN LENGTH WITHIN THE PUBLIC R.O.W. 5. WHERE PARTIAL BASEMENTS ARE CONSTRUCTED FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, ONE CLEANOUT SHALL BE PLACED AT PROPERTY LINE AND ONE PLACED 3.0 METERS FROM HOUSE. B. CLEANOUTS SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN REGISTERED EASEMENTS, 7. ALL DIMENSONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. NO. REVISION T APR'D FDATE I TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D. DATE: 0,3 / 2018 �^ DRAWN: SCALE: NTS SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUTS I STD. No. 3.9-01 J � i a � zzH cr ¢ N N a ,,� z p _VD aLj C.4� orn Q o I Q al a Z wm W X o d m V7 a 0 r- v 3 u w �- o cn w i O w cr O �< I Z zm" N o Q Ij Q w t� a W (n u I- vo �� z z a E P Q a W O O a Q a an f u� N U z w D 5 a z u W — o zw wm v' W I— a a O F a s :x O 4 vi W w o a w Of o a x D W m o. o V) a O qa 3' o O } vw L a Of z O I` N ° oz v c~n �' a Z w o_ w u '"— W E d O V) I D a O 0)Z FOO a W z pC d Q w x Z p O a Z W F W 2 a z w zCD Li � � w � p � {n LiJ LL Q. W w W ui w W O a °� ¢ a w y LL �- o 0 z J J z D a D Q Lf)0 Z a � J V) Z C O_ N w H IO _ W Q Ltj z; 0. O C aLLI 0 Q a O � U z o ~ w Q a ^m z vvi oJEw I- w Ev O a w m U n. Z m a 'm a a z w a Q w0�o w a o � v 0 m n > ti - w z .. O �. O N O to w m Q v� w wU a � p O > r Ox }03 EY O < H (n ((n �w r2 O z Dd a w Q a w w w m p N z Q w C� w (n N N �z a w Z z 5 cnC14 z ,�, o v� M 00- Q v x o m o W ° `` z �`' vi a ori ~ ~ V) z� w on' w Q o u o U Lll Q lK 0 o N a O w m W 0. m 2 z r a M o Ua o M a -i a w �w w En O V) (n u. v w �- w m Z o Q o a Z V 0 Z� nc z Q Z o of z via z m a 0, w az � C) Zz 0- � �z (a Q U z 4 U W S UI li ~ w a h- V n a < Q a m o w a w m wz n U� ?� Q a 4 iry m w EnQ m m a US Q _ LiI U _ L� Li S .�'� M Z ow (- 3.10 Plan and Profile Drawings Plan and Profile drawings are required for all Township roadways, blocks and easements where services are proposed within the development, for all outfalls beyond the development to the permanent outlet, for all boundary roadways abutting the development and for other areas where utilities are being installed below grade. Plan and Profile drawings are to be drawn to a maximum horizontal scale of 1:500 and a maximum vertical scale of 1:50 and are to include the following: • complete legend • all existing or proposed services, utilities and abutting properties are to be shown in light or background weight lines * all services to be constructed are to be shown in solid lines • the profile portion of the drawing shall be a vertical projection of the plan portion whenever possible • all road allowances, lots, blocks, easements and reserves are to be shown and are to be identified in the same manner as on the Registered Plan • pavement / road base designs for the particular roadway are to be indicated on all plan and profile drawings • all curb and gutter and sidewalks shall be shown and dimensioned on the plan portion of the drawing • where multiple drawings are required for one road, match lines must be used and tied in to the nearest full station and such station shall be indicated with no overlap or duplication of information • where intersecting roads or easements are shown on a plan -profile, only the diameter of the pipe and direction of flow of the intersecting sewers shall be shown. This also applies to easements for which a separate plan and profile has been drawn. • on profile portion of drawings the type of sewer, diameter, length and grade shall be shown • on prof lie portion of drawings the watermain diameter and length, shall be shown C. • only the type, direction of flow and diameter of pipe shall be shown in the plan portion; 141 • all maintenance holes shall be shown on the plan and on the profile portions of the drawing and be identified by chainage and I.D. number and shall also be referred to the applicable Standard Drawing or to a special detail on the profile portion of the drawing. All invert elevations shall be shown on the profile with each having reference to the north arrow • all sewer maintenance holes which have safety platforms are to be noted • all drop connections are to be noted and referred to the Standard Drawing • all catch basins and catch basin connections shall be shown. Catch basins are to be numbered for easy reference. All rim and invert elevations for rear lot catch basins are to be shown • all watermain, hydrants, valves, bends and fittings, etc. shall be shown, described and dimensioned on the plan portion of the drawing. In addition, the watermain shall be plotted to true scale size on the profile portion of the drawing, complete with details on the depth of -cover • the location of all storm, water and sanitary service connections shall be shown on the plan portion of the drawing using different symbols for each service. These services need only be dimensioned when the location differs from the standard location as shown on the Township Standard Drawings. The connections to all blocks in the development shall be fully described and dimensioned (size, length, grade, invert elevations, materials, class of pipe, bedding, etc.) • the existing and proposed centreline road grades shall be shown every 20 m with stations shown measured in metres (i.e. STA 0+000, STA 0}020) at even 10 m intervals to be indicated in vertical curves • beginning and end of curve stations, intersections and end stations shall also be shown to three decimal points • the original ground at centreline and the proposed centreline road profile shall be plotted on the profile. The proposed centreline road profile shall be fully described (length, grade, P.I. elevations, vertical curve data, high point chainages, low point chainages, etc.) 142 (.. • details of the gutter grades around all 90 degree crescents, intersections and cul-de- sac shall be provided on the plan portion of the drawing as a separate detail at a scale of 1:100 • special notes necessary to detail construction procedures or requirements are to be shown • chainage for the centreline of construction are to be shown on the profile portion of the drawing. The P.V.I., B.H.C., E.H.C., B.V.C. and E.V.C. chainages are to be noted; • the basement elevation of all existing dwellings on roads where sewers are to be constructed shall be noted on the profile • all existing services, utilities and features shall be shown on the plan portion. Those services and utilities below grade that are critical to the new construction shall also be shown in the profile. Test holes may be required to determine actual elevation of these services and utilities • profiles of roadways shall be produced sufficiently beyond the limits of the proposed roads, to confirm the feasibility of possible future extensions • the location of all luminaire poles shall be clearly shown on the plan portion • the proposed location and type of all road names and traffic control signs shall be shown on the plan portion + proposed locations and types of all trees to be shown on the plan portion • where possibility of conflict with other services exist, connections are to be plotted on the profile or a crossings chart included • the detail information from all borehole logs is be plotted on the profile drawings and located on the pian C_ 143 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 144 ILi a w 0 C) Li0 0 0 O z r 3.11 Utility Coordination, Composite Utility Pian and Electrical Services Design 3.11.1 Utility Coordination The appropriate utility company or their approved contractor shall install the services for Telecommunications, Hydro, Gas, and Cable TV. The Developer must bear the cost of all surcharges for underground installation made and must grant all necessary easements for their services. Where possible, utilities shall be kept 1.0m behind curbs and vertical and horizontal alignment should conform to plan and inspection prior to backfill. Compaction of backfill for utility trenches shall be 95% Standard Proctor Density within boulevards and 100% for driveways and under travelled roads. Utility crossings for new roads shall be placed prior to placement of granular road base material. Utility crossings for existing roads must be augured or bored under the existing road structure. Should it not be feasible to auger or bore, utility crossings for existing roads shall have the asphalt surface saw cut and removed for a width of the trench plus a minimum of 0.5m out from each side of the trench walls. No disturbance by road cut shall be allowed on any new road surface within the first three (3) year period after assumption by the Township. 3.11.1.1 Canada Post The Developer's Consulting Engineer must submit and liaison directly to Canada Post for the locating of their proposed facilities. All proposed locations must be shown on the Composite Utility Plan. Temporary Post Boxes must be placed in accordance with the approved final location. All community mailbox facilities must be provided with a paved single lane lay-by and a streetlight. 145 3.11,2 Composite Utility Plan The Composite Utility Plan shall be prepared in the same format as the "General Plan of Services" and show all the same aboveground information as well as the proposed location of driveways, streetlights, manholes, catchbasins, fire hydrants, valves, Bell Canada, Hydro, Gas, Cable N and Canada Post facilities. All locations must -be established and resolved by the Developer's Consulting Engineer in conjunction with the Utility companies and in accordance with the locations shown on the typical cross- section. 3.11.3 Electrical Services Design It is the Developer's responsibility to make direct arrangements engage an Electrical Engineer (Developer's Electrical Consultant) to design and construct the primary and secondary electrical distribution system, together with all necessary plans. Where Site Plan proposals abut County or Provincial roads, lighting level plans with supporting computer printouts shall be submitted to the respective road authorities for J their approval, if required. Electrical distribution systems shall generally be designed as buried systems. All requirements for the design of the electrical distribution and streetlighting system shall be agreed upon with the Township and the appropriate Electrical Authority. Plans shall be submitted showing the location of (but not limited to); hydro poles, pole mounts, pole mounted transformers, underground ducts and wiring, pad -mounted type transformers, transformer size, duct banks, size of wiring etc. Electrical distribution systems shall not be constructed over the watermain. 146 610mm TO 750mm MARKER TAPE - e _-r' 300mm BELOW I. FINISHED GRADEo :v I I ?+en GRADE - HYDRO SECONDARY CABLES - BELL AND TY CABLES COMPACTED UNIFORMLY GRADED SAND HYDRO PRIMARY CABLES TYPICAL JOINT USE TRENCH BACKFILL MATERIAL TO MATCH ROAD BASE MATERIALS BACKFILL, IN ROAD CROSSING TO BE MARKER R Em BTAPE ELOW COMPACTED TO 95X STANDARD PROCTOR ITY FINISHED GRADE _ CABLE TY COAXIAL IN 75mm PLASTIC PIPE E — BELL CABLES -ALL GABLES IN 75m- PLASTIC PIPE (MINIMUM EXTEND PIPE 1.50m BEYOND PAVEMENT, DE ONE SPARE DUCT HYDRO CABLES M - � COMPACTED UNIFORMLY GRADED SAND TYPICAL ROAD CROSSING I. BACKFILL TO CONSIST OF 150mm OF CLEAN MASON SAND ABOVE CABLES/DUCTS AND CLEAN NATIVE MATERIAL 2, WARNING TAPE TO BE PLACED PRIOR TO PLACING THE FINAL 300 mm OF BACKFILL 3. JOINT TRENCH ON OPPO5RTE SIDE OF WATERMAIN. N0. REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAWWA: DATE: 03 2di6 DRN: SCALE: NTT S JOINT UTILITY TRENCH STD. No. 3.1 1-01 AND ROAD CROSSING SECTIONS 3.12 Streetlighting t Streetlights are required for all roadways and most walkways in the Township, and other locations as directed by the Township. Streetlighting systems are the responsibility of the Developer to construct and the Developer shall engage an Electrical Consultant to design the Streetlighting system. The Streetlighting system designs shall be prepared by the Developer's Electrical Consultant and submitted to the Township for approval. The illuminance method as outlined in the American National Standard Practise for Roadway Lighting ANSVIES RP -8-14 (2014) or latest edition is to be used as a guideline. All Streetlighting shall consist of Dark Sky Friendly (Full cut-off) luminaires and fixtures. Designs must show that fixtures have no up light focus. Fixtures must be designed in such a way that there is a minimum horizontal and "zero" vertical lighting focus. The photometrics of fixtures shall be submitted for review with preliminary design submissions of development plans. Where photometric analysis determines a more appropriate or alternative wattage or spacing, consideration may be given to the alternative design provided that illumination levels do not compromise traffic or pedestrian safety. The Developer shall arrange with Hydro One for the connection of all lighting systems. The estimated cost of the total installation must be approved by the Township. The Developer shall provide easements wherever they are required. 3.12.1 Streetlight Locations • Where possible, pole locations are to be placed on the projection of side lot lines. • Where community mail boxes are proposed within a plan of subdivision, streetlights must be located immediately adjacent to them. • The maximum allowable spacing between lights shall be 60 m or as approved by the Township. IEVA • Streetlights are to be provided such that there is adequate illumination at 811 intersections. • Streetlights are to be provided at the end of every cul-de-sac. • No streetlights should be placed within 3.0 m of a transformer. • Staggered arrangement of luminaire poles is not acceptable. • On curving roadways, lights are to be placed on outer radii where possible with spacing to be reduced by 30%. • Proposed lighting levels adjacent to Provincial and County roads are to be reviewed and approved by the appropriate road authority. 3.12.2 Light Source, Fixture and Pole • All luminaries shall comply with all applicable requirements of CSA Standard C22.2 No. 250 13-12, "Light emitting diode (LED) Equipment for Lighting Applications. • All luminaries shall manufactured by CREE Lighting Inc. -- XSPA Type NI (Wattage as per Approved Streetlighting Designs.) • Landmark luminaries shall be used on collector and arterial roads. • Each light shall be controlled by a dusk to dawn photo electric cell. • For local roads poles for 7.35 m mounting height are to be direct burial type round concrete Stresscrete #TEC -30 -BPR -CSA "Concrete Poles" complete with 2.4 m aluminium tapered elliptical arm, made by Sylvania or equivalent, 100mm by 175mm hand hole and cover, ground lug at the hand hole and two below grade wiring apertures as per Township STD. No. 3.12-01. • Stresscrete or approved equal poles of appropriate height and class, with tapered single elliptical aluminium arms of appropriate length, are to be used on collector and arterial roads. • Streetlights shall be controlled by an electrical panel mounted in a Powco Pedestal adjacent to a hydra transformer in accordance with Township STD. No. 3.12-01 and 3.12-02. Installation to meet current Ontario Hydro Guidelines. 148 3.12.3 Approval and Construction i Approval of plans for streetlighting must be obtained from the Township. Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) approval for the installed streetlighting system must be obtained by the developer. The Developer must guarantee and maintain the fighting until final acceptance of the development. The Township, upon energization of the streetlighting, shall pay energy charges. 3.12.4 Decorative Streetlighting Upon specific request to the Township, decorative streetlighting may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Decorative streetlighting is to generally conform to the requirements of Section 3.12 and all sub -sections as previously described, with the following revisions: • Poles to be Stresscrete Octagonal Class B -Medium Duty Pole, Eclipse Black (S11) polished concrete finish • Luminaries to be CYCLONE L.E.D. -, CLE —17T4 (Black in Colour) All others require Specific Approval(s) • Arm to be Aluminous 72" Decorative Scroll Arm, black colour • Power pedestal to be Pedestal Solutions Inc. Part #SLS Short Streetlighting Pedestal equipped with Square D 12 BreaXer 1201240 VAC Single Phase Panel 149 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK r Wfle FRONT LOT ELEVATION OF rGRNER NOR CONn?oL CREE CANADA Ltd. XPSA L.E.D. LUMINAIRE (Madel and Wattage as Per Street Lighting Design) _UMINUM ARM M 3 100mm x 175mm HANOHOLE AND COVER PLATE FACING SIDEWALK E V C7 GRAD 530mm �--NATIVE BACKFILL �'±4 -I"NDERGROUND THROUGH WIRING APERTURE 'CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OR CRUSHED LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO 100x SPMDD --I NlV4-qui fl9L NOTES I. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 2 S/L WIRING TO LOOP UP TO HANDHOLE CONNECTION TO LUMINAIRE WIRING BY MEANS OF ESNA FUSE AND CABLE CONNECTOR. NQ• REVISION I APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAW DATE-. Q� � 2 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS STREETLIGHT POLE and HORIZONTAL TYPE LUMINAIRE STD. No. 3.12-01 FPE TYPE NA -220 2 POLE BREAKER IN FIRE 101-2 4 HOLES 22mm a ENCLOSURE COPPER * + -- 4 FPE TYPE NC 015 1 POLE ` BREAKER IN A FIRE 102-45 80 AMP LOAD CENTRE ENCLOSURE OUTGOING FEED TO LIGHTING STANDARDS (ONE BREAKER PER POLE) f' INCOMING SUPPLY FROM PADMOUNT TRANSFORMER ` TOP VIEW ROADWAY LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION 381 x 381 x 8mm PLATE C/W 232 OCT. CUTOUT S. L. D. IN/OUT 50mm RIGID P.V.G. CONDUIT TO EXTEND TO CIRCUIT BREAKERS = WEATHERPROOF DRIP COVER LOCKABLE (TWO LOCKS) 11GA. GALVANIZED STEEL COVER PLATE Q C/W TAMPERPROOF COVER SCREWS 11 Gk (MIN.) GALVANIZED STEEL HOUSING LOCK LOCATION TAMPERPROOF COVERS CHAMFER GRADE I b :r #8 NMU TO LiGHi STANDARD DIRECT BURIED STREETLIGHT PEDESTAL W'KKER TME 150mm BELOW GRADE COMPACTED FILL TO 95% PROCTOR DENSITY REINFORCING STEEL Y 3C2 TWU IN 50mm RIGID P.V.C. CONDUIT TO PADMQUNT TRANSFORMER Wa% 1. SUPPLY do INSTALL GALVANIZED STEEL 80Oinm PEDESTAL ON CONCRETE BASF - 2 PEDESTAL SHALL HAVE BREAKERS. N0, REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OFORO-MEDONTE DATE. q3 says DRA DRAWN: SCALE: NTS STREET LIGHT PEDESTAL STD. No. 3.12-02 3.13 Signs, Traffic Signals and Pavement Marking 3.13.1 Signs Prior to construction, an information sign shall be placed at every access point to the subdivision detailing: • noting that the subdivision is Unassumed • the name of the subdivision • the Developer and phone # • the General Contractor and phone # • the Developer's Consulting Engineer and phone # • phone numbers for each of these companies shall be posted on this sign. The following types of signs shall be posted on Township R.O.W.'s: • Municipal Numbering • Road Name Signs i_ • Traffic Control and Advisory Signs • Municipal Information Signs All signs so installed shall be done so in accordance with the latest edition of the Ontario Traffic Control Manual and standard road name signs approved by the Township of Oro-Medonte. Unless specifically authorized by the Township, no sign, fingerboard, notice, or advertisement of any kind shall be posted or deposited on road allowance under the jurisdiction of the Township. 3.13.1.1 Municipal Address Numbering The Developer is responsible for obtaining designated Municipal Address Numbering for each and every lot from the Municipal Office. The designated Municipal Address Numbering shall be shown on the Overall Lot Grading Plan inside the box designating the location of the house. The actual location of installation is shown on Township t`- Standard 3,13-02. 151 3.13.1.2 Road Name Signs The naming of all newly created roads under jurisdiction of the Township shall meet with the Township's approval and shall not be in conflict with any existing road name. All road names must be submitted to the Township for approval in accordance with the Township's Street Naming Policy. Unless specifically stated otherwise, it is the responsibility of the Developer to supply and erect road name, regulatory and parking control signs in a location approved by the Township. 3.13.1.3 Traffic Control and Advisory Signs All traffic control and advisory signs shall conform to the current revised standards of the Ontario Traffic Manual. 3.13.1.4 Access / Haul Route Plan / Information Signage — During Construction The Developer shall indicate the access/haul route to be used by the suppliers, contractors and other agents during construction. Location of informational/directional signage, route arrows and road patterns and all other pertinent information that shall be needed to satisfy the Township that the access/haul routes are limited and maintained to cause the least amount of disturbance to the adjacent land owners. Information signs are required at every access point to the subdivision. The Developer is responsible to maintain the directional/informational signage until final acceptance by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services or otherwise directed by the Township. Upon completion of base course asphalt, the Developer shall place signage at each point of ingress / egress to the subdivision stating the following: THIS ROAD UNASSUMED BY THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE USE AT OWN RISK Each sign shall be 450 mm wide by 600 mm high with black letters on white r. reflectorized background, mounted on "U' channel posts, 3.65 metres in height. ~ ' 152 3.13.1.5 Location Traffic control and advisory signs shall be located as shown on the Township of Oro- Medonte Standard Drawings. In cases where the positioning of the signs is not covered by the standard drawings, the location must be in conformance with the Ontario Traffic Manual or the Highway Traffic Act Regulations for Ontario. All signs, with exception of "Parking" signs, shall be mounted approximately at right angles to the direction of and facing the traffic that they are intended to serve. On curved alignments the angle of placement should be determined by the course of the approaching traffic rather than by the roadway edge at the point where the sign is located. Signs for different purposes should not be placed closer together than 30 m. Parking signs shall be mounted facing 30 — 45 degrees to the flow of traffic. 3.13.1.6 Erection All traffic control signs shall be mounted on galvanized steel punch out type or �Y. Uniflange type posts, 3.65 m in length. Channel posts shall be a minimum 14 gauge thick and a minimum width of 45 mm. The posts shall be pre --punched with a minimum of 24 holes at 50 mm centres compatible with standard bolthole arrangements for traffic control signs. Signs shall be individually erected on separate posts. Traffic. control signs must be erected by the Developer at the completion of the base course asphalt road construction and prior to the issuance of Building Permits. Signs must be maintained by the Developer until Final Acceptance and Assumption by the Township. 3.13.2 Traffic Signals Where it has been determined by a qualified Traffic Engineer that traffic signals are required; the traffic signals shalt be designed on individual site-specific basis and must conform to Ontario Traffic Manual, Book 12. 153 3,13,3 Pavement Markings -1 The Developer shall design pavement markings for all roadways over two lanes in width or as required by the Township. The design shall be in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual, Book 11 and approved by the Township. These pavement markings shall be installed on both the top coarse of asphalt and the base coarse of asphalt. The Developer shall be responsible for stop bars on roadways that are up to two lanes in width. All roadway markings shall be installed in accordance with OPSS 532. 154 E LO t_ THIS SUBDIVISION 1S UNASSUMED NAME OF SUBDIVISION & M—NUMBER FOR INFORMATION REGARDING DRAINAGE, LOT GRADING AND ROADS, ETC, CONTACT CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY NAME PHONE NUMBER DEVELOPERS COMPANY NAME FULL ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER 1.2m Min. 100mm x 100mm wood post REVlSIQN -�� APR D �DA-'E I, TOWNSHIP OF ORO -MEDONTE APR D: DRAWN: SUBDlVIS z E 0 J DATE: 03 / 201 SCALE: NTS ION INFORMATION SIGN STD. No. 3.13--01 NO. I I I I I 91 9 __- _PROPER[Y LINE 7 LZ# �CtIFRE DRIVEWAY PROPERLY LINE _ KIES I. SIGHT DISTANCE ZONE REQUIRES A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 3Dm (1DDft) EACH DIRECTION FROM S" INSTALLATION, 2 SIGN ZONE LOCATION PREFERRED TO 6E CENIRAL TO FRONT OF HOUSE IE LEFT OR RIGHT OF DRIVEWAYS. 3. IF SIDEWALK EXISTING, THEN OFFSET t I.Om APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP O F O R 0- M E D O N TE APR'D: DATE: 2°' DRAWN: SCALE: NTS MUNICIPAL ADDRESS NUMBER SIGN LOCATION STD. Na. 3.13-02 ` 2.Om STREET NAME x REGULATORY SIGN SIGN Z STOP SIGN) WARNING SIGN E a NOTE:2.0-SACS, A -NO EXIT" SIGN 2.0 TO 4.0 m FORui SHALL BE PLACED ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE ROAD AS THE REGULATORY SIGN POST. WITH ' 2.Om OFFSET FROM EDGE OF PAVEMENT NOTE: ALL REGULATORY SIGNS ARE TO CONFORM WITH TRAFFIC LANE THE MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES. ALL SIGNS ARE TO UTILIZE HIGH INTENSITY RETRO --REFLECTIVE MATERIAL. TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE F'Crnrmq >v b ..... 0 TYPICAL a STREET rim LENGTH VARIES THE STREET NAME SIGN SHALL BE PAINTED GREEN WITH WHITE RETRO-REFLECTfVE LETTERING. NO_ REVISION APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR D. DATE' 03 2015 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS STANDARD STREET NAME AND REGULATORY SIGNS STD. No. 3.13-03 STOP SIGN STOP LO SIGN - uj D i u.3 STREET NAME 2.0 TO 4.0 m 0.3 SIGN - -� n e ■ P/L P /L 4_ . ++ TRAFFIC LANE MAJOR EDGE OF - SSE_ I ASPHALT ` 2.Om STREET NAME x REGULATORY SIGN SIGN Z STOP SIGN) WARNING SIGN E a NOTE:2.0-SACS, A -NO EXIT" SIGN 2.0 TO 4.0 m FORui SHALL BE PLACED ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE ROAD AS THE REGULATORY SIGN POST. WITH ' 2.Om OFFSET FROM EDGE OF PAVEMENT NOTE: ALL REGULATORY SIGNS ARE TO CONFORM WITH TRAFFIC LANE THE MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES. ALL SIGNS ARE TO UTILIZE HIGH INTENSITY RETRO --REFLECTIVE MATERIAL. TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE F'Crnrmq >v b ..... 0 TYPICAL a STREET rim LENGTH VARIES THE STREET NAME SIGN SHALL BE PAINTED GREEN WITH WHITE RETRO-REFLECTfVE LETTERING. NO_ REVISION APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR D. DATE' 03 2015 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS STANDARD STREET NAME AND REGULATORY SIGNS STD. No. 3.13-03 r r 3.14 Sidewalks, Walkways, Trailways and Fences L 3.14.1 Sidewalks Sidewalks may be required in subdivision developments and may be also required where specified by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services as walkway links through parkland, and as connective links between cul-de-sacs and other points of pedestrian movement. Sidewalks shall be constructed in accordance with Township Standards. Where the development generates the need, in the opinion of the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services sidewalks may be required on existing roads external to the plan or roads where reverse frontage is proposed. Sidewalks shall be constructed as required within the plan for the proper circulation of pedestrian traffic and shall be in accordance with the most recent requirements and specifications of the Township of Oro-Medonte. The Township requires that all concrete sidewalks be constructed as indicated on the approved Engineering Drawings, prior to the release of the first conditional or unconditional Occupancy Certificate in accordance with the Subdivision Agreement and no later than one (1) year after the completion of base course asphalt. 3.14.1.1 location Sidewalks shall be constructed on Township of Oro-Medonte roads as shown on the Township's Road Cross-section and streetlight poles should be located on the same side as the sidewalk. Local roads with an A.A.D.T. of approximately 100 or greater shall have a minimum sidewalk constructed on one side and Arterial / Collector Roads or roads with an A.A.D.T. of approximately 1000 or greater shall require sidewalks on both sides. Sidewalks shall be of Barrier Free Design. 155 Placement of the,sidewalk shall generally be in the following priority: • North and east side of road to take advantage of the sun. • Minimum driveway crossings. • Reduced road crossings. • Inner side of Road Elbows, • Through the access easements'on cul-de-sacs. • Where practicable, on the same side as the streetlights. 3.14.1.2 Specification All sidewalks shall be of a Universal Barrier Free design throughout their length and at all intersections and crossings. The standard width for residential development is 1.5m. The sidewalk shall be constructed 25mm higher than the finished sod on the downstream side and flush to the finish sod on the upstream side. Concrete strength used in sidewalks shall be 30 MPa concrete with 7.0%± 1,5%, air entrainment. Concrete sidewalks shall nominally be a minimum of 150mm thick, 150mm thick across residential driveways and 200mm thick across commercial or industrial driveways. Sidewalks shall comply with OPSD 310,010, 310.020, 310.030, 350.010, 351.010 and OPSS 351 on a 150mm compacted Granular "A" base. Sidewalks shall not be constructed on organic soils. Sidewalk profile and cross fall shall be such that it does not interfere with the proposed drainage pattern. 3.14.2 Walkways and Trailways The Developer may be required to design and construct a trail system or walkways and linkages to existing trail systems. Walkways shall be required adjacent to parkland, in general. Walkway easements adjoining parallel roads or acting as service access shall be fenced, gated, signed and planted according to Township Standards. The provision of new trails shall supporta Township wide trails network. 156 The Township's trails network shall generally be comprised of the following: • multi -use urban cycle trails, 3.0 m width (hard surface, multiple user); • multi -use rural soft surface trails, 3.0 m width (crusher fines, multiple users); • greenway trails, 2.0 m width (soft surface, 4 -season multi -use trails); • snowmobile trails; • road -based cycle routes. Proposed trails should link together local points of interest, all open space amenities, civic institutions and connect to the regional trails network. To the extent possible the route should utilize public open spaces, unopened right-of-ways, blocks and easements away from roadways. In the event trails are located along roadways additional right-of- way width may be required by the Township. Trails connecting through settlement areas located within the road right-of-way should be paved multi-purpose cycle ways. Trails through sensitive natural features should be designed as soft surface paths and located to avoid fragile areas. Entrance points to the trail system should be marked with signage coordinated with the Township. The minimum standard for the multi -use urban trail shall be: • 3.0 m width, of 50 mm HL3 asphalt; • 200 mm Granular "A" base compacted to 95% SPDD. 3.14.3 Fences Fences shall be constructed in accordance with the most recent requirements and specifications of the Township as shown on the standard drawings. Fences are required: 157 • alongside yard flankage and/or rear yards backing onto roadways unless noise '1 attenuation barriers are required • along public walkways In accordance with Township Standards • as designated by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services • noise attenuation fences per approved report The minimum requirements for residential chain finis fence heights is in accordance with the following: Adiacent Land Use Fence Hei ht m Paridands/Woodlarids 1.2 Public Walkways 1.2 in front of dwellings 1.8 between dwellings and rear yards Pools as per Township Pool By-law NOTE: All chain link fences shall be galvanized. Fencing may be required: . • along alongside yard flankage and/or rear yards the perimeter abutting agricultural lands The minimum requirements for agricultural fence heights / types is in accordance with the following: Adjacent Land Use Fence Height (m) Abutting Agricultural Lands 1.5 - 10 strand, galvanized 'farm fence' with strand spacing of 0.15m hor. and 0.30 ver. 158 SAW i STREET LINE _— -- --- _ - El I ORO-MEDONTE All'lSALE UT DRAW DRAWN: E oorrrltAaTION JOINT A B A B CONCRETE SIDEWALK STD. No. 3.14-01 SA PLAN VIEW LONGITUDINAL SECTION 1� I SAW CUT •• • '• Iw , 130mm OR ISOmm If CUT SECTION 13— SAW CUT JOINT DETAIL 130mm , .. a. , a 13Omm OR ilOrnm SECTION A—A W CONTRACTION JOINT DETAIL mm ROU+Q-y� SOD y ti 1.50m AS SPECIf7E0 Omm ROUND SOD — — ••�— , SLOPS 20mm�+m —CURB rrrrrr = 90mmm m rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr SEE NOTE 2 � COMPACTED SUBGRADE TO 95% MINIMUM 10Omm GRANULAR 'A' COMPACTED STANDARD PROCTOR DENSRY 100% STANOARD MOIR {)ENg►TY BOULEVARD SECTION NOTES: 1. CONCRETE TO BE 25 MPa, 5-7% AIR ENTRAINMENT WITH 2Omm MAxIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE. 2. FOR COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND APARTMENT DRIVEWAYS, SIDEWALK TO BE REINFORCED WITH 152mm M 152mm MW 18.7 METRIC WELDED WIRE MESH. 3. SAW CUT JOINTS ARE ALSO REQUIRED WHERE SIDEWALK ABUTS OTHER CONCRETE STRUCTURES, WALKS, CURBS, UTILITY POLES, HYDRANTS, MAINTENANCE HOLES AND AT CERTAIN LOCATIONS AT DISCRETION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE. 4. CONTRACTION JOINTS TO BE FORMED AFTER THE CONCRETE HAS RECEIVED ITS INITIAL SET, 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. No. I — REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE All'lSALE TE / 2a�s DRAW DRAWN: SCALE Nis CONCRETE SIDEWALK STD. No. 3.14-01 LIMESTONE WALKWAYS 150mm LIMESTONE SCREENINGS COMPACTED TO 100X S.P.D. 50mm HLS ASPHALT COMPACTED TO 987E S.P.D. BLEND PATH EDGES TO MEET WITH EXISTING GRADE. WLU000 T r EDGE OF ASPHALT TO BE CROSS SLOPE MIN. 2.0X IN THE DIRECTIO ± TAMPED TO 45' ANGLE OF THE NATURAL ON-SITE DRAINAGE y r± SUBGRADE COMPACTED "J5J5 - GRANULAR 'A' TO 93X S.P.D. COMPACTED TO 967E S.P.D. ASPHALT WALKWAYS N TES: 1, ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERVOSE NOTED. TEND GRANULAR 'A' TD ANGLE OF REPOSE, APPROX. 200mm BEYOND EDGE OF PAVED SURFACE 3 2. EXTEND POWVE DRAINAGE ON ASPHALT PATHWAY, 4. SURFACE WATER MUST NOT BE COLLECTED ON PATHWAY. POSITIVE DRAINAGE FROM PATHWAY MUST BE GENERATED AND INTEGRATED INTO OVERALL DRAINAGE PLAN. NO, REVISION ---T-APR'DT- DATE �I TOWNSHIP OF ORO—DRAWN: SN: SCCALAL 03 � �a�s E: NTS PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS — ASPHALT & LIMESTONE STD. No. 3.14-02 E S 3.Om BRACE PANEL 90mm Q.D. END OR CORNER POST +1 X 1*1 WX KNUCKLED i-IJ EDGE lv� 20 MPa. CONCRETE IN SONO TUBE '— 1 SOmm 300mm ,y DROP TURNBUCKLE 20 MPa, CONCRETE IN SONO TUBE NOTES: I. LENGTH OF POS75 3.0m MAXIMUM KNUCKLED TOP EDGE FASTENERS 460mm C–C &nm) WIRE MESI FENCE P057 LOCATION 1.20m FENCE 1.50m FENCE 1.EWm FENCE END, CORNER OR RESTAINING Z,30m 2.60m 2.90m UNE POST 2.05m 236m 2,65m !, FASTENERS – 6 I.W.G. GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM WARE I. ALL POSTS, PIPE RAILS AND FASTENERS TO BE GALVANIZED. BRACE RAILS TO BE ELIMINATED ON 1.20m HIGH FENCE. i, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS. FENCE FABRIC SHALL BE TYPE 1 STEEL FABRIC 3.Omm DIA. STEEL MIRE, STYLE 3 LIGHT STEEL WARE, GALVANIZED BEFORE WEAMNG. FENCING REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC WALKWAYS ARE TO BE RANGE FROM 1.2m TO 1.6m. A FENCE HEIGHT OF 1.2m IS TO BE SPECIFIED BETWEEN STREETLINE AND THE FRONT OF THE DWELLING. FENCING HEIGHTS BEYOND THE FRONT OF THE DWELLING ARE TO I.em. NO. REVISION APWD DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D. — DATE: 03 / 2016 QRAV�Tl: SCALE: NTS CHAIN LINK SECURITY FENCE qTn r.i„ 1 1 A _nA 40mm CLEARANCE 250mm 1— TOP OF FOOTINGS TO BE SLOPED AT 6°imm/m FENCE P057 LOCATION 1.20m FENCE 1.50m FENCE 1.EWm FENCE END, CORNER OR RESTAINING Z,30m 2.60m 2.90m UNE POST 2.05m 236m 2,65m !, FASTENERS – 6 I.W.G. GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM WARE I. ALL POSTS, PIPE RAILS AND FASTENERS TO BE GALVANIZED. BRACE RAILS TO BE ELIMINATED ON 1.20m HIGH FENCE. i, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS. FENCE FABRIC SHALL BE TYPE 1 STEEL FABRIC 3.Omm DIA. STEEL MIRE, STYLE 3 LIGHT STEEL WARE, GALVANIZED BEFORE WEAMNG. FENCING REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC WALKWAYS ARE TO BE RANGE FROM 1.2m TO 1.6m. A FENCE HEIGHT OF 1.2m IS TO BE SPECIFIED BETWEEN STREETLINE AND THE FRONT OF THE DWELLING. FENCING HEIGHTS BEYOND THE FRONT OF THE DWELLING ARE TO I.em. NO. REVISION APWD DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D. — DATE: 03 / 2016 QRAV�Tl: SCALE: NTS CHAIN LINK SECURITY FENCE qTn r.i„ 1 1 A _nA 50mm x 100mm OP AND BOTTOM ON EDGE,'24011 2� -'p-/� CSL 1`1 UNE OF BUILDING~ I.__ I 25mm x 150mm 0 _lal - - TOP CAP % r% if 000 ill 'Pip 25mm x 150mm SLATES WITH 25mm OVERLAPPED 50mm x 100mm ON EDGE TOP AND BOTTOM X66 -- •� � . 50mm x 100mm } A TROWEL TO TOP OF FOOTING 70 BE FASTENED TO WALL I � 150mm OPEN 100mm x t00mm SPACE POST SET I FOOTING WITH SONO TUBE 100mm x 100mm POST SET IN CONCRETE + FOOTING WITH SONO TUBE 1-4 I.= NOTES: SECTION A --A I. USE CONSTRUCTION GRADE CEDAR OR PRESSURE TREATED. 00 NOT USE SPRUCE OR HEMLOCK. 2. USE APPROVED WDOD STAIN. 3. USE STEEL ZINC COATED TWISTED NAILS No. 11 GUAGE 64mm x 76mm. 4. FOR FENCE 1.6m OR HIGHER 50mm x 50mm MUST BE USED AS SHOWN IN SECTION A -A. S. USE GALVANIZED FENCE BRACKETS 6. FOR WALKWAYS. THE FENCE HEIGHT SHOULD BE 1.2m HIGH BETWEEN STREETUNE AND FRONT WALL OF DWELLINGS ON ADJACENT LOTS AND 1.&n FOR THE REMAINDER. 7. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILUMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. N0. RF\4SION I APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO—MEDONTE DRAW DATE: 03 lois DRAWN: SCALE: NTS WOOD PRIVACY FENCE STD. No. 3.14-05 Tl J_Lr25mm x 150mm TOP CAP g50mm rf x 740mm_ ON EDGE 1O0 150 _ 150 f��— —�I 25mm x 150mm — SLATES OVERLAPPED I 50mm x 50mm 25mm x 150mm SLATES SEE NOTE 4 I TO BE OVERLAPPED 25mm x 150mm ABOVE CA OF 100mm x 100mm POST SHOWN IN DASHED mm x I00mm EWE e SECTION B—B 100mm x 100mm POST SET IN CONCRETE + FOOTING WITH SONO TUBE 1-4 I.= NOTES: SECTION A --A I. USE CONSTRUCTION GRADE CEDAR OR PRESSURE TREATED. 00 NOT USE SPRUCE OR HEMLOCK. 2. USE APPROVED WDOD STAIN. 3. USE STEEL ZINC COATED TWISTED NAILS No. 11 GUAGE 64mm x 76mm. 4. FOR FENCE 1.6m OR HIGHER 50mm x 50mm MUST BE USED AS SHOWN IN SECTION A -A. S. USE GALVANIZED FENCE BRACKETS 6. FOR WALKWAYS. THE FENCE HEIGHT SHOULD BE 1.2m HIGH BETWEEN STREETUNE AND FRONT WALL OF DWELLINGS ON ADJACENT LOTS AND 1.&n FOR THE REMAINDER. 7. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILUMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. N0. RF\4SION I APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO—MEDONTE DRAW DATE: 03 lois DRAWN: SCALE: NTS WOOD PRIVACY FENCE STD. No. 3.14-05 LOT LINE 1000 WELDED 25mm► NIPPLE TO PRE—DRILLED HOLES WRH PIN LOCKING DEVICE AND PADLOCK TO BE INSTALLED BY THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO•-MEDONTE, 12OOnmm BOLLARD GATE FOR 3000mm PATHWkY / Wks^ BLACK. GALVANIZpppp 3h,m* STEEL TUBE FENCE AS #1Oyl�l C/L � I 17. ,,, a euies GRANULAR 'A' 200mm { \ •�.' COMPACTED TO 957[ SPD `�"� s COMPACSUBBASE (95X S.P.D.) i r� 75mmi GALVAN€ZEO STEL TUBE B0L11JtD f I� NOTES: 1. 200mm GRANULAR 'B' COMPACTED TO 10OX S.P.D. TO BE PROVIDED ONLY WHEN MAINTENANCE OR EMERGENCY VEHICLE ACCESS. 2. IOOmm GATE SLEEVE RESTS ON 75mmi GALVANIZED POST, 3. ADD SPURS (LAOS) TO BOTH GALVANIZED POLES TO PREVENT THE TUBING FROM TURNING IN THE CONCRETE FOOTING. 4. FOR 6.0m EMERGENCY ACCESS / WALKWAY TWO (2) STANDARD BOLLARD GATES ARE REQUIRED. 5. ALL SWING GATES TO BE INSTALLED ON RIGHT—HAND SIDE AT ENTRY AND AT LEAST 2500mm IN FROM SIDEWALK EDGE OR 6000mm IN FROM CURB EDGE. S. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. NO• REASIQNI ARR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR D: DRAWN: VEHICLE ACCESS / PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY GATE LOT LINE rL1�kM_'LAR 'S' LAYER BS MOTE 1. �X- r/ % Y r f DATE: 03 / 2016 SCALE: NTS STD. No. 3.14-06 3.15 Easements and Blocks f 3.15.1 General Requirements The Township shall require conveyance of easements or dedication of blocks, without consideration, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and shall not be part of parkland dedication calculations, to the minimum width requirements, or greater as determined by the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. All construction and maintenance shall be done in a safe expedient manner with restoration to be in keeping with the adjacent land use. Under nominal conditions, notice shall be given to the owner of the land indicating nature and duration of the construction and/or maintenance. Unless otherwise stipulated, an easement or block shall be granted to The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte by a proper legally registered document being sufficiently prepared and the easement or block being particularly described to allow registration in the Land Registry Office for the County of Simcoe. In the case of easement, the document shall define the reasons for extending the grant -of -easement. 3.15.2 Easement Width Requirements Easements for underground services shall be located on one side of the common lot line between adjacent lots. The easements shall not be permitted to straddle common lot lines. Buildings, including footings or building extensions, shall not be permitted to encroach over the limits of the Township's easements. Subject to specific conditions required by the Township, the width of the easement shall be 6m or twice the depth of the pipe at its deepest point, whichever is greatest. The minimum width of permanent easements for lot drainage swales shall be 6.0 m. Additional easement widths may be required depending on the critical depth of swales �`.-- proposed. 159 Rear and side yard swale easements designed to convey external or Township drainage ARE to be centered over the common lot line between adjacent lots. 3.15.3 Block Conveyances Block Conveyances may be required for, but not limited to the following reasons: • Rear and side yard piped storm drainage systems, including catch basins, french drains, maintenance holes and other appurtenances. • Storm sewers, watermain and sanitary sewers (other than private connections). • Where underground services are required beyond the limits of a subdivision or site plan. • All overland flow routes, open channels, and defined drainage systems accommodating a major storm. • Walkways and bicycle paths. 1 • Valleys, streams, open channels, watercourses (whether flowing or intermittent), seepage areas, wetlands, natural bodies of water and floodplain lands identified by the Township as being environmentally significant requiring protection or designated as hazard or open space lands. • Stormwater management facilities, including detention and retention ponds, water quality control facilities and infiltration facilities which are to be owned and operated by the Township. 3.15.4 Block Width Requirements Blocks of land shall be of sufficient dimension to accommodate the proposed facility, access from a public right-of-way and maintenance requirements. The minimum width of blocks of land for open drainage channels shall be the width of top of open channel plus 7.5 m along one side of the channel for maintenance "1 requirements. 160 Valley lands (crest of slope to crest of slope) may be contained within blocks of land to be conveyed to the Township, as a condition of development, Blocks of land in this case shall include 3.0 m platform widths on both sides. Blocks of land shall not be considered as part of parkland dedication requirements as required by the Planning Act. 3.15.4.1 Storm and Sanitary Sewer Mains The minimum width of blocks for storm and sanitary sewers shall be in accordance with the following: Size of Pipe 250 to 375 mm 450 to 675 mm 750 to 1500 mm 1650 mm and up Deeth of Invert 3.0 m maximum 3.0 m maximum 3.0 m maximum 4.0 m maximum Minimum Width of Block 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 4.0 m plus 3 times O.D. of pipe Where two pipes are to be located on one block, the minimum width of block shall be the width of block required for the larger of the two pipes plus 112 the width of block for the smaller pipe, rounded to the next 1.0 m increment. Additional block width may be required to ensure adequate separation between the two pipes and a minimum separation of 3.0 metres between the block limit and the nearest pipe. 3.15.4.2 Storm Connections for Rear Yard Catch Basins The minimum width of blocks for leads to rear yard catch basins shall be 5.0 m for pipe sizes ranging from 250 mm to 450 mm in diameter. For pipe sizes greater than 450 mm, the above criteria shall apply. The lead shall be centred on the block. 3.15.4.3 Watermain The minimum width of blocks for watermain shall be in accordance with the following: Size of Pipe Up to 600 mm 675 mm and up Depth of Invert 3.7 m maximum 3.7 m maximum Minimum Width of Block 6.0 m 9.0 m 161 3.15.5 Grading Plans for Blocks f Shall be drawn to a scale of 1 to 500 or larger showing existing contours established from field elevations. The grading plans shall indicate but not be limited to the following: • existing contours • proposed contours for grading within large blocks and parks • any other points necessary to give proper picture of the proposed drainage scheme including tops of catch basins,' bottoms of swales and top and bottom of retaining walls • existing contours and elevations within the plan and at a minimum distance externally far enough to determine the existing drainage pattern. In addition to the above, grading plans for parks are to indicate existing contours at 0.5m intervals along with all existing trees, structures, watercourses, etc. • percent road grades for all roads within the development and the distance of the particular grade shall also be included. • overland flow routes. • easements including dimensions and descriptions • fencing and retaining walls • drainage types in accordance with typical details • cut off swales and catchbasins to intercept interim block drainage and external drainage • areas of engineered fill • proposed driveway entrances, streetlight poles, hydro transformers, underground utility vaults, CAN and Bell pedestals, fire hydrants and valves. 162 3.16 Landscaping 3.16.1 General Requirements The developer is required to prepare a Landscape Plan, prepared by a qualified Landscape Architect, to be approved by the Township on a site by site basis. Due to varying Lot Configurations, the planting design must address the many variations in lot configurations. The required spacing of trees and minimum setbacks allows that most lots shall have two (2) trees, some may only have one (1) and some may have none. In general, at least two trees shall be planted in front of each single family dwelling, semi-detached unit and townhouse block. A minimum of two (2) trees shall be placed along the flankage side of each corner lot. Trees shall be placed so that its mature form shall not conflict with other essential services and functions. Because the presence of utilities, community mail boxes and the curb can interfere with the preferred placement of street trees, the street tree planting scheme must be flexible enough to accommodate on-site adjustments. Detailed Cost Estimates shall be required for all approved Landscape Plans. This estimate shall be used for security purposes. All streetscape plans shall be consistent with the Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Design Standards and shall require Township approval before implementation of the plans. 3.16.2 Tree Planting Requirements Once driveways, utilities and light standards have been installed, the exact location of street trees shall be determined on site by the Landscape Architect and approved by the ( Township prior to planting, 163 The Developer is responsible to plant trees in each lot, 2.0 m from property lines and 3 abutting the development, in accordance with the specifications established pursuant to the Subdivision Agreement. Tree locations on Township roads must be confirmed with the Township. Minimum clearances for Street Trees (when trees are planted 2 -Om from the curb): • 2m from water hydrants • 2m from driveways • 2m from neighbourhood mailboxes • 2m from fences • 3m from hydro transformers • 5m from streetlight poles • Behind the daylight triangle as per Section 3.10 and 1 or the Geometric Design for Ontario Highways • 18m from face of all warning and regulatory signs 3.16.3 Timing of Construction All trees are to be placed during either the spring or fall dormant season in unfrozen soil. 3.16.4 Quality and Source All boulevard trees shall be #1 quality nursery grown stock, 2.25 m. to 4.0 m. in height with a minimum trunk diameter of 50 mm. measured at a minimum of 1.0 m. above ground level. All trees shall be free from physical damage, insects, pests and diseases and must have at least three quarters of the root system intact. 7) 1.64 3.16.5 Landscaping Plans The Landscaping Plans shall be prepared by a qualified Landscape Architect. The Landscaping Plans shall be drawn and stamped by a Full Member of the Ontario Association of Landscape Architects. All Landscaping Plans shall be drawn at a minimum scale of 1:500. The Developer may request jointly obtaining a Landscape Architect with the Township (costs are to be borne by the Developer). The Landscaping Plans shall show all landscaping details as required by the Site Plan Agreement. A schedule of plant species and sizes is to be identified on the Landscaping Plans. All maintenance holes, catch basins, hydrants, valves, streetlights and other servicing features that appear above grade shall also be shown on the Landscaping Plans. The Landscape Plans shall include but not limited to the following drawings: • Existing Natural Features Assessment; • Tree Survey/Vegetation Analysis; • Tree Preservation Plan and Details; • Streetscape and Buffer Planting Plans and Details; • Detailed Parkland Development Plans and Details; • Trails Master Plans and Details; • Landscape Restoration Plans and Details; • Stormwater Management Facility Planting Plan; • Lighting Plans; • Planting Plans. 165 3.16.6 Streetscape Plan The Streetscape Plan shall show the following: • existing trees and natural features to remain; • building envelopes, driveways and sidewalks; • walkways, trails and easements; • required fencing including privacy, acoustic and chain link; • proposed plantings; • location of streetlighting; • location of public utility boxes and easements and hydrants; • heights of existing and proposed retaining walls, fences etc. Construction details shall be required for all landscape elements to be implemented as part of the development. Any required landscape Restoration Plans and Stormwater Management Facility Planting Plans shall require Township approval prior to implementation of the plans.' Developers are required to display approved landscape plans at the sales pavilions for the homebuilders in any new subdivision. Notes for Streetscape and Naturalization Submission Drawings The following notes pertaining to layout requirements are to be included on all streetscape submission drawings: NOTE 1: Depicted on this plan are the species and the approximate location of street trees. Once driveways, utilities and light standards have been installed, the exact location of street trees shall be staked on site by the Landscape Architect and approved by the Township prior to planting. NOTE 2: The tree pits and planting beds for all trees and shrubs located within 2.0 m of underground utilities are to be hand dug. .: NOTE 3: All plant material must conform to the Canadian Standards for Nursery Stock and must be guaranteed for a minimum period of 12 months following the Final Acceptance and Assumption of the subdivision works by the Township. NOTE 4; All plantings and hard landscape features are to be staked out on site and approved by the Landscape Architect and Township prior to installation, Any deviations from the approved landscape pians require Township approval. 167 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 168 IWU HLAYT--WIT UALIUL I BARS PER TREE, 2400mm LONG, LOCATED AWAY FROM ALL BRANCHES, ONE ON THE SIDE OF PREVAILING WIND, THE OTHER ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE. DO NOT DRIVE STAKES THROUGH ROOT BALL_ ^^ ROOT BALL -_ R; TYP AT GRADE SOD—_.._� 150mm — SCARIFIED y' SOIL J 300 F--- --- �i. ROOT BALL ?\ s ON A SLOPE BURLAP TIES, MIN, 25mm WIDE, LOOPED IN A LOOSE FIGURE '8' AROUND TRUNK OF TREE -100mm DIA. PLASTIC CORRUGATED DRAINPIPE, TO MAX 500mm OR LOWEST BRANCH -CROWN OF ROOT BALL - 75mm SHREDDED PINE BARK MULCH NOT DYED) CREATE 150mm SAUCER AROUND TREE CLEAN SHARP EDGE BETWEEN SAUCER AND SOD/PAVING SOD FINISH GRADE amu•- - - _ PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE 150mm SCARIFIED SOIL CUT AND REMOVE TOP 1/3 OF BURLAP, REMOVE ALL SIDES OF WIRE BASKET AND ALL TIES SUBGRADE 75mm SHREDDED PINE BARK MULCH (NOT DYED) CREATE 150mm SAUCER AROUND TREE —FINISH GRADE — PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE VARIES WITH SLOPE '— SLOPE PIT BOTTOM FOR DRAINAGE SUBGRADE blou 1. DO NOT ALLOW AIR POCKETS WHEN BACKFILLING. 2. POSITION CROWN OF ROOT BALL 50mm ABOVE FINISH GRADE TO ALLOW FOR SETTLING. 3. DO CORRECTIVE PRUNING TO RETAIN NATURAL FORM OF TREE AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, 4. FOR TREES PLANTED WITHIN PLANTING OR SHRUB BEDS, DELETE SAUCER AROUND BASE OF TREE. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES. 6. NO TREE PITS SHALL BE LEFT OPEN OVERNIGHT. NO. REVISION APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: DATE; 03 / 2016 _ DRAWN: SCALE' NTS DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING , STD. No. 3.16--01 1. DO NOT ALLOW AIR POCKETS WHEN BACKFILLING. 2. POSITION CROWN OF ROOT BALL 50mm ABOVE FINISH GRADE TO ALLOW FOR SETTLING, 3. FOR TREES PLANTED WITHIN PLANTING OR SHRUB BEDS, DELETE SAUCER AROUND BASE OF TREE. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES, 5. NO TREE PITS SHALL BE LEFT OPEN OVERNIGHT. — DO NOT DAMAGE OR CUT LEADER BRANCH BURLAP TIES, MIN, 25mm WIDE, LOOPED IN A LOOSE FIGURE 'S' AROUND TRUNK OF TREE AT 50D� 150mm ti SCARIFIED SOIL �� _ , ;ROOT BALL 4 -7 -- ON _ .ON A SLOPE NO. REVISION TWO HEAVY --DUTY GAUGE 'T' BARS PER TREE, 2400mm LONG, CLEAR OF ALL BRANCHES, ONE ON THE SIDE OF PREVAILING WIND, THE OTHER ON THE OPPOSITE S0E. QQ NOT DRNE STAKU MROUGH R= BALL. . CROWN OF ROOT BALL 75mm SHREDDED PINE BARK MULCH (NOT DYED) CREATE 150mm SAUCER AROUND TREE FINISH GRADE SOD CLEAN SHARP EDGE BETWEEN EDGE OF SAUCER AND SOD 150mm SCARIFIED SOIL PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE CUT AND REMOVE 113 OF BURLAP. REMOVE ALL SIDES OF WIRE BASKET AND ALL TIES SUBGRADE 75mm SHREDDED PINE BARK MULCH (NOT DYED) { -- CREATE 150mm SAUCER AROUND TREE FINISH GRADE PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE w VARIES WITH SLOPE SLOPE PIT BOTTOM FOR DRAINAGE SUBGRADE APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAWN: SCALE Q3 TS 016 CONIFEROUS TREE PLANTING STD. No. 3.16--02 100mm EARTH BERM AROUND EDGES OF PLANTING BED CLEAN SHARP EDGE BETWEEN PLANTING BED AND SOD EXISTING GRADE BEYOND SOD z 0 0 un W4-- I IvM j TYPICAL SHRUB PLANTING CLEAN SHARP EDGE—� BETWEEN PLANTING BED AND SOD EXISTING GRADE BEYOND SODS\ �1. z_ �a c� u� PLANTING ON 3:1 SLOPE DETAIL NO. _REVISIONI APR'D 11 DATE MIN. 75mm SHREDDED PINE BARK MULCH (NOT DYED) LANDSCAPE FABRIC TO BE CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT PLANTING BED. INSTALL AS PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, NO ROOTBAI i LOOSEN AND ROLL BACK TOP )S OF BURLAP ON ROOT BALL POTTEDROOTEAI I ' REMOVE CONTAINER AND MAINTAIN SOIL BALL PLANTING MIXTURE MIN, 150mm TAMPED SOIL MIXTURE SCARIFIED SUBGRADE UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE 100mm EARTH BERM ON DOWNWARD SIDE OF ALL PLANT MATERIAL COMPACTED SLOPE LANDSCAPE FABRIC AND/OR EROSION CONTROL MAT TO BE CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT PLANTING BED. INSTALL AS PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS NOTES 1. DO NOT ALLOW AIR POCKETS WHEN BACKFILLING. 2. POSITION CROWN OF ROOT BALL. 25mm ABOVE FINISH GRADE TO ALLOW FOR SETTLING. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES. TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRAW DATE: 03 / 2018 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS SHRUB PLANTING STD. No. 3.16-03 3.17 Parkland Development 3.17.1 Services The Developer shall provide to the satisfaction of the Township, a water service connection and sanitary sewer and storm sewer lateral connections to the street line for the park, if required by the Township. Metering requirements for water service connections shall be confirmed with the Township. Where required by the Township, underground primary or secondary electrical cables shall be placed from the road allowance to designated locations within parkland. 3.17.2 Grading The Parklands shall be fine graded in accordance with the approved grading plan with particular care being taken to avoid damage to those trees or features that are to remain. All graded areas shall be covered with a minimum of 150 mm of screened topsoil, and shall be seeded and fertilized in accordance with the specifications of the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. • All topsoil stripped from parklands shall remain on-site and not removed or sold. The seed mixture proposed -shall be approved by the Township prior to placement. • All park blocks less than 0.4 ha. shall be sodded on 150 mm of topsoil. • All stones and debris shall be removed and disposed of by the Developer prior to the seeding or sodding of a park. The Developer shall provide chain link fencing along park boundaries or walkways as required by the Township. Building materials or equipment cannot be stored on parkland and parkland shall not be used as a dumpsite. Stripped topsoil shall not be stockpiled on parkland or other Township blocks. 169 3.17.3 Timing of Construction All park blocks must be graded and seeded or sodded within one year of the completion of the base course asphalt road construction in the area adjacent to the park. Seeding must be carried out during the desirable months for seeding of May or September. Boulevard grading and sodding on road allowances adjacent to parklands shall be completed at the same time as the park seeding. 3.17.4 Maintenance The Developer shall be responsible for the maintenance, watering, fertilizing and mowing of the parklands to Township Standards until Final Acceptance and Assumption. Security for landscaping shall be held by the Township for 12 months following Final Acceptance and Assumption. 3.17.5 Parkland Development Drawings The Developer shall be responsible to prepare a detailed Park Master Plan for approval 1 by the Township, for all lands to be dedicated for park purposes. This plan shall show all existing trees and features that are in conformity with the end use of the park and that are to remain. All other trees shall be removed by the Developer subject to Township approval. Prior to preparing park development plans, the Developer shall meet with Township staff to review Township recreational needs, i.e. soccer pitches, ball diamonds, etc. A Master Plan shall be prepared at a scale of 1:500 and form part of the approved Engineering Drawings, indicating the following, at a minimum: existing contours at maximum 0.5 m intervals • drainage structures and direction of overland drainage • species and size of existing plant material to remain and be protected • species and size of plant material to be removed • proposed underground services, as required • layout of all proposed recreation facilities 170 • layout of parking lot and spaces (including handicapped. parking) layout of all trails • proposed site amenities including benches, bike racks, trash receptacles, signs, washrooms, playground equipment perimeter fencing • park lighting • all surface treatments . all proposed plant materials The developer may be required to design and construct some or all of the items identified in the Master Plan. A Park Development Cost Estimate based on estimated quantities with corresponding unit prices is required along with the drawing submission. 171 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 172 O N Lq X U 0 8 wL' a7' cNm z�o'Eo. x I 1 �lfl Ong 'I a.om fIl D c°Yi o E j v tj p� t o [%1 C O 9 a - Cc � C U 9 X N 6 n E o u o y ` fnOi' Qk a C O U O. r. 0 -Q d J tl EL c a o ° " `o 2 ° V c a Cc: �i U Ny a'° E o U t° SP in O U u7 rn N M a7' u1Z'I ►- O � f z 0 a © � W 0 i Z W C D / V J 0 0 0- () 0 CL Q 0 cf)� 0 z 0 IT O in 5 W a cNm x I 1 �lfl Ong 'I a.om fIl u1Z'I ►- O � f z 0 a © � W 0 i Z W C D / V J 0 0 0- () 0 CL Q 0 cf)� 0 z 0 IT O in 5 W a E i 9 Q N � T- F 4 Z LJ ]Q o' 0 z o. Q� w z 'o o � w Z _U Q Cif ¢ L7 0 n_ v C)0 o Q� p z �0 cn cn O U 0 a 0 IT Z ! Q {I II f' M NO_ FINISHED GRADEUNDISTURBED SOIL.; BACKFILL WITH NATIVE SOIL AND COMPACT s rGALVANIZED STEELSPIVES 150mm DEPTH GRANULAR 'A' NOTES 1. ALL HARDWARE TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 2. ALL WOOD TO BE PRESSURE TREATED PINE, REVISION TOWNSHIP of ORO-MEQONTE Recreation and Community Servkm STANDARD PARK SIGN " For llluetration purposes only, " Sign Panel, Lettering, Post Colours and Townshlp Logo colour mehemo to be confirmed with Recreation and Community Services prior to placement of any Park signage. APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF _.._ �. ORO--MEDONTE _ APR D. 30' BEVEL CUT POST TOPS DRAWN: SCALE: NTT S 50mm x 50 mm RAIL WITH 100mm PARK SAFETY & REGULATION SIGN STD. DIA. SEMI—CIRCLE CUT AS SHOWN PARK SAFETY 150mm x 150mm x 3m LENGTH WITH SLOT 10mm WIDE x 900mm LONG. TO ACCEPT SIGN FASTEN 50mm x 150mm RAIL w/ TWIN COUNTERSUNK SCREWS E N and REGS. AND BUTT JOINT WITH GLUE FINISHED GRADEUNDISTURBED SOIL.; BACKFILL WITH NATIVE SOIL AND COMPACT s rGALVANIZED STEELSPIVES 150mm DEPTH GRANULAR 'A' NOTES 1. ALL HARDWARE TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 2. ALL WOOD TO BE PRESSURE TREATED PINE, REVISION TOWNSHIP of ORO-MEQONTE Recreation and Community Servkm STANDARD PARK SIGN " For llluetration purposes only, " Sign Panel, Lettering, Post Colours and Townshlp Logo colour mehemo to be confirmed with Recreation and Community Services prior to placement of any Park signage. APR'D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF _.._ �. ORO--MEDONTE _ APR D. DATE: 03 2016 DRAWN: SCALE: NTT S PARK SAFETY & REGULATION SIGN STD. No. 3.17-02 EASE EDGE 20mm TO AVOID SPLINTERING CHAMFER POST END 45' TOWARDS PARK PROPERTY AND TREAT CUT END WITH PRESERVATIVE OPTIONAL 39mm DIA. HOLE FOR GALVANIZED CHAIN AS SPECIFIED, OPTIONAL 25mm DADO CUT SHADOWLINE 0 rn 150 x 150mm PRESSURE TREATED TIMBER SET FACE 75mm INSIDE PARI( PROPERTY. MINIMUM (1) ADJACENT TO EACH PROPERTY CORNER. "I AVOID DISTURBING SURVEY BARS. REFER TO LAYOUT DRAWING FOR BOLLARD SPACING. FINISHED GRADE CN —I AUGERED HOLE WITH GRAVEL BASE AND 300mm DIA. BACKFILL, COMPACTED TO 98% S.P.M.D.D. I II 300 MIN. NOTES 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. NO. REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: DATE: 03 / 2016 SCA DRAWN: LE: NTS TIMBER BOLLARD STD. No. 3,17--04 Hierarchy and Planning Guidelines Parks, Open Space and Leisure Facilities - Township of Oro-Medonte, 2010 This hierarchy Is Intended to categorize parks, other public and publfclyavaifable open spaces and leisure facilities into three distinct levels of provision. The classification system will help to differentiate parks and other open spaces intended to serve close-fo-home needs from those Intended to altracf mosf of 117e1ruse from a specific population centra/community, or from across the entire Township and beyond. Tire sire and scale ofleisure facifftles should align with the three levels of parkslopen space In the hierarchy. Parks • The scale, size and appeal of the parks/open spaces and facilities In this category are intended to attract most visitors from across the Municipality and beyond. • Includes: municipal parks (e.g., Bayview Memorial); County forests; Provincial lands (parks, the Copeland Forest); wetlands, forests and meadows under the auspices at The Couchlching Conservancy; major trails; suture conservation authority lands; utility corridors and other prominent linear open space corridors/parks; heritage sites/museums; outdoor performance venue (potential): golf courses; ski areas; equestrian facilities; and other similar sites. • Typically attract day -use activities, but could include a campground. • Generally should Incorporate indoor and outdoor facilities that are high orderhnajor In scale and quality - often clusters of similar facllitles such as two or more soccer fields or a twin -pad arena. • Can accommodate ancillary facilities such as a food concession, washrooms, change facilities, a club house. • Ensure that playgrounds, sidinglviewing areas and picnic areas are well shaded. • Generally should be large sites, but could also be a small specialized propertyor facility (e.g., an historic site or a public dockingiboat launch area). • Are often resource-based (natural or built heritage) and therefore not necessarily located based on good access, visibility or proximity to population centres. • If not resource-based, the location should be driven by criteria such as: good vehicular and pedestrian access and visibility, and suitability of the site to supportdesired developmentlusas, • Sites intended to accommodate l€ghledimajor sports venues should not directly abut a residential area. ■ Whenever possible, sites should be linked to township - wide trail systems and natural heritage corridors. • Incorporate sufficient on-site parking to support uses. • The scale, size and appeal of the parkslopen spaces and facilities in this category are intended to attract most visitors from within a settlement area such as Moonstone, Warminster, Craighurst, Sugarbush, Hawkestone or Shanty Bay. ■ For the most part, this category includes municipal parks (e.g., Ramey, Vasey, Sweetwater, Line 4, Danny McHugh, Shanty Bay, Craighurst), community halls, and secondary schools (potential). • Sometimes community -scale sites are combined Into a jointly planned and developed park -school campus with shared Indoor and outdoor facilities. • Generally may incorporate outdoorand indoor facilities thatare intermediate to high order In scale and quality such as: lighted ball diamonds, lighted multiple tennis courts, full size and large mini soccer fields, an arena, a community hall, a picnic area, a major playground, a large floral garden, etc. • If the site is large enough, two or, more of one type of facility could be accommodated. • If large enough, a community -scale site may include ancillary facilities such as: washrooms, change facilities, a small food concession, etc. ■ Communlly parks should be sited and designed to minimize negative Impacts on the adjacent residential area through such measures as planting, fencing, and provision of appropriate parking and access. • Ensure that playgrounds, siltinglviewing areas and picnic areas are well shaded. • Although most sites should be predominantly or entirely >tabie land= to support the focus on ,active= recreation facilities, some sites (and parts of sites) can incorporate wooded areas, watercourses and sloped lands, especially suitable for nature appreciation and tobogganing, and to provide visual and topographic relief. • Whenever possible, sites should be linked to the local, community and township -wide trail systems and natural heritage corridors. • Sites should be accessible to the community with active parks located on or near very main transportation routes. • All sites should be visible, ideally with at least 250% of the perimeter fronting onto a street, and where possible, a major roadway (partfculariy so if an >active= park). ■ Minimize the use of fencing around the perimeter of the site. • Sports facilities (especially lighted) should not abut residences. • Generally, this category -of park should be a minimum of 10 acres (4 hectares) in size, • The scale, size and appealof the parkslopen spaces and facilities in this category are intended to attract mostly visitors from nearby residences (within a five to ten minute walk), predominantly for less organized, lower scale leisure activities. • Neighbourhood children should not have to cross a busy street to access the closest neighbourhood park. • For the most part, this open space category Inctudes municipal parks (e.g., Ravines of Medonte, Shelswell, Barrillia, Railside, Price, Emily, Lloyd W. Scott,) and elementary schools. Church sites with turfed, usable open space should be Included In this category. Also includes neighbourhood -scale open space linkages and walkways. ■ Where possible and desirable, combine parks and schools into a jointly planned and developed park -school campus with shared Indoor and outdoor facilities and no fencing between jurisdictions. It is appropriate to also incorporate a church with a usable and accessible >yard= Into an open space campus (with or without a school). • Generally, Neighbourhood parks should incorporate outdoor facilities that are junior to Intermediate In scale and quality such as; a junior ball diamond, a small mini or large mini soccer field, playground(s), a muhl-purpose sport pad, a small picnic area; walking path(s), etc. Due to usual location within a residential area, recreational facilities should not be lighted. • Neighbourhood parks should not accommodate indoor facilities. ■ Neighbourhood parks should be sited and designed to minimize negates impacts on the adjacent residential area through such measures as planting, fencing, and provision of appropriate access, • Ensure that playgrounds, sitting areas and picnic areas are well shaded. ■ Whenever possible, sites should be linked into the local, community and township -wide trail systems and natural heritage corridors. • Ensure that a minimum of 25% of the perimeter of the site fronts onto a street, and most of the site is visible from the sireet(s). ■ Minimize the use of fencing along the frontage of the site. ■ Although natural heritage features are desirable, most of the site should be table land qualify. ■ Most Neighbourhood parks should range in size from 3 to 8 acres (t. 2 to 3.25 hectares). Occasionally, it Is appropriate to create a smaller parkette to augment a park -deficient area, or to meet a specific need such as providing a specialized site for a children's= play area, a sitting area or a local amenlWaocentfslgnago area. However, even parkeltes should not usually be less than 0.5 acres (0.2 hectares) in size, 3.18 Standard Detail Drawings and General Notes The Township of Oro-Medonte Standard Drawings and General Notes shall be utilized whenever applicable. The use of the latest revision of the Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings may be utilized as specified in this document or when approved by the Township. These drawings shall be reproduced as part of the engineering drawings for the development and must be referred to by number on the affected plan and profile drawings. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall be responsible to check the suitability of the details provided on these Standard Detail Drawings and General Notes for the application proposed. Individual details shall be provided by the Developer's Consulting Engineer for all special features not covered by the Township of Oro-Medonte Standard Drawings. These special details shall be drawn on standard sized sheets and shall be included as part of the engineering drawings. The minimum scale to be used for special maintenance holes or sewer details shall be 1:25. 173 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 174 i oare gs O I z Q U C] Sn z d . Li P z o w Q ry o W 0 ! 0 0 o ! Cr) Q z � t Ln a q Q H 1 I f Irmoll • •• + •••••r " r r e rrr ar ..... NNIS a a ¢ fl W z O a w W, w O Cf) o LL- Z O J n EL = w V) W CD o — a D [i a Z O V) 5 3.19 As -Constructed Drawings The As -Constructed drawings constitute the original engineering drawings that have been amended to incorporate the construction changes and variances in order to provide accurate information on the works as installed in the development. The As -Constructed Drawings shall be submitted, prior to the final acceptance of the subdivision, by the Township. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall include in the As -Constructed set, the complete set of original drawings for the development and supply them to the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. In addition, a complete set of Mylar reproductions (minimum 0.04mm thickness, reverse reading, matte both sides, black line) shall be prepared from the As -Constructed originals and supplied to the Director of Engineering and Environmental Services. These drawings shall show the location both horizontally and vertically of everything, which is on, and under the lands to be accepted by the Township. These drawings shall be sealed and signed by a Registered Professional Engineer and stamped As - Constructed and dated. The Township may perform spot checks of elevations and locations. If the Township finds major differences, the As -Constructed drawings shall be returned to the Developer's Consulting Engineer to be corrected. NOTE: The As Constructed submission shall include a list of substantial grade, invert and materials changes for ease of review. 3.19.1 As -Constructed Field Survey The As -Constructed revisions shall be based upon a final survey of all the subdivision services and the Developer's Consulting Engineer's construction records. The final survey of the subdivision services shall include a field check of the following items: • Location and invert elevations of all sewer maintenance holes. • Distances between all sewer maintenance holes. • Location of all roadway catch basins. �` • Location, rim and invert elevations for all rear yard and lot catch basins. 175 • Location of all sidewalks and curbs. - �} • Location and ties to all valve boxes and valve. chambers. • Location of all hydrants. • Location to all special watermain appurtenances (i.e., blow offs, etc.) • Road centreline elevations. • Site benchmarks. • Location of all service connections to all lots and blocks and location of connection from nearest downstream maintenance hole (i.e. 0 +023). • Storm and Sanitary Sewer pipe sizes and percentage grades. • Location of all fencing constructed as part of the subdivision services. • Streetscape landscaping / boulevard 1 naturalization plantings. • Parkland Development Plan. Locations of the applicable street furniture described above shall also include swing ties to three fixed reference points and dimensioned on the As -Constructed drawings. 3.18.2 Drawing Revisions The original drawings shall be revised to incorporate all changes and variances found during the field survey and to provide the ties and additional information to readily locate all underground services. All sewer and road grades are to be recalculated to two decimal places. All Street line invert elevations of storm and sanitary house connections to each block shall be noted on the drawing. All road names, lot numbering and block identification shall be checked against the Registered Plan and corrected if required. The As -Constructed revision note shall be placed on all drawings in the revision block, The title sheet of the Engineering Drawings shall be clearly marked with As - Constructed. 176 �.. 3.19.3 Submissions ti Upon completion of all construction work and the As -Constructed revisions, the original drawings shall be submitted to the Township for their permanent records. The submission of the As -constructed drawings and digital format to the Township shall be completed before Final Acceptance and Assumption of the subdivision shall be granted. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall provide a written declaration to the Township stating that all subdivision works have been constructed in accordance with the terms of the Subdivision Agreement, approved Engineering Drawings and the Township's Development Engineering Policies, Process and Design Standards, prior to Final Acceptance and Assumption being granted. Drawings supplied in a digital format in addition to the standard hard copy shall conform to the most recent AutoCAD requirements Township Standards. i 3.19.4 Tolerances A maximum vertical plotting tolerance of 0.2 m on the 1:50 vertical profile portion of the drawings and a maximum horizontal plotting tolerance of i metre on the 1:500 scale drawing shall be considered acceptable without replotting. All sewer lengths are to be shown to the nearest 0.5 m. The information shown on the As -Constructed drawings may be checked by the Township at any time up to two years after final acceptance of the subdivision and if discrepancies are found between the information shown on the drawings and the field conditions, then the drawings shall be returned to the Developer's Consulting Engineer for rechecking and further revision. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall be required to explain in writing any major difference between the design and the As -Constructed data and to provide verification that alteration does not adversely affect the design of the subdivision services. 177 3.19.4.1 Storm Sewers All actual storm system invert elevations shall be indicated on the As -Constructed drawings. If the difference is greater than 150 mm from the design vertical alignment, affected portions of the sewer or overland drainage route shall be redrawn in profile. Any maintenance hole which differs from the proposed horizontal location by more than 1.50 m shall be redrawn in both pian and profile. In addition the following shall be indicated on the "as -constructed" drawings: • pipe/culvert size, grade, type, class; • chainage from MH along main to service tees, NOTE: If As -Constructed grade of sewer differs by more than 1 % of the design grade, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall submit revised hydraulic calculations. 3.19.4.2 Sanitary Sewers All actual sanitary sewer invert elevations shall be indicated on the As -Constructed drawings. If difference is greater than 150 mm from the design vertical alignment, / affected portions of the sewer shall be redrawn in profile. Any maintenance hole which differs from proposed horizontal location by more than 1.50 m shall be redrawn in both plan and profile. In addition the following shall be indicated on the As -Constructed drawings: • pipe size, grade, type, class; • chainage from MH along main to service tees; • dimensions from lot corners and elevations for service laterals. NOTE: If as -constructed grade of sewer differs by more than 1 % of the design grade, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall submit revised hydraulic calculations. 178 3.19.4.3 Watermain All actual watermain obvert elevations at 30 m intervals shall be indicated on the As -Constructed drawings. If the difference is greater than 150 mm from design vertical alignment, affected portions of the watermain shall be redrawn in profile. If horizontal alignment changes exceed 1.0 m the affected portions of the watermain shall be redrawn in plan. In addition the following shall be indicated on the As -Constructed drawings: • pipe size, type, class • swing ties to all main appurtenances (valves, bends, tees, etc.) • chainage from appurtenance along main to main stops • swing ties from lot comers to the curb stop valve box and the invert elevation of each curb stop 3.19.4.4 Roadways All actual roadway centre line elevations, at a maximum 20 m interval, shall be indicated on the As -Constructed drawings. Gutter elevations shall be indicated for cul- de -sacs -and intersections to show drainage into storm system. If horizontal road alignment changes more than 1.0 m or vertical geometry changes greater than 150 mm the plan and/or profile shall be redrawn as appropriate. In addition the following shall be indicated on the As -Constructed drawings: • driveways, lay-bys, curb depressions road signage • lane marking and stop bar locations 179 TH[5 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 180 3.20 Residential Lot Grading C 3.20.7 General Requirements The design and completion of lot grading is of primary concern to the municipality, and the following Township Standards shall apply to all residential development in the Township of Oro-Medonte. The Lot Grading Standards set -out provide sites that are suitable for the erection of residential buildings and to provide satisfactory and environmentally sustainable drainage of lands within the development and to ensure that lot drainage shall not adversely affect adjacent properties. Variances from these criteria may be permitted where the lot grading complies with the overall design and a reasonable balance is achieved between the provision of relatively flat amenity areas, effective drainage, the preservation of trees and reducing the environmental impact of stormwater runoff. The grading of all lots and blocks in new developments shall be carefully monitored by the Developer's Consulting Engineer in order to provide sites that are suitable for the erection of buildings and to provide satisfactory drainage from all lands within the development. In this regard, the design of the grading for all developments shall be of primary concern to the Township and the following criteria shall be used in the preparation of all lot grading plans for new development in the Township. All lot drainage shall be designed to conform to the Stormwater Management Report, overall Lot Grading Plan for the subdivision and Township Standards. The Developer shall be responsible for performing the grading of lots to the satisfaction of the Township. 181 3.20.2 Lot Grading Design • The direction of storm water flow in swales shall be indicated with an arrow and percentage grades. • Elevations are to be in relation to geodetic benchmarks or a suitable approved alternative. • All easements or rights-of-way are to be indicated on plan. • Any water course running through or abutting the proposed development including the identification of the regional storm water levels shall be shown. • All lots identified with engineered fill shall have a notation indicating Engineered Fill on the proposed lot grading plan. • Lot Grading plans shall be stamped by the Developer's Consulting Engineer to confirm conformance with these criteria and the overall subdivision lot grading control plans. • Lot Grading plans shall be designed in such a way so as to preserve existing trees wherever possible. • The front yards of all lots shall be graded to drain towards the road. • Rear to front lot grading is preferred and a maximum of three rear lots shall outlet between any two lots. • All boulevard areas shall be graded with a constant slope from the curb to the road limit (minimum slope to be 2%, maximum slope to be 5%)'and all water boxes, maintenance hole covers, and valve boxes, etc. shall be set flush with the finished sod surface. • Driveways shall not be used as outlets for swales, downspouts or sump discharges. • All rear yard drainage shall be directed away from the houses in defined swales which outlet at the curb, sidewalk or a rear yard catch basin. • Overland flow routes must be provided for all rear yard catch basins which shall protect all structures in the event of catch basin blockage or a major storm event, ilE:P-14 • Drainage within the proposed development limit is to be provided internally. Any proposed drainage over abutting / adjacent lands shall only be permitted in with express written agreement with the adjacent property owner(s) and is to be included as part of the subdivision agreement and legally registered. • The grading along the limit of the proposed development shall be carefully controlled to avoid disturbance to the adjoining areas. In general, lot drainage should be directed away from top of banks or valley slopes. • The lot grading design shall include provisions for drainage conditions on adjacent property that can be best resolved by permitting drainage through the proposed development. Express written agreement allowing for the drainage provision is to be included as part of the subdivision agreement and legally registered. • All lot surfaces shall be constructed to a Minimum grade of 2.0%. • A minimum of 6 metres adjacent to the rear of the house shall be graded at 2% - 7% slope. • All lot surfaces shall be constructed to a maximum average lot grade of 12% (calculated from the difference in lot elevations between the rear wall of the house and property line - embankments included). • Maximum slope between all terraces and embankments shall be 3:1 when the vertical difference does not exceed 1 metre and 4:1 when the vertical differences exceed 1 metre. Between successive terraces, an intermediate level area of at least 1.50 metres in width must be provided. • The maximum flow -allowable to any side yard swale shall be that from the equivalent of three lots or 0.5 hectares, whichever is the lesser. • The maximum area contributing to a rear yard swale that may be discharged directly onto a road allowance shall be the equivalent of three rear yards or 0.50 hectares, whichever is the lesser. Swales providing internal drainage from each lot shall have: • Minimum slope of 2.0%. • Minimum depth of a swale shall be 150 mm. @ 3:1 183 • Maximum depth for a side yard and mid -yard swale shall be 450 mm. @ 4:1 • Maximum depth for a rear yard swale shall be 750 mm. @ 5:1 • The Maximum side slope on any swale shall be 3:1. • Mid -yard Cut -Off Swales (typ. Rear to Front draining lots) shall be sized and located such as to capture and redirect flow away from residential structures. • All drainage swales shall be located on lot lines unless the adjacent property is not undergoing development. In such cases drainage swales shall be located entirely within the lot being developed. • Each lot shall have at least one side yard with a maximum slope of 2% for 1.5m continuous width from front to rear yard. • The % grade around houses shall be a minimum of 2% away from houses from a point 150 mm below top of foundation wall or as required by the Ontario Building Code (OBC). • Rear yard catch basins shall be eliminated wherever possible. When approved, rear yard catch basins and outlet pipes shall be located such that the outlet and the catch basin are located entirely on the same lot. In general, rear yard catch basins shall be located 2.0 metres from the lot lines. 3.20.2.1 Driveways • Houses shall be sited and driveways located to maximize the amount of off-street parking available to the residence. • Wherever possible, the driveways should be on the higher side of the lot. • Driveways shall be set back a minimum of 1.0 m from any tree or above ground Utility device (hydrants, hydro vaults, light standards, etc.). • The maximum grade for driveways shall be 7% and the minimum grade shall depend upon the nature of the surface and not be less than 2%. Where sidewalks exist or are proposed, driveway grades are to be compatible with approved sidewalk grades. • Driveway locations shall not extend beyond lot line projections within the right-of- way. '"� 184 ir.. Curb Stops and other valves or hardware shall not be located within the ~" driveway. • Driveways are not permitted as outlets for drainage swales, downspouts or sump pump discharge. • Driveway locations shall be in accordance with the approved Engineering Drawings 3.20.2.2 Sodding The subdivision shall be sodded according to the following: • all swales, ditches, drainage easements, and slopes 10% or greater shall be sodded using 100 mm screened top soil and No. 1 nursery sod; • all residential lots shall have a minimum of 100 mm screened top soil and sod, rear and front; • where the combined side yard between buildings is less than 3.0 m combined or 1.5 m on any one side, the surface treatment shall be 75 mm of clear stone over t. a vegetation suppressing geotextile. 3.20.2.3 Retaining Walls Retaining walls shall be constructed according to the following: • where retaining walls are required they shall be constructed on the higher lot such that the wall and tie -back do not cross property lines • retaining wall design and construction shall be certified by the Engineer, in accordance with OBC requirements • retaining walls shall be constructed entirely on private property, not on property to be assumed by the Township • retaining walls shall comply with the Township's By-law requirements 185 5.20.3 Drawing Requirements --�� Drawings shall be sufficiently large to clearly illustrate all details including relevant features beyond the property boundaries. Drawings shall be prepared at a metric and a standard engineering scale. Symbols and conventions, used on lot grading plans shall conform to the Township of Oro-Medonte Development Engineering Policies, Process and Design Standards, Prior to application for a building permit, individual lot grading plans for each lot shall be approved by the Developer's Consulting Engineer prior to submission to the Township. Two (2) copies of the lot grading plans shall be provided to the Township and display the following information: • Developer's / Owner's Name and contact information • Lot Description - R or M Plan #, Lot # and Designated Municipal Address • Signature / Seal of Applicants Designer and * Notice of Review by the Engineer of Record contained in the Subdivision Agreement (if so required) * • Geodetic site benchmark as shown on approved Engineering Drawings • North Arrow and Key Plan • Metric Scale - of a typical engineering scale • Design Date and Submission # • Dimensioned Property Limits / Boundaries and Lot Comer Elevations • Building Location and Setback Distances and Lot Line and Building Corner Grade Elevations • House Type / Lot Type — bungalow, two storey, side split, back -split, etc. • Location of Engineered Fill • Location and type of Silt and Sediment Control Measures • Location of Environmental Protection • Location of Existing Trees to be Retained • Location of and Type of all Municipal and Utility Services 186 • Location of Municipal Water Service or Location of Private Well and Setback Radius • Location of Private Sewage Systems - inc. Septic Bed, Holding Tank and Grade Elevations • Location and Dimensions of Municipal or Utility Maintenance or Drainage Easements • Typical Swale Cross Section — Side yard, Mid -yard and Cut-off (as req'd) • Location, Elevation, Flow.Direction and % Grade of all Swales • Location of all Internal Catch Basins / Soak Away Pits inc. and Elevations • Location of Sump Pump Discharge (not discharging to driveway or over septic holding tank) • Location -of all Rainwater Leaders / Downspouts (not discharging onto driveway) • Driveway Location, Proposed % Grade, Width and Curb Cut Location • Driveway Culvert — location, size, length, material type, inlet & outlet elevations and % grade • Elevations of Road Grade (edge of road and centreline) adjacent to all Lot Lines • Elevations of and % grade of roadside ditches adjacent to all Lot Lines • Street Furniture and R.O.W. Features- Hydrants, Streetlights, Bell and Cable TV Pedestals, Hydro Transformers, Catch Basins, Curbs, Sidewalks, Retaining Walls, etc. • Finished First Floor Elevation (F.F.E.) • Top of Foundation Wall (T.F.W.) • Finished Basement Floor Elevation (F.B.F.) • Underside of Footings Elevation (U.S.F.) • Finished Garage Floor Elevation (F.G.F.) • Underside of Footings Elevation — Garage (U.S.F.G.) • Location and Elevation of all Entrances and # of Risers • Location and Elevation of all Walkways, Patios, Decks and Porches • Location and Elevations of Retaining Walls (Top of Wall and @ Grade) 187 NOTE. Prior to a building's framing proceeding, the Developer's Engineer or OLS or the accepted Lot Grading Designer shall certify that the foundation elevations conform to the site grading plans and the Ontario Building Code. 3.20.4 Certification Prior to pouring building footings, the Developer's Engineer or OLS or the accepted Lot Grading Designer shall certify the setback to property line in order to accurately locate the foundation. Prior to the release of any lot from the conditions of the Subdivision Agreement, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall provide certification to the Township that the Lot Grading Plan for each lot is in accordance with the approved subdivision grading and drainage plans. This certification is to include that: • the Lot Grading Plan conforms to the subdivision grading and drainage plans. (The Certificate is to be submitted with the building permit application.) - • the final footing and top of foundation are in conformance with the certified grading plan (Tolerance 150 mm) • the final grading for each lot conforms to the individual lot grading plan. If the final grading differs from the approved lot grading plan, the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall provide details of the variance from the approved plans and shall include their recommendations for rectification of the area if required. A site inspection shall be arranged by the Developer's Consulting Engineer, with the Township, to review the grading of lots after completion of sodding. 188 PROPOSED ELEVATION IYPICREAR LOT DRAINAGE SWALE (IF APPLICABLE) -- 0 _ A� 3 - EXISTING I d`"�' Q--' ELEVATION REAR LOT DRAINAGE SWALE (ALT.) - SEE NOTE 10 (TYPICAL) LOT NUMBER NOTES: 1, ALL CATCHBASIN LOCATIONS MUST BE SHOWN ON GRADING PLAN. 2. ALL EASEMENTS MUST BE SHOWN ON GRADING PLAN. 3. PROVIDE MAIN FLOOR AND BASEMENT ELEVATIONS, 4. SPECIFY PROPOSED GRADES ON SWALES. S. IDENTIFY PROPOSED LOCATION AND DIMENSION OF SEPTIC TILE BED AND RESERVE BED AREA (WHERE REQUIRED). 6. PROVIDE REGISTERED PLAN NUMBER, 7. MAXIMUM DRIVEWAY GRADE TO BE 6%, NO. I REVISION Ld Lu z 3taIZI 0 o iz uiui 0 Li a f i_0 / j` BREAK POINT ELEVATION �`- SPECIFIED ,20 I SET -BACK 8. SHOW SERVICE LATERAL INVERT ELEVATION AT STREET LINE AND CURB STOP LOCATION (WHEN APPLICABLE) 9. SHOW ALL UTILITY INSTALLATIONS IN BOULEVARD. 10. DRAINAGE SWALES TO BE ON PROPERTY LINE, SET SWALE ENTIRELY WITHIN LOT IF ABUTTING PROPERTY NOT UNDERGOING DEVELOPMENT. APR`D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'°: DAT: 03 los DRAWN: SCALE: NTS TYPICAL LEGEND FOR LOT GRADING PLAN STD, No. 3.20-01 2G1 Z < o DIRECTION OF REAR LOT DRAINAGE 0Lj z p w w SPECIFIED REAR LOT GRADE .4 (IF APPLICABLE) $ TOP OF FOUNDATION - -r SPECIFIED UNDERSIDE OF WALL FOOTING ELEVATION zaf - (ALL LOCATIONS) _ - EXISTING CONTOUR -� ELEVATION m SPECIFIED LOT GRADE SPECIFIED SET --BACK vi INDICATE APPROPRIATE GRADING a w STANDARD 0 � a U W a V) CONCRETE SIDEWALK OF LINE ATG N AL QPPGS3d1°;E LL LOT OR YPAwr LCH:A?IDN NOTES: 1, ALL CATCHBASIN LOCATIONS MUST BE SHOWN ON GRADING PLAN. 2. ALL EASEMENTS MUST BE SHOWN ON GRADING PLAN. 3. PROVIDE MAIN FLOOR AND BASEMENT ELEVATIONS, 4. SPECIFY PROPOSED GRADES ON SWALES. S. IDENTIFY PROPOSED LOCATION AND DIMENSION OF SEPTIC TILE BED AND RESERVE BED AREA (WHERE REQUIRED). 6. PROVIDE REGISTERED PLAN NUMBER, 7. MAXIMUM DRIVEWAY GRADE TO BE 6%, NO. I REVISION Ld Lu z 3taIZI 0 o iz uiui 0 Li a f i_0 / j` BREAK POINT ELEVATION �`- SPECIFIED ,20 I SET -BACK 8. SHOW SERVICE LATERAL INVERT ELEVATION AT STREET LINE AND CURB STOP LOCATION (WHEN APPLICABLE) 9. SHOW ALL UTILITY INSTALLATIONS IN BOULEVARD. 10. DRAINAGE SWALES TO BE ON PROPERTY LINE, SET SWALE ENTIRELY WITHIN LOT IF ABUTTING PROPERTY NOT UNDERGOING DEVELOPMENT. APR`D I DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'°: DAT: 03 los DRAWN: SCALE: NTS TYPICAL LEGEND FOR LOT GRADING PLAN STD, No. 3.20-01 SPECIFIED EAT FRONT LOT ELEVATION OF CORNER 9 Ir W z U FLOWS TO BE CARRIED AROUND HOUSE IN DEFINED SWALES LOCATED ON LOT LINES, SEE NOTE 4, _PROPERTY LINE I 2% MINIMUM 5X MAXIMUM I z Li I � E f iA I- :7ja 2X MINIMUM PROPERTY LINE v 5X MAXIMUM 4., 2X MINIMUM SWALE GRADE--+ BEHIND APRON LOCATION OF FLOW DIVISION POINT PLAN VIEW VARIES WITH ROAD GRADE TO SUIT w I I .de fFINISHED FLOOR ELEVA1104 R� ' 2 iuiui ju qlnF YARD1 I I I SETBACK HOUSE DEPTH 3.0 MINIMUM S.0 MINIMUM ELEVATION NOTES: 1. SPECIFIED LOT GRADE SHALL BE MINIMUM 0.30m ABOVE HIGHEST FRONT LOT CORNER. 2, DRIVEWAYS ARE NOT TO BE USED AS AN OUTLET FOR ANY SIDEYARD SWALE. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 4, DRAINAGE SWALES TO BE ON PROPERTY LINE. SET SWALE ENTIRELY WITHIN LOT 1F ABUTTING PROPERTY NOT UNDERGOING DEVELOPMENT. NO_ REVISION I APR'D T DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO--MEDONTE APR'D. DATE: 03 / 201 DRAWN: SCALE: NTS REAR TO FRO NT DRAINING LOTS STD. No. 3.20-02 r - la w z D Lui j3IfI I PROPERTY UNE d 2X MINIMUM 5X MAXIMUM f f f f -1 2X MINIMUM 5X MAXIMUM PLAN VIEW PROPERTY LINE DRAINAGE SWALE - IF REQUIRED. MINIMUM GRADE TO BE ZX ALTER THE SWALE LOCATION SEE NOTE 5 I I SPECIFIED LOT GRADE I I I REAR LOT ELEVATION FRONT LOT ELEVATION I FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATIO. OF CORNER OF CORNER fI r 11mmum SIDEY mLo LO SETBACK HOUSE DEPTH 6.0 115 �'ik NOTE: IF ATTACHED GARAGE IS CONSTRUCTED THEN REAR YARD SLOPE MAY COMMENCE AT REAR OF GARAGE. ELEVATION NOTES: 1. SPECIFIED LOT GRADE SHALL BE MINIMUM 0.30m ABOVE HIGHEST FRONT LOT CORNER, 2, DRIVEWAYS ARE NOT TO BE USED AS AN OUTLET FOR ANY SIDEYARD SWALE. 3. 'H' DIMENSION TO BE 1.Bm MAXIMUM, UNLESS UNDISTURBED EXISTING SLOPE. TERRACE CAN BE ELIMINATED ON SLOPES OF 4:1 OR LESS. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 5. DRAINAGE SWALES TO BE ON PROPERTY LINE. SET SWALE ENTIRELY WITHIN LOT IF ABUTTING PROPERTY NOT UNDERGOING DEVELOPMENT. NO, I REVISION I APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR"D. DATE: 03 2Q16 DRAWN: SCALE: NT5 SPLIT LOT — REAR DRAINING STD. No. 3.20-03 PROPERTY LINE ------� —a I 2% MINIMUM DRAINAGE SWALE - IF I REQUIRED, MINIMUM GRADE o o I 5% MAXIMUM TO BE 2R i ALTERMTIVE SEE NOTE 5 SWALE LOCATION 2% MINIMUM PROPERTY LINE 5% MAXIMUM PLAN VIEW SPECIFIED LOT GRADE I I 0 FUM 2.10m FOR WALKOUT MAXIMUM FRONT LOT ELEVATION OF CORNER 1.20m FOR BACKSPLIT MAXIMUM I SPECIFIED REAR HOUSE GRADE - Ej+ REAR LROT ELL --- of z.,it�tld� Lo I --- ah 0' I S>RK HOUSE DEPTH S.0 MINIMUM f I v ( 1.5 NOTES: ELEVATION 1. SPECIFIED LOT GRADE SHALL BE MINIMUM 0.30m ABOVE HIGHEST FRONT LOT CORNER, 2. 'H' DIMENSION TO BE 1.8m MAXIMUM, UNLESS UNDISTURBED EXISTING SLOPE. TERRACE CAN BE ELIMINATED ON SLOPES OF 4:1 OR LESS. 3. REAR HOUSE GRADE MUST ALSO BE SPECIFIED ON LOT GRADING PLANS WHEN THIS HOUSE TYPE IS PROPOSED. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 5. DRAINAGE SWALES TO BE ON PROPERTY LINE. SET SWALE ENTIRELY WITHIN LOT IF ABUTTING PROPERTY NOT UNDERGOING DEVELOPMENT, NO. REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APRWD: DATE' 03 2018 DRAWN: SCALE: NTT S REAR LOT DRAINING — WALKOUT OR BACK SPLIT HOUSE STD. No. 3.20-04 I x I CL — � I ao I W 2 m GT I !r I I � _ ROWS TO BE CARRIED AROUND HOUSE IN DEFINED SWALES LOCATED ON LOT LINES SEE NOTE 5 PR TY LINE _ 2X MINIMUM N 5X MAXIMUM j J i lbp --- I 2X MINIMUM PROPERTY LINE 5X MAXIMUM 2% MINIMUM SWALE GRADE — BEHIND APRON LOCATION OF FLOW DIVISION POINT PLAN VIEW SU WITH ROAD GRADE I I I SPECIFIED LOT GRADE FT SLI EIEMATIDnI +�� I hMill!. 2 x�f 4i L� FRONT LOT ELEVATION OF CORNER -----� --T. 1 Yk ' ..5m MAX, e% WFI SPECIFIED REAR HOUSE GRADE { z SETBACK HOUSE DEPTH 3.0 MINIMUM 6.0 MINIMUM f U ELEVATION NOTES: 1. SPECIFIED LOT GRADE SHALL BE MINIMUM 0.30m ABOVE HIGHEST FRONT LOT CORNER. 2. DRIVEWAYS ARE NOT TO BE USED AS AN OUTLET FOR ANY SIDEYARD SWALE, 3. REAR HOUSE GRADE MUST BE SPECIFIED ON LOT GRADING PLANS WHEN THIS HOUSE TYPE IS PROPOSED. 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. b. DRAINAGE SWALES TO BE ON PROPERTY LINE. SET SWALE ENTIRELY WITHIN LOT IF ABUTTING PROPERTY NOT UNDERGOING DEVELOPMENT. NO. REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO -ME APRb, DATE: 03 T 2016 DRAWN, SCALE: NTS FRONT LOT DRAINING — FRONT SPLIT HOUSE STD. No. 3.20-05 U PLAN 29 MINIMUM 2%. MINIMUM - 5% MAXIMUM BX MAXIMUM { MINIMUM 50mm HL3 ASPHALT- -t ld LIMIT OF MINIMUM 150mm GRANULAR W APPROACH PAVING COMPACTED SU WE TYPICAL SECTION ON STREETS WITHOUT SIDEWALKS 2X MINIMUM 2% MINIMUM 2X M{N+�1•ti "x Y 2X 5X MAXIM 5X MAi IMUN �^�--- CONC 51DE11MALK � MINIMUM 50mrn HL3 ASPHALT LiMTT OF MINIMUM 150mm GRANULAR 'A' COMPACTED SLIBGRADE APPROACH PAVING -` TYPICAL SECTION ON STREETS WITH SIDEWALKS NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECInED. NO. REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: DATE; D3 / 2016 DRAWN: SCALE; NTS DRIVEWAY APPROACH PAVING -- STD. No. 3.20-06 RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS •' JRT� VVI Jt,]Iry l — DEPRESSED CURB II i CONTRACTION < I JOINTS E �— - SAW CUT JOINT 'A q Li 3 pVz U N I� i I SAW CUT JOINT PLAN 29 MINIMUM 2%. MINIMUM - 5% MAXIMUM BX MAXIMUM { MINIMUM 50mm HL3 ASPHALT- -t ld LIMIT OF MINIMUM 150mm GRANULAR W APPROACH PAVING COMPACTED SU WE TYPICAL SECTION ON STREETS WITHOUT SIDEWALKS 2X MINIMUM 2% MINIMUM 2X M{N+�1•ti "x Y 2X 5X MAXIM 5X MAi IMUN �^�--- CONC 51DE11MALK � MINIMUM 50mrn HL3 ASPHALT LiMTT OF MINIMUM 150mm GRANULAR 'A' COMPACTED SLIBGRADE APPROACH PAVING -` TYPICAL SECTION ON STREETS WITH SIDEWALKS NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECInED. NO. REVISION APR'D DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE APR'D: DATE; D3 / 2016 DRAWN: SCALE; NTS DRIVEWAY APPROACH PAVING -- STD. No. 3.20-06 RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE RESIDENTIAL LOT GRADING PLAN CHECKLIST ( Applicants Name: File No: Lot Info 1 Address Date: Building Dept. Contact: DESCRIPTION YES NO N/A Signature / Seal of Applicants Lot Grading Plan Designer. * Notice of Review and Approval by Engineer of Record in accordance with a Subdivision Agreement (if so required) Geodetic Benchmark - Location and Elevation North Arrow and Key Plan Metric Scale of Drawing - of a t ical engineering scale Design Date and Submission # Dimensioned Property Limits / Boundaries and Lot Corner Elevations Building(s) Location including all setback distances Lot Line and Building Corner Grade Elevations House Type / Lot -T a e.g. rear to front / front to rear 1 split lot / walk -out basement, etc. Location of Engineered Fill Location and Type of Silt and Sediment Control Measures Location of Environmentally Protected Areas Location of Existing Trees to be Retained Location and Type of all Municipal and Utility Services Location of Municipal Water Service or Location of Private Well and Setback Radius Location of Private Sewage Systems -- Septic Bed, Holding Tank and Grade Elevations Location and Dimensions of Municipal or Utility Maintenance or Drainage Easements ITypical Swale Cross Section(s) — Side yard, Mid -yard and Cut-off (as re 'd) Location, Elevation, Flow Direction and % Grade of all Swales Location of all Internal Catch Basins or Soak Away Pits including Grate and Invert Elevations Location of Sump Pump discharge (not discharging to driveway or over septic holding tank,) Location of all Rainwater Leaders / Downspouts (not discharging to driveway) Driveway - location, proposed % grade, width and curb cut locations Driveway culvert — location, size, length, material type, inlet & outlet elevations and % grade Elevations of Road Grade (edge of road and centre line) adjacent to all Lot Lines Elevations of and % grade of road side ditches adjacent to all Lot Lines Street Furniture and R.O.W. Features — Fire Hydrants, Street Lights, Bell and Cable Pedestals, Hydro Transformers, Catch Basins, Curbs, Sidewalks, Retaining Walls, etc. Finished First Floor elevation (F.F.F.) Top of Foundation Wall elevation (T.F.W.) Finished Basement Floor elevation (F.B.F.) Underside of Footings Elevation (U.S.F.) Finished Garage Floor elevation (F.G.F.) Underside of Footings elevation Garage (U.S.F.G.) Location and Elevation of all Entrances including # of Risers Location and Elevation of all Walkways, Patios, Deck and Porches Location and Elevations (Top and @ Grade) of Retaining Walls 3.21 Industrial I Commercial I Institutional Site Plan Design 3.21.1 Site Plan Agreement The Developer of lands under Site Plan Control, as specified in the Township's Official Plan and Site Plan Bylaw, may be required to enter into a "Site Plan Agreement" with the Township prior to the commencement of construction of any building or service within the parcel of land. For all proposed site plan developments, the Developer shall secure site plan approval from the Township. The Township is also responsible for the collection of revenue for water consumption and therefore the "metering" arrangement for the subject property shall be approved by the Township. 3.21.2 Submission Requirements The Developer shall retain a qualified Professional Engineer (Developer's Consulting Engineer) to prepare all engineering drawings and to supervise the construction of all engineering services, The requirement for a Professional Engineer to carry out design services for a site plan shall only be specific to those developments where water, sanitary services, grading works, roadwork in public right-of-way and retaining walls are proposed. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall act as the Developer's representative in all matters pertaining to the design and construction of the services in the development. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall be required to submit a Retainer Letter to the Township in the format included in these criteria outlining their duties and responsibilities. Depending on the complexity of the proposed development, requirements of the above drawings may be combined, or waived, at the discretion of the Township. Additional Site Plan drawings shall be prepared when requested by the Township. Prior to receiving a building permit, all plans must be approved by the Township. Supporting documents required as follows; Stormwater Management Report, Traffic Impact Assessment, Functional Servicing Report, Noise Report, Hydrogeological Report, Floodplain Study, Environmental Impact Study, Natural Heritage Evaluation, Photometrics Plan and Archaeological Impact Study. Should the site be located in an unassumed subdivision then the Developer's Consulting Engineer may be required to review and approve the Site Plan and Stormwater Management Report prior to submission to the Township. The Developer's Consulting Engineer must certify that the site grading conforms to the approved Grade Control Plan, the overland flow route is maintained and that the allowable storm water release rate is not exceeded. 3.21.3 Drawing and Design Requirements Drawings showing grading and the location, size, grade, invert elevations; material and bedding requirements for all storm, sanitary and watermain service connections shall be prepared and submitted to the Township for approval. Engineering drawings shall also be prepared for all sanitary and storm sewers and watermain that are required to be constructed within road allowances or registered easements to service the subject property. These drawings are to be prepared to the Township requirements. Three (3) Site Plan drawing sets and supporting calculations shall be submitted to the Township for approval, comprised of the following: • Overall Site Plan • Site Grading and Drainage Plan • Site Services Plan • Elevation Plan • Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan • Landscaping Plan • Geotechnical Report • Traffic Analysis (as req'd) • Engineering Cost Estimate • Architectural Elevations 190 All Site Plan Drawings shall be prepared from one base plan prepared at a minimum scale of 1:500 and which shall contain some or all the following information: • Stamp and Signature of the Developer's Consulting Engineer • Municipal Address, Lot and Registered Plan numbers • A key plan at a scale of 1:10,000 showing the site location • A North Arrow • Details for the referenced Geodetic Benchmark used to establish vertical control and the site benchmarks for construction • Site statistics • Property dimensions • Road widenings and Restoration Notes • Easements • Vehicular loading and parking facilities • The outline of all buildings with the building numbers and unit numbers indicated ( and garage locations within the unit • Storage areas and enclosures for garbage and waste materials • Fire routes, truck delivery and other large vehicle drive paths • Location of Siamese Connections or Stand Pipes • Sidewalks, Walkways and Ramps • Proposed roadways /driveways and all points of access • Sufficient detail on adjacent lands to ensure their protection • Existing land features (trees, watercourses, roads, services, etc.) In addition to the information above: Site Plan, Site Grading Plan, Site Services Plan, Drainage Area Plan, Elevation Plan, Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan, Landscaping Plan, Geotechnical Report, Traffic Analysis and Engineering Cost Estimate shall require specific details described below. 191 3.21.4 Site Servicing Plan and Design All sanitary sewers shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code and the Township Design Criteria. The provisions of the Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O., 1990, may apply to sanitary and storm sewer works. The Site Services Plan shall show, at a minimum, the location, size and grade (as applicable) of the following services and information: • all existing underground services on the roads and easements adjacent to the property. • storm and sanitary service connections to the property with grade and invert information • watermain connections to the property NOTE. All watermain shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Plumbing Code, N.F.P.A. 24 and Township Standards. The watermain design shall be submitted to the Township of Oro-Medonte Fire Department for approval of the watermain layout and the hydrant locations. The provisions of the Ontario Water Resources Act may apply to the watermain works. • the basement and finished floor elevations of all proposed buildings • storm, sanitary and watermain services with length, grade, material and bedding requirements to be constructed within the development • proposed sanitary and storm maintenance holes with invert and rim elevations • hydrants, valves and water meters within the development • sanitary, storm and water service connections to individual units, as applicable • roof water leaders and method of discharge • all construction notes required to describe the construction detail -or requirements • the locations of prime and reserve the -beds, including mantles (where required) • proposed wells and septic beds to be decommissioned; • illumination standards • proposed landscape features 192 3.21.5 Stormwater Management All storm sewers shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code and the Township Design Criteria. The provisions of the Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O., 1990, may apply to sanitary and storm sewer works. Stormwater management techniques shall be employed on all sites in accordance with requirements identified in this document. All storm sewers shall be located within the limits of the roadway. All storm sewer connections shall be sized according to the requirements of the Ontario Plumbing Code and shall be installed on a minimum grade of 2.0%. Oil / Grit Separator Chambers are to be used to augment other measures for water quality treatment and are mandatory on sites. Oil / Grit Separator Chambers shall be placed in large parking areas, located adjacent to all fuelling areas, located where there is to be fuel and chemical storage location(s) or where there is to be a stormwater C discharge within 30 metres of a watercourse. The rainwater leaders from all commercial, industrial, institutional and high density residential buildings should be discharged onto grassed or landscaped areas. Alternatively rainwater leaders may be directed to on-site detention facilities to achieve the necessary stormwater quantity control as calculated in the stormwater management report. • Yard catch basins shall be provided where required. for drainage of landscaped areas. • Catch basin maintenance holes may be used for roadway drainage. • Where requested, easements for utilities shall be provided at no cost to the utility company. • Roof -top flow restriction devices shall not be permitted unless the approved structural design allows for them to be installed. 193 As a guideline, the degree of control on the quantity of run-off from a proposed development shall be: The post -development peak flow shall not be greater than the corresponding pre - development peak flow for the 1:5 year, 1:10 year, 1:25 year and 1:100 year storms. Other regulatory agencies may require other storm flows to be analyzed (i.e. 2 year and/or Regional flows). Where on site stormwater quantity controls are required, a stormwater management report addressing the points listed below must be submitted: • a control device (orifice) must have a diameter of no less than 75 mm in order to prevent clogging of the opening • control devices shall be' Installed on the upstream side of the maintenance hole • storm connections from the building roof and foundation drains must be made downstream of the maintenance hole and/or catch basin inlet controls • ponding limits and available storage are to be depicted on the site servicing 1 drawings and maximum ponding depth in parking areas is not to exceed 200 mm J • an overland flow route shall be clearly marked. The grading of parking lots and landscaped areas must provide a safe overland flow route to the surrounding Township right of way during storms exceeding the design storm event • roof drains can be utilized with controlled discharge • details and concepts are to conform to the Urban Drainage Design Guidelines, set out by the MOECC • on-site stormwater management facilities may require Environmental Compliance Approval from the MOECC. Two completed MOECC Application forms are to be submitted to the Township signed by the Developer and the Developer's Consulting Engineer, in accordance with MOECC requirements 194 3.21.6 Site Grading Design C._ The site grading plan shall show, as a minimum, the following information: • The drainage of the site is to be self-contained. • The site grading of is to be compatible with the elevation of the surrounding lands. • All grassed embankments shall have a maximum slope of 3:1. • The grade of grassed or other landscaped areas shall have a maximum slope of 7% and a minimum slope of 2%. • Swales on grassed areas shall have a minimum slope of 2% and a maximum slope such that the flow velocity for contained does not exceed 1.25 metres per second. • The maximum suggested length for any drainage swale is 75 m. • The minimum depth for any drainage swale shall be 150 mm. @ 3:1 • The maximum depth for any drainage swale shall be 750 mm @ 5:1 • The maximum side slope on any drainage swale shall be 3:1. • All driveways shall have positive drainage from the property line to the roadway. • Centreline grades at 15 m intervals along all existing roads bounding the property �.- and existing grades. • A legend indicating which are existing and which are to be proposed elevations. • Contours at maximum 0.5 m intervals to indicate the existing elevations of the site. Contours are to extend to a minimum distance of 15 m beyond the property limits to indicate the grading and drainage patterns of the adjacent lands. • Cross sections as required to clarify the proposed grading, particularly in relation to adjacent lands. • Proposed elevations on paved areas, around proposed buildings, along swales, along roadways, parking areas, driveways, catch basin rim elevations, and all other elevations necessary to establish the grading and drainage patterns for the development. Arrows to be used to indicate direction of the surface drainage. • Road cross sections indicating the pavement and granular base design. • Roadway dimensions and curb radii. • Concrete curbs. • Embankments, retaining walls, stairs, etc. • Curb depressions, with dimensions. • Sidewalks / Walkways and Ramps. 195 3.21.7 Roadway Design • All roadways, driveways and internal fire routes shall be required to satisfy Fire Access Route Design as per OBC 3.2.5.6 and designed in accordance with the most recent engineering requirements of the Township. • The minimum pavement design for all roadways, driveways and internal fire routes (as required) shall be: - subgrade compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density - 450 mm. compacted depth of Granular "B" 150 mm. compacted depth of Granular "A" - 50 mm. compacted depth of HL4 Asphalt base course - 40 mm. compacted depth of HL3 Asphalt surface course • The minimum width of a roadway for two way traffic with no on -street parking shall be 9.0 m from E/P to E/P. • All roadways serving multiple -family projects shall be designed to facilitate passage of emergency and service vehicles. Curb returns having an 8.0 m. radius and inside bends having at least a 12.0 m radius are required. On dead end roads, provision shall be provided for vehicle turning. • The grade for any roadway shall be 0.5% min. and 6% max. • The minimum grade for any driveway shall be 2% within the right-of-way and 2% on private property. The maximum grade shall be 7.0%. The maximum grade should be used only when necessary due to site conditions. • The following minimum sight distances maintained (in both directions) for driveway entrances shall be: Posted Speed Limit Minimum Sight Distance km/h metres 50 135 60 170 70 200 80 230 196 3.21.8 Landscaping Requirements • A Landscaping Pian shall be prepared by a qualified Landscape Architect if required by the Township. The Developer may request jointly obtaining a. Landscape Architect with the Township (costs shall be borne by the Developer). • The Landscaping Plan shall show all landscaping details as required by the Site Plan Agreement. A schedule of plant species and sizes is to be identified on the landscaping plan, All maintenance holes, catch basins, hydrants, valves, streetlights and other servicing features that appear above grade shall also be shown on the landscaping plan. 3.21.9 Site Lighting Parking lot and entrance way illuminance shall be L.E.D. and designed as outlined in the American National Standard Practise for Roadway Lighting ANSWES and RP - 8 -14 (2014) or latest edition is to be used as a guideline. All on-site exterior lighting shall be directed downward and internal to the site and shall in and be in accordance with "Dark Sky Friendly' lighting design. Designs must show that fixtures have no up light focus. Fixtures must be designed in such a way that there is a minimum horizontal and "zero" vertical lighting focus. No light from the site shall cast onto adjoining properties and in no way impinge on adjacent properties unless otherwise approved. The photometrics of fixtures shall be submitted for review with preliminary design submissions of development plans and lighting poles and fixtures shall appear in a Note on the drawings. 197 3.21.10 Construction Notice A minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to commencing construction within the municipal right of way, the contractor must contact the Township. 3.21,11 Driveways. and Parking Areas/ Lots All parking areas shall be paved with asphalt or similar hard surface, unless otherwise prescribed by Township staff in writing. No granular parking areas shall be allowed within an Urban Settlement Area. If granular surfaces are allowed, the Construction Notes should include the following: The granular parking area shall be maintained with a stable surface, which is treated so as to prevent the raising of dust or loose particles. All driveways and internal fire routes shall be required to satisfy Fire Access Route Design as per OBC 3,2.5.6 and designed in accordance with the most recent engineering requirements of the Township, • The minimum pavement design for all driveways and internal fire routes (as required) shall be: - subgrade compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density - 450 mm. compacted depth of Granular "B" - 150 mm. compacted depth of Granular "A' - 50 mm. compacted depth of HL4 Asphalt base course - 40 mm. compacted depth of HL3 Asphalt surface course 3.21.12 Traffic Analysis Consideration should be given to the impact a site plan may have on the existing traffic and the introduction of new traffic from the site on the adjacent road system. The Township, MTO or the County of Simcoe may request that a traffic impact study be undertaken. 198 3.21.13 Erosion and Sediment Control �L All erosion and sediment must be minimised and controlled in accordance with the latest requirements of the Township of Oro-Medonte. No silt shall be permitted to leave the site or into or onto any waterway, wetland'or environmentally significant land that crosses or is adjacent to the site. Silt Fence shall be erected, at a minimum unless otherwise Noted or directed, along the property limits. Mud pads shall be required at construction access points to limit the amount of'silt and dirt onto the roadway. 3.21.14 Utility Co-ordination It shall be the responsibility of the Developers Consulting Engineer to follow up with the utility to ensure there is sufficient infrastructure in place to service the site. The Developer shall also be responsible to undertake utility locates prior to construction. Conflicts with proposed works, damage during construction to utilities or any public infrastructure is the responsibility of the Developer /Applicant and the cost of all repairs shall be borne by the Developer. 3.21 .15 Road Occupancy Permit A Permit for Installation 1 Relocation of Public Utilities must be obtained and the Township or County of Simcoe or Ministry of Transportation. The Township is to be notified forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the commencement of any construction within the Township's municipal right of way. These works include, but are not limited to, curb cuts, culvert installation, service connection and utility installation. All works are to be done at the Developer's expense. The Developer shall apply for an entrance culvert permit and install the culvert to Township Standards or better. If it is determined by the Township that the Developer's Contractor is to install an Entrance Culvert, then a Road Occupancy Permit is required by the Developer on behalf of their Contractor. 199 The Developer shall restore all disturbed areas within the municipal right of way to original or better conditions in accordance with the Road Occupancy Permit or otherwise approved on the Site Plan and to the satisfaction of the Township. It shall be the responsibility of the Developer to ensure that all street furniture is not damaged during construction and, at the Developer's cost, all such infrastructure is moved (if required) and adjusted to the proposed grade upon completion. No planting, berming, landscaping shall be permitted within the Right -of -Way unless otherwise approved. It shall be the Developer's responsibility to ensure that'all mud or material, which is tracked onto the road, is removed immediately. Should the roads not be [sept free and clear of mud and debris it shall be cleaned, without notice by Township forces at the owner's expense. 3.21.16 As -Constructed Drawings After all construction is complete, the design drawings shall be amended to incorporate the changes and alterations made during construction in order that the drawings as amended represent the services and conditions as constructed. One set of As - Constructed drawings must be submitted to the Township within one year of final completion and prior to the left security reduction. 3.21.17 Final Inspection Upon completion of all construction the Developer shall request the Township to carry out a final inspection of the works. All deficiencies found during this final inspection shall be immediately corrected by the Developer.. This final inspection shall be carried out for the benefit of the Township and shall in no way relieve the Developer of their obligations under the Ontario Building Code Act, Condominium Act and the Site Plan Agreement. QW, C. 3.21.18 Certification The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall monitor construction of all site grading and servicing works. All sod, landscaping and asphalt works, and rooftop and flow control devices installed must be inspected by the Engineer for the certificate to be valid. The Developer's Consulting Engineer shall confirm that the stormwater storage volumes and structures are in place and shall function without adverse effect to adjacent structures and lands. Upon completion of construction and Final Inspection the Developer's Consulting Engineer shall provide written certification to the Township that all works comply with the approved Site Plan, Stormwater Management Report and the Site Plan Agreement. The wording is to be followed by the Professional Engineers stamp and signature. 201 THIS 'PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 202 J SAW CUT JOINT sAw cur JotNr C SAW " JOINT W U fl SAW CUT JOINT U �T� I SAW CUT JOINT AN EXISTING SIDEWALK OF LESS THAN 180mm THICKNESS ACROSS THE PROPOSED DRIVEWAY IS TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH A CUT JOINT 180mm THICK SIDEWALK, NEW SIDEWALK TO BE REINFORCED WITH 150mm x 150mm 6/6 WELDED WIRE MESH. PLAN LIMITS OF APPROACH PAVING �� 2% w1AAIMUa 5% MMMUM s 40mm H%ASP&NT SURFACE COURSE 40mm HI ASPHALT SURFACE 75mm HUB. ASPHALT BASE COURSE 150mm GRANULAR A' -3 COURSE 50mm HLO ASPHALT BASE COURSE 300mm GRANULAR 'B' 150mm GRANULAR A' 300mm GRANULAR 'B' SECTION ON STREETS WITHOUT SIDEWALK CONCRETE SIDEWXX—, `I, WIRE MESH LIMITS OF APPROACH PAVING REINFOR NO W146IUM - 5% MAXIMUS+ jjj w x 40mm� T SURFACE COURSE 75mm HLB ASPHALT BASE COURSE I50mm GRANULAR 'A' INAY DESIGN AE SEE DRNEBOV 300mm GRANULAR 'B' SECTION QN STREETS WITH SIDEWALK NOTES: I. AUL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS OR METERS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, NO. REVISION APR'D DATE mffiv� 1 4 TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE DRIVEWAY APPROACH PAVING - COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND APARTMENTS SIDEWALK SINGLE ( (S Om E ) MAXIMUM 9,Om i r s �BLVD. (NOTE 1) r 0 CONCRETE CURB 0.5m 0.5m 10 -Om MAX. * 0.5m MIN., 1,5m MAX. FOR AL OR DEPRESSED CURB PLAN DA USTRIEENTRANCES P -I P`1/ATlnnl DRIVEWAY LOCATION CORNER LOT LOCATIONS NOTES: 1. DRIVEWAY SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 50Z OF LOT FRONTAGE. 2. CROSSFALL OF SIDEWALK 2.0% UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. NO. REVISION I APWD DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO---MEDONTE DRAW DATE: 03 2036 DRAWN: SCALE; NTT S DRIVEWAY APPROACH PAVING — STD. No. 3.21-02 COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND APARTMENTS z 3 � z CORNER LOT 3 a oa do CORNER LOT LOCATIONS NOTES: 1. DRIVEWAY SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 50Z OF LOT FRONTAGE. 2. CROSSFALL OF SIDEWALK 2.0% UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN METRES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. NO. REVISION I APWD DATE TOWNSHIP OF ORO---MEDONTE DRAW DATE: 03 2036 DRAWN: SCALE; NTT S DRIVEWAY APPROACH PAVING — STD. No. 3.21-02 COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AND APARTMENTS TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE I.C.I. SITE SERVICING AND GRADING CHECKLIST Project / Developer's Name: CDeveloper's Engineer: Engineer's Contact Info: Project Address: SPA File No: Date: Engineering Dept. Contact: Planning Dept. Contact; DESCRIPTION YES NO N/A ALL Site Plan Designs Reviewed by Subdivision Engineer of Record Or Site in Assumed T.C.T. Subdivision or Stand Alone Site Site Servicing Plan Site Servicing Plan Stamped and Signed by P.Eng Site Engineering Cost Estimate Provided / Stamped Gen. info., legend, north arrow, metric, scale, notes, key plan etc. Geodetic Benchmark Information provided Site Statistics Property Dimensioning Road and Road Side Detail — Ditch Lines / Centre Line Grades / Required Widenings Road and Road Allowance Restoration Notes Driveway Locations and Traffic Flow Details identified Driveway Curb Cut Length / Driveway Width / Curb Radii Driveway Culvert Lengths and Diameter / Culvert Inverts and Grades Easements and Maintenance Accesses Delivery Vehicle Loading and Parking / Personal Vehicle Parking Indicated Truck Delivery and Large Vehicle Routes Indicated Sidewalks / Walkways and Ramps Building Location(s) / Dimensions / # of Units in Each Storage Areas and Enclosures for Garbage and Waste Fire Hydrant Locations and Fire Routes Clearly Indicated Siamese Connections and Standpipes Located Adequate Setbacks from All Utilities Pipe size, length, slope, flow direction, material and invert elevations — Sanitary Sewers Pipe size, length, slope, flow direction, material and invert elevations — Storm Sewers Frost Protection on Shallow Services Required Pipe size, length, slope, flow direction, material - Water Main and Services Grading Plan Grading Plan Stamped and Signed by P.Eng Temporary Sediment Basins as Required Internal Stormwater System Indicated Engineered Fill Location(s) Elevations and % grades indicated on drawing Swale Cross Section / Depth / Minimum / Maximum Side-wall Slopes Match Existing Grades at Property Line Sufficient Elevation and Grading Detail on Adjacent Property Existing Land Features / Watercourses / Roads and SWM Service Locations FFE and TFW elevations (TFW 0.15m above grade) indicated Stormwater Management Storm Water Management Plan Stamped and Signed by P.Eng Storm Water Management Report Stamped and Signed by P.Eng Storm Drainage Self-contained Allowance for External Drainage Correct Controlled Discharge Rate Overland Flow Route Indicated and Sized Properly Overland Flow Routes and Swales % Grade Indicated SWM Controls, Ponding Elevations, Volumes, Limits etc. Indicated Level of SWM control (2, 5, 10,-year etc.) indicated on plan Silt and Sediment Control Measures Indicated (Fence / Entrance Mat / Sediment Basins, etc.) Roof-top Control Data, Flow Rate, Depth, Volume, Drain Location, etc. Reports Submitted Along with Design Plans (as required) Stormwater Management Report Geotechnical Report Functional Servicing Report Traffic Impact Analysis and Report Engineering Cost Estimate Landscaping Plan and Cost Estimate Photometric Design Report Environmental Impact Study Archeological and Natural Heritage Report Other: Other: